Esmf 04052017 PDF

`
Environment and
Social
Management
Framework for
Power
Transmission and
Distribution
Projects
Andhra Pradesh
October, 2016
Page 1
Table of Contents
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS 4

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 6
2. INTRODUCTION 35
2.1 Project Context 35
A. Proposed Investments for APTRANSCO 35
B. Proposed Investments for APSPDCL and APEPDCL 37
2.2 Purpose of ESMF 39
3. SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF STATE 40
4. ENVIRONMENT PROFILE OF STATE 43
5. APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY 51
6. STAKEHOLDER ANALYSIS 54
7. SOCIAL IMPACT & MITIGATION METHODS 65
7.1 Social Impacts 65
7.2 Policy and Legal Framework-Social 70
7.3 Management & Mitigation Methods: Social 88
A. Loss of Land, Resettlement and Rehabilitation 89
B. Change in Land Use or Restrictions to Land Use 102
C. Community Health and Safety 104
D. Impact on workers/employees health and safety 105
E. Impact on vulnerable population 106
F. Cultural Heritage 108
G. Interference with communication channels 108
8. ENVIORNMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION METHODS 110
8.1 Environmental Screening and Analysis of Alternatives 110
8.2 Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures 111
8.3 Policy and Legal Framework 134
9. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS 141
9.1 APTRANSCO 141
9.2 APSPDCL/APEPDCL 149
10. GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL MECHANISM 151
11. MONITORING PLAN 156
12. TRAINING AND CAPACITY BUILDING 164
13. COST AND BUDGET 165
14. CONSULTATIONS AND DISCLOUSRE 168
ANNEXURE 1 – DEFINITIONS 173
ANNEXURE 2 – SIA PROCESS 176
ANNEXURE 3 – STRUCTURE OF SIA 178
ANNEXURE 4 – EIA PROCESS 184
ANNEXURE 5 – SAMPLE SMP 186
ANNEXURE 6 – COMPENSATION PLAN FOR TEMPORARY DAMAGES 193
ANNEXURE 7 – TRIBAL PEOPLE PLANNING FRAMEWORK 196
Page 2
ANNEXURE 8 – RESETTLEMENT POLICY FRAMEWORK (RPF) 224
ANNEXURE 9 – IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS FOR RTFCTLARRA 245
ANNEXURE 10 – IMPLEMENTATION OF RTI ACT 248
ANNEXURE 11 – MINUTES OF DISCLOUSRE WORKSHOPS 250
Page 3
Acronyms and Abbreviations
ADE Assistant Divisional Engineer

AE Assistant Engineer
AP Andhra Pradesh
APEPDCL Andhra Pradesh Eastern Power Distribution Company Limited
APERC Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission
APLMA Andhra Pradesh Land Management Authority
APPPCB Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board
APSDCL Andhra Pradesh Southern Power Distribution Company Limited
APTRANSCO Transmission Corporation of Andhra Pradesh Limited
BSNL Bhartiya Sanchar Nigam Ltd
CBO Community Based Organisation
CE Chief Engineer
CEA Central Electricity Authority
CGRF Consumer Grievance Redressal Forum
CMVR Central Motor Vehicle Rules
CMVR Central Motor Vehicle Rules
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CPRI Central Power Research Institute
CPTD Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages
CRZ Coastal Regulation Zone
DC District Collector
DE Divisional Engineer
EE Executive Engineer
EEE Electrical and electronic equipment
EMF Environment Management Framework
EPA Environment Protection Agency
ESMF Environment Social Management Framework
GAP Gender Action Plan
GHG Green House Gas
GIZ German Development Corporation
GoAP Government of Andhra Pradesh
GoI Government of India
HVDS High Voltage Distribution System
LVDS Low Voltage Distribution System
MOEF Ministry of Environment and Forests
MoP Ministry of Power
Page 4
MoU Memorandum of Understanding
MRO Mandal Revenue Officer
MVA The Motor Vehicles Act
NGO Non-Government Organisation
NOC No Objection Certificate
PCB Polychlorinated Biphenyls
PCCF Principal Chief Conservator of Forests
PESO Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation
PF Provident Fund
PIUs Project Implementation Unit
PTCC Power & Telecommunication Coordination Committee
R&R Rehabilitation and Resettlement
Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition,
RFCTLARRA
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act
ROW Right of Way
RPF Resettlement Policy Framework
RWAs Resident Welfare Association
SAPIO State Asst. Public Information Officers
SC Scheduled Caste
SE Superintendent Engineer
SF6 Sulfur Hexafluoride
SIA Social Impact Assessment
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
SPIO State Public Information Officer
ST Scheduled Tribe
T&D Transmission and distribution
TPP Tribal People Plan
TPPF Tribal Peoples Planning Framework
ULBs Urban Local Bodies
Page 5
1. Executive Summary
Project Context
Andhra Pradesh is one of the states in the country where the 24x7 Power for All programme
is being implemented. This program was created to ensure 24x7 quality, reliable and
affordable power to all domestic, commercial and industrial consumers within a fixed time
frame. Further, the program also aims to ensure all unconnected households be provided
access to electricity in a phased manner.
The Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP), through the Government of India (GoI), has
approached the World Bank for financial and technical support.
Power Sector in Andhra Pradesh and Implementation Arrangements

The power sector in Andhra Pradesh comprises four key state owned enterprises to focus
on the core operation power generation – Andhra Pradesh Power Generation Corporation
Ltd. (APGENCO), power transmission, The Transmission Corporation of Andhra Pradesh
(APTRANSCO) and distribution (Southern Power Distribution Company of Andhra Pradesh
Ltd. (APSPDCL) and Eastern Power Distribution Company of Andhra Pradesh Ltd.
(APEPDCL). These are corporatized entities with their own boards. The state also has New
and Renewable Energy Development Corporation of Andhra Pradesh Ltd. (NREDCAP) to
promote renewable energy deployment in the state. Lastly, Andhra Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission (APERC) provides the regulatory overview to the sector.
AP State Power Sector
Generation Distribution
Regulation Transmission
(APGENCO) (APSPDCL &
(APERC) (APTRANSCO)
(NREDCAP) APEPDCL)
The proposed investments under the World Bank funded project will be implemented by
APTRANSCO, APSPDCL and APEPDCL. These are corporatize entities with their own board.
The details of the investments are provided below:
A) Proposed Investments for APTRANSCO

A tentative list of twelve schemes have been identified for proposed World Bank funding.
A total investments to the tune of INR 682.09 Cr was identified for the following:
 Construction of Substations and erection of 132 kV or 220 kV radial line
 Augmentation of power transformers;
Page 6
 Testing instruments (13 sets);
 Purchase of tower spotting software;
 Purchase of design licenced software and earthing software;
 Trainings
The tentative long list of transmission schemes that have been identified for World Bank
funding are provided below:
Sl. Name of the Line

Connected lines District Site Status
No. Sub-station Length
Package-I
Erection of LILO of 132kV
132/33kV SS Ramachandrapuram - East Site available in
1. 8km
Mummidivaram Amalapuram to proposed Godavari existing 33kV SS,
Mummidivaram
Erection of 132kV DC line
for making LILO of 2nd
circuit of 132kV Kakinada
6km
– Yanam line to the
132kV SS East Site available in
2. proposed 132/33 kV
Gollapalem Godavari existing 33kV SS,
Gollapalem SS
Stringing of 2nd circuit on
existing 132kV Kakinada – 42km
Yanam DC/SC Line
Making LILO of 2nd ckt of
220kV Bommur –
Rampachodavaram line 1km
220/33kV SS to proposed 220/33kV SS East
3. Site available
Korukonda Korukonda Godavari
Stringing of 2nd ckt on
existing 220kV Bommur – 67km
Rampachodavaram line
Erection of 132kV DC
radial line from Identification of
132/33kV SS at 220/132kV SS East Government land for
4. 20km
Jaggampet Samarlakota to the Godavari the substation is
proposed 132/33kV under process
Jaggampet SS
Package-II
132kV DC radial line from
132kV SS 132kV Noonegundlapalli
Site available in
5. Kothapalli Switching station to the 25km Chittoor
existing 33kV SS,
(Gudipala) proposed 132/33 kV
Kothapalli SS
radial line from proposed
132kV SS
6. 132/33kV Pachikapallam 20km Chittoor Identified Govt. Land
Penumur
to the proposed 132/33 kV
Penumur SS
Page 7
2nd circuit stringing on
132kV DC/SC Line from
40km
220/132kV SS Nagari to
132kV SS Pachikapallam
Identification of
radial line from 132/33kV
132kV SS Government land for
7. SS Rayachoti to the 20km YSR
T.Sundupalli the substation is
proposed 132/33kV SS T.
under process
Sundupalli
Request letter
Erection of 132kV DC submitted to Zonal
radial line from 220/132kV Manager, APIIC,
132kV SS
8. SS Chinakampalli to the 30km YSR Kadapa for 15 Acres
Satellite City
proposed 132/33kV SS of land near
Satellite city Vogivemana
University
Package-III
radial line from Site available, 5.00
132kV SS 400/220/132kV SS Acres, Sy.No.85/2,
9. 25km Nellore
Kadivedu Manubolu to the Kadivedu(V),
proposed 132/33 kV Chillakuru(M)
Kadivedu substation
radial line from 220/132kV
132/33kV SS Site available in
10. SS Kondapalli to the 25km Krishna
Mylavaram existing 33kV SS,
proposed 132 kV
Mylavaram SS
radial line from
132kV SS
11. 220/132kV SS Podili to 26km Prakasam Identified Govt. Land
Chinarikatla
the proposed 132/33kV
ChinarikatlaSS
radial line from
132kV SS East
12. 220/132kV SS Podili to 21km Prakasam Identified Govt. Land
Gangavaram
the proposed 132/33kV
East Gangavaram SS
Page 8
B) Proposed Investments for APSPDCL and APEPDCL
The tentative distribution schemes identified for World Bank are provided in the following
table. The total investments are estimated to be INR 2490 Cr for APSPDCL and INR 1032
Cr for APEPDCL.
S.No. Component Component Description

 HVDS aims at reduction of losses in distribution through replacement
High Voltage of the low voltage distribution network (LVDS) with HVDS and the
Distribution installation of a large number of smaller capacity distribution
1. System transformers – 40 KVA, 25 KVA or 16 KVA in place of higher capacity
(HVDS) distribution transformers – 100 KVA or 63 KVA for supply to
agricultural consumers. This system is best suited to meet the
scattered low density loads observed in rural areas
Energy  Replacement of existing pump sets with 5 star BEE rated energy
Efficient efficient pump sets would result in energy conservation and increased
2.
Pump Sets pumping efficiency
 Energy efficient pump sets to be installed on pilot basis
 Remote starters/Electric Smart Control Panel would provide facility
Remote
ON/OFF operation remotely by using SMS/phone call. This would also
ON/OFF
3. provide protection to the devices due to under voltage, over voltage,
starters:
dry run, single phasing etc.
 It is proposed to install remote starters for pump sets
 A smart meter records consumption of electric energy in hourly
intervals or blocks and communicates information back to the utility
Smart
4. for monitoring and billing. Smart meters enable two-way
Metering
communication between the meter and the central system
 Smart meters for urban consumers in smart cities
 The SCADA/DMS System will provide real time monitoring and
control, loss minimization/loss balancing and considerable
improvement in voltage/VAR profiles. It would also facilitate proper
handling of loads while load shedding & restoration, efficient
planning of network for future growth by using proven power system
planning tools
SCADA
5.  Scheme consists of installation of Remote Terminal Units (RTU) at
each 33/11 kV substation and integration of these RTUs with
centralized control center to manage the Distribution system of the
town
 SCADA to be implemented in balance sub-stations of
Vishakhapatnam and Vijayawada which have not been covered under
R-APDRP/IPDS
UG Cabling  AP is exposed to cyclones, storm surges, floods and droughts and
6. and Covered every two or three years, AP experiences a moderate to severe
Conductors intensity cyclone or landfall. According to an estimate by the Dept. Of
Page 9
Disaster Management, GoAP, about 44% of the state is vulnerable to
tropical storms and related hazards. Placing power lines underground
eliminates their susceptibility to lightning and wind damage
 UG cabling would be provided in smart city areas of Visakhapatnam
and Kakinada towns
Distribution  New 33/11 kV indoor substations, GIS substations and new 33/11 kV
7
Substations outdoor substations are proposed
 TA will be essential for effective implementation of proposed
Technical investments. TA support is required for overall institutional
Assistance development, capacity building and governance improvement as well
8. (TA)/Capacity as some specific areas like strengthening and improving Project
Building Planning and implementation, business processes and accountability
systems, corporate governance and financial management practices
and human resource development
Environment and Social Management Framework (ESMF)

While the projects and sub-projects proposed for World Bank funding have been identified,
the final project sites and the alignment of the transmission and distribution lines will be
concluded after detailed design is prepared. In this context, this Environment and Social
Management Framework has been developed to manage and mitigate any potential
negative impacts that may arise as a result of the proposed projects. The ESMF provides
the utilities with a procedure for determining the appropriate level of environmental and
social assessment required for the sub-projects. Further, it guides the utilities in preparing
the necessary environmental and social mitigation measures for the sub-projects during
the pre-construction, construction, operations and maintenance phases.
The objectives of ESMF are as follows:
 Identify potential social and environmental impacts of the proposed project activities
 Ensure compliance with applicable national and local guidelines
 Ensure compliance with World Bank safeguard policies
 Minimize the potential adverse impacts and maximize the potential positive impacts
of the proposed investments
 Lay down the procedure for preparing investment specific environment and social
management plan
Based on the mitigation and management measures outlined in this ESMF document,
specific Environment and Social Management Plans (ESMP) will be developed for different
components of the World Bank supported investments. These ESMPs will be based on
component specific Environment and Social Impact Assessments (ESIA). In this regard:
 An ESMP (including a safety plan) has been prepared for the proposed HVDS projects
that are to be implemented by APEPDCL and APSPDCL. This ESMP will be included in
the bidding documents submitted by the two distribution utilities.
Page 10
 For distribution substations, ESIAs will be prepared for a cluster of distribution
substations and the bidding docs will include a resultant ESMP
Methodology
The ESMF has been prepared on the basis of environmental and social assessments which
involved gathering of data through both primary and secondary sources. This included
consultations with key stakeholders as well as desk research. The steps followed in
developing the ESMF are provided below:
 Establishment of the social and environment baseline through desk research
 Defining the legal / regulatory framework that will influence implementation of the
proposed projects and sub-projects
 Identification of the area of influence of the proposed projects
 Identification the social and environmental impacts
 Defining the mitigation methods to manage the social and environmental impacts
 Establishing the grievance redressal mechanism
 Defining the monitoring plan to oversee the implementation of social and
environment management and mitigation methods
 Preparing the gender action plan (GAP), tribal people planning framework (TPPF)
and the resettlement policy framework (RPF)
 Identifying the training requirements at the utility level, for undertaking the social
and environment assessments and implementing the mitigation measures
 Providing an estimated budget to undertake the provisions of the ESMF
 Describing a process to integrate project affected people’s opinion and concerns in
the environment and social management plans through consultations
Andhra Pradesh Baseline information

The present-day state of Andhra Pradesh, lies between 12°41’ and 22°N latitude and 77°
and 84°40’E longitude and covers an area of 1,62,760 sq. km. making it the 8th largest state
in the country.
Of the total land area, 38.31% of the State’s geographical area is under net area sown (62.35
lakh hectares), 22.51% under forest (36.63 lakh hectares), 8.61% under current fallow lands
(14.01 lakh hectares), 12.30% under land put to non-agricultural uses (20.02 lakh hectares),
8.30% under barren and uncultivable land (13.51 lakh hectares) and remaining 9.97% is
under other fallow land, cultivable waste lands like permanent pastures and other grazing
lands and land under miscellaneous tree crops and groves are not included in the net area
sown.
Andhra Pradesh is popularly referred to as a “River State”. Nearly 75% of the State territory
is covered by the basins of three major rivers - Godavari, Krishna and Pennar and their
tributaries. In addition, there are 17 other rivers like Sarada, Nagavali, Musi and other
streams.
Page 11
Andhra Pradesh has a population of 4.94 Cr (4.08% of India’s population) and a population
density of 304 persons per sq. km. There are 126.65 lakh households in the State and the
average size of the household is 3.95. Andhra Pradesh is still largely rural with 70.42% of
the total population living in rural areas and only 29.58% living in urban areas.
Of the total population Scheduled Cates (SC) constitute 17.10% and Scheduled Tribes (ST)
5.33%. Prakasam is the district with the highest SC population (7.88 lakh) while
Vizianagaram has the lowest (2.47 lakh). Visakhapatnam is the district with the largest
concentration of STs with 14.42% of the total ST population, while Kurnool with 2.04
percent has the lowest concentration.
Stakeholder Analysis
The purpose of a stakeholder analysis is to identify the various stakeholder groups that can
affect or can directly/indirectly be affected by project activities. Key stakeholder groups
include: a) Government and regulatory agencies; b) Multilateral agencies such as the World
Bank and Asian Development Bank; c) Power sector utilities in Andhra Pradesh; d) Different
government departments like Revenue Department at state and district level; e) Panchayats
and municipal corporations at the village/city level; f) Public and Private sector companies
like BSNL and Reliance; g) Non-government organisations (NGOs), community based
organisations (CBOs) like resident welfare associations and informal groups like women’s
group, farmer’s group; h) Commercial and residential complexes and communities which
constitute end-beneficiaries; and i) vulnerable groups like women, small farmers,
scheduled tribes and scheduled castes.
The analysis further maps the relationship between the stakeholder groups; defines their
roles, responsibilities and interest in the project; and highlights the key expectations /
concerns these stakeholders have with respect to the planned investments. The key
expectations and issues and concerns that emerged from the stakeholder analysis have
been summarized below:
Environmental Aspects
 Ensuring environmentally sensitive and fragile lands are not allotted to the project
and protection of forest land and wildlife habitats
 In situations where the use of forest land is unavoidable, ensuring that all relevant
clearances are taken and compensation is paid as per National or State laws.
 Ensuring that irrigation canals, tanks, and / or water bodies are not damaged or
polluted in any way by construction activities
 Ensuring that water ways are not blocked
 Minimization of disturbances during construction including noise and air pollution
Ensuring there is no danger to wildlife and adequate protection in form of fencing
of substations and electrical towers / lines to prevent accidents
 Ensuring health and safety of workers during construction and maintenance
Page 12
Social Aspects
 Ensuring reliable power supply to end users and minimizing transmission and
distribution losses
 Ensuring land and right of way is secured in a transparent and fair manner and that
the minimum required land is used for projects
 Ensuring that rehabilitation and resettlement is avoided wherever possible and if
unavoidable is handled as per relevant National / State Policies
 Ensuring that the community is consulted
 Ensuring that rights of tribal people and other vulnerable groups are protected and
that they participate in the benefits of the project
 Ensuring that compensation is paid for temporary damage to land, crops, trees or
structures during construction. The compensation to be paid would differ for
APTRANSCO and the distribution companies and depend on the nature of the sub-
project.
 Ensuring adequate compensation for land and tower footing is paid as per
regulations
 Ensuring there is minimal disturbance to public during construction due to blocking
of access roads, damage to roads / highways etc.
 Ensuring safety of community during construction phase
 Ensuring the projects do not cause any disruption to the exiting communication
networks of telecommunication companies, railways and defence
Social and Environment Impacts

The positive and negative environment and social impacts of the proposed projects on
the stakeholder groups identified above are mapped. The major impacts are listed below:
Positive Social Impacts

 Improved and reliable power supply
 Increased social inclusion
 Improved quality of life
 Increased economic activity
 Employment Creation
Negative Social Impacts

 Loss of land
 Restricted use of land and concerns regarding right of way (RoW)
 Change in land use
 Reduction in value of land immediately around substations and transmission
towers
Page 13
 Impact on community health and safety due to exposure to electromagnetic
fields, exposure to hazardous material and threat of electric shocks
 Impact on workers’ health and safety due to contact with live power lines, working
at height, and exposure to electromagnetic fields and chemicals
 Impact on vulnerable population like women, SCs, STs and minorities due to loss
of livelihood, farm land and security issues during the pre-construction and
construction phase
 Threat of damage to buildings and artefacts of cultural and historical importance
during the construction phase
 Interference with communication channels (including railway signalling, defence
communication and telecommunication services) due to mutual induction with
electric current in live wires
Positive Environment Impacts

 Availability of power could lessen the demand for natural resources like firewood,
charcoal etc. resulting in conservation/protection of forest/vegetation.
Negative Environment Impacts

 Clearing of trees within Right of Way (ROW)
Policy, Legal and Regulatory Framework

The management and mitigation of the social impacts identified above will be carried out
in accordance with relevant national laws, rules and policies. In addition, the requirements
of multilateral funding agencies are also considered in the management procedures for
addressing environmental and social issues.
The World Bank Operational Policy 4.01 classifies projects into one of three assessment
categories A, B and C, depending on the type, location, sensitivity and scale of the project
and the nature and the magnitude of its potential environmental and social impact:
(i) Category "A" projects potentially cause significant and irremediable impacts
(ii) Category "B" projects typically result in lesser impacts, which are often remediable or
can be mitigated
(iii) Category "C" projects have little or no adverse impact
The proposed investments include the construction of transmission and distribution
substations which involves securing of land for construction. If this results in involuntary
acquisition and resettlement and rehabilitation of people, then there could be significant
negative impacts. However, of the 12 transmission substations proposed to be erected,
existing government land has been identified for 9 substations and for the remaining 3,
APTRANSCO is in the process of identifying government land. For the proposed
distribution substations, the land requirement is only 0.5 acres and the utilities will
Page 14
endeavour to secure existing government land for their construction. Where government
land is not available, land will be purchased on willing buyer willing seller basis and no
physical or economic displacement of people is envisaged. As neither the proposed
transmission nor proposed distribution projects seem to create any other significant
negative social or environmental impact, the investment can be classified as “Category B”.
The World Bank Operational Polices that need to be considered are OP- 4.01 covering
Environmental Assessment; OP- 4.04 on Natural Habitats; OP- 4.10 for Indigenous Peoples;
OP-4.11 on Physical Cultural Resources (PCR); OP-4.12 dealing with Involuntary
Resettlement; and OP-4.36 related to Forests. Additionally, World Bank Source Book on
Involuntary Resettlement states that for RoW in power transmission projects, local laws
and regulations would determine the constraint on use of land.
The constitutional provisions ensuring social and environmental safeguards are as follows:
Acts/Rule/Policy Objective Applicability to this project
5th Schedule of Provides for the administration and control For approvals and securing
Constitution of Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes. land for sub-projects
(Article 244) (transmission lines and
Article 244(1) and Article 244 (2) of the towers) passing through
constitution of India enables the Scheduled Areas
government to enact separate laws for [As of now, none of the
governance and administration of the tribal proposed projects are
areas. In pursuance of these articles, located in Scheduled Areas]
President of India had asked each of the
state to identify tribal dominated areas.
Areas thus identified by the states were
declared as Fifth schedule areas
73rd Amendment of Enables participation of Panchayat level For any sub-project located
Constitution, 1992 institutions in decision-making and in panchayat area
supporting preparation and implementation
of development schemes.
74th Amendment of Enables participation of Urban local bodies For any sub-project located
Constitution, 1992 like municipalities and municipal in urban area
corporation in decision-making and
Panchayats The provisions of PESA Act extends the For approval of any sub-
(Extension to provisions of Part IX of constitution relating project located in
Scheduled Areas) to Panchayats to the Scheduled Areas. As Scheduled Areas
Act, 1996 per the provisions, every village in Schedule
V areas will have a Gram Sabha which
would approve the plans, programmes and
projects for social and economic
development before any such plans,
programmes and projects are taken up for
implementation at village level.
Page 15
Social Policies:
The social polices applicable to the proposed projects are provided below:
Act / Rules / Policies Applicability
1 The Right to Fair If any involuntary land acquisitions are undertaken to secure land for
Compensation and projects they will fall under the purview of The Right to Fair
Transparency in Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Land Acquisition, Resettlement Act (RFCTLARRA), 2013. The act puts the onus on the State
Rehabilitation and Government to ensure that there is a legitimate and bona fide public
Resettlement Act purpose which necessitates the acquisition and that the potential
(RFCTLARRA), benefits of the project outweigh the social costs to the affected
2013** populations. The responsibility of the utilities is restricted to selecting the
site for substations and requesting for land to be secured. The
RFCTLARRA, 2013 makes it mandatory for the State Government to carry
out a Social Impact Assessment (SIA) and publicise the findings through
public hearings. Further, the Act outlines the criteria for determining
compensation to be given for the land acquired and requires that
Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) Awards are provided for each
affected family. The awards are also to be made public ensuring
transparency in the process.
Details of compensation and R&R entitlements are provided in the table
below and figure 1 provides an overview of the process to be followed.
2 Andhra Pradesh These rules have been notified by the Government of Andhra Pradesh
Right to Fair in exercise of the powers conferred by Section 109 of the RFCTLARRA,
Compensation and 2013. The rules specify:
Transparency in (i) Process for carrying out the Social Impact Assessments (SIAs)
Land Acquisition, (ii) Institutional Support for SIAs
Rehabilitation and (iii) Other guidelines for carrying out the SIAs
Resettlement Rules, (iv) Process for conducting public hearings
(A.P. RFCTLARRR) (v) Declaration of Awards and Compensation
2014
As per Chapter V Sections 25, 26 and 27 of the A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014,
awards and compensations are in line with the provisions of the
RFCTLARRA, 2013. Section 28, further specifies the following that were
to be notified by the State Government:
(a) The multiplication factor mentioned in RFCTLARRA, 2013 is set at
1.25 for rural areas other than scheduled areas and 1.50 for
scheduled (tribal) areas
(b) The one-time grant to artisan, small traders and certain others is
set at INR 25,000
(c) The payment of compensation shall be made expeditiously
through account payee cheques / electronic mail transfer
3 The Electricity Act, At the national level, the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 and the Electricity
2003 (With Act, 2003 give the transmission and distribution utilities the authority to
place towers, poles and lines on any land as required. However, Section
Page 16
Amendments in 10 (b) of the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885, clearly states that land for the
2003 & 2007) lines and poles (towers) will not be acquired. Further, Section 67 (3) and
And 68 (5) of the Electricity Act, 2003 require the utilities to minimise damage
The Indian to property in carrying out their works, and to pay full compensation to
Telegraph Act, 1885 all persons interested for any damage sustained by them due to the
works carried out.
The details of compensation paid by the power utilities, in accordance
with these laws, is provided in Annexure 6 – Compensation Plan for
Temporary Damages.
4 Ministry of Power, These guidelines have been formulated for “determining the
Guidelines for compensation towards “damages” as stipulated in Section 67 and 68 of
Payment of the Electricity Act, 2003 read with Section 10 and 16 of the Indian
Compensation Telegraph Act, 1885 which will be in addition to the compensation
Towards Damages in towards normal crop and tree damages”
Regard to Right of According to Section 2 of the Guidelines, compensation will be payable
Way for only for transmission lines supported by a tower base of 66 kV and
Transmission Lines, above, and not for sub-transmission and distribution lines below 66 kV.
2015 However, the Government of Andhra Pradesh has not adopted these
guidelines.
5 Indian Treasure The Act provides for procedures to be followed in case of finding of any
Trove Act, 1878 treasure, archaeological artefacts etc. during excavation. Possibilities of
as amended in such discoveries are quite remote due to limited and shallow
1949 excavations. However, in case of such findings the concerned Utility will
follow the laid down procedure in the Section-4 of Act.
Details of compensation and R&R entitlements as per RFCTLARRA, 2013, are provided in
the table below and figure 1 provides an overview of the process to be followed:
a. Comprehensive Compensation Package
Eligibility for Entitlement Provisons
Affected family. Determination of Compensation:
Affected family is defined as 1. Determine market value of land:

 A family whose land or other immovable Whichever of the following is higher:
property has been acquired; or  Market value, if any, specified in the
 A family which does not own any land but a Indian Stamp Act, 1889 or
member or members of such family may be  The average sale price for similar type
agricultural labourers, tenants including any of land situated in the nearest vicinity;
form of tenancy or holding of usufruct right, or
share-croppers or artisans or who may be
 Consented amount of compensation as
agreed in case of acquisition of lands for
working in the affected area for three years
private companies or for public private
prior to the acquisition of the land, whose partnership project
primary source of livelihood stand affected
by the acquisition of land; or 2. Multiplier** (Factor by which market value
is multiplied)
Page 17
 The Scheduled Tribes and other traditional  In case of rural areas (other than
forest dwellers who have lost any of their Scheduled Areas) a multiplication factor
forest rights recognized under the Scheduled of 1.25 will be applied
Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers  In case of Scheduled (Tribal) Areas, a
multiplication factor of 1.50 will be
(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 due
applied
to acquisition of land or
 In case of urban areas, a multiplication
 Family whose primary source of livelihood factor of 1.00 will be applied
for three years prior to the acquisition of the
land is dependent on forests or water bodies 3. Value of asset attached to land:
and includes gatherers of forest produce, Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc. as valued by
hunters, fisher folk and boatmen and such relevant govt. authority
livelihood is affected due to acquisition of
4. Solatium: 100% of total compensation
land; or
 A member of the family who has been Total Compensation = Market value of land
assigned land by the State Government or mentioned against (1) X relevant multiplier (2)
the Central Government under any of its + Value of assets (3) + Soaltium (4)
schemes and such land is under acquisition;
(**)As determined by Government of Andhra
or
Pradesh
 A family residing on any land in urban areas
for preceding three years or more prior to the
acquisition of the land or whose primary
source of livelihood for three years prior to
the acquisition of the land is affected by the
acquisition of such land
b. R&R Package
S.No Elements of R&R Entitlements Provisons
1. Provision of housing units in case of  If a house is lost in rural areas, a
displacement constructed house shall be provided as per
Indira Awas Yojana specifications; or if the
family opts not to take the house, the
equivalent cost of the house may be offered
instead
 If a house is lost in urban areas, a
constructed house shall be provided, which
will be no less than 50 sq mts in plinth area;
or if the family opts not to take the house
offered, it shall get a one-time financial
assistance for house construction which
shall not be less than INR 1,50,000 / -
 These benefits shall also be extended to
any affected family which is without
homestead land and which has been
residing in the area continuously for not
less than three years preceding the date of
notification of the affected area
Page 18
 No family shall be given more than one
house
2. Choice of Annuity or Employment The Appropriate Government shall provide the
following options:
 Where jobs are created through the
project, after providing suitable training
and skill development, the Appropriate
Government shall make provision for
employment to at least one member per
affected family in the project or arrange a
job in such other project as maybe
required. The wages for the job shall not
be less than the minimum wages provided
for in any law for the time being in force
Or
 Onetime payment of INR 5,00,000 / - per
affected family
Or
 Annuity policies that shall pay not less than
INR 2,000 per month per family for twenty
years, with appropriate indexation to the
Consumer Price Index for Agricultural
Labourers
3. Subsistence grant for displaced Each affected family which is displaced form
families for a period of one year the land acquired shall be given a monthly
subsistence allowance equivalent to INR 3,000
per month for a period of year from the date of
award
4. Transportation cost for displaced Each affected family which is displaced shall
families get a onetime financial assistance of INR
50,000 /- as transportation cost for shifting of
the family, building materials, belongings and
cattle
5. Cattle shed / petty shops cost Each affected family having cattle or having a
petty shop shall get onetime financial
assistance of such amount as the Appropriate
Government may specify subject to a
minimum of INR 25,000 /- for the construction
of cattle shed or petty shop
6. Onetime grant to artisan, small traders Each affected family of an artisan, small trader
and certain others or self-employed person or an affected family
which owned non-agricultural land or
commercial, industrial or institutional structure
in the affected area, shall get a one-time
financial assistance of INR 25,000 /-
Page 19
7. Onetime resettlement allowance Each affected family shall be give a onetime
Resettlement Allowance of INR 50,000 /-
8. Stamp duty and registration fee  The stamp duty and any other fees payable
for registration of the land or house allotted
to the affected families shall be borne by the
requiring body
 The land for house allotted to the affected
family shall be free from all encumbrances
 The land or house allotted may be in the
joint names of wife and husband of the
affected family
Special provisions for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes
In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits:
 One time financial assistance of INR 50,000 /- per family
 Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits
 Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset
 Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block
 Free land for community and social gatherings
 In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared
 Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V area benefits from displaced area to
resettlement area
Page 20
Activity Chart for RFCTLARRA, 2013
Substation Site Selection
Submission of Proposal for Land Acquisition

Notification under Section 4
12 Months
Pre-Notification
Social Impact Assessment (SIA) Conducted by State
9 Months
Government
Validation of SIA by Expert Committee

(Under Section 7) & Govt. (under Section 8)
Publication of Preliminary Notification

Under Section 11
Pre. Notification
within 1 year of
Finalization of
R&R Scheme
Census Survey & Preparation of R&R Scheme by
12 Months
Administrator under Section 16
Notification
Public Hearing on R&R Scheme under

Section 16, and Approval under Section 17-18
Declaration under Section 19
Months
12
Award under Section 30
Disbursement of Compensation and R&R Benefits 3 Months from Com. 6 months for
under Section 38 R&R. (not possible without this)
Page 21
However, it should be noted that as stated earlier, for the proposed transmission and
distribution projects no involuntary acquisition is required for securing land and the
projects will not result in any physical or economic displacement of people.
Environmental Policies:
Mandatory environmental requirements for transmission and distribution at state level

include: sanction of GoAP under section 67 & 68 of the Electricity Act, 2003; Forest clearance
under the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980; Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Notification, 2011
(As amended), Wildlife Protection Act, 1972, during the currency of operations, Regulations
on Batteries (Management and handling) Rules, 2001 regarding disposal of used batteries,
Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2008
regarding disposal of used transformer oil, Ozone Depleting Substances (Regulation and
Control) Rules, 2000 putting restrictions on use of ozone depleting substances come into
force and required voluntary enforcement and provisions under Biological Diversity Act,
2002, E-waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011 regarding maintaining records &
handling of electronic wastes, and the Scheduled Tribes & Other Traditional Forest
Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006.
The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 is the main legislation through which the
environmental impacts of transmission projects are managed since the current regulation
does not require an Environmental Impact Assessment for transmission lines. The
legislation requires compensatory afforestation for any forest land diverted for non-forest
use in twice the area diverted with afforestation undertaken by the respective state Forest
Department. A national fund CAMPA has been created for this purpose. In case projects
pass through or are located in designated protected areas, clearances from the Wildlife
Board are also required.
It appears that the constitution of India and several acts ensure protection of project
affected people which are consistent with World Bank policies; hence there is no need to
bridge the gap between protection measures guaranteed under Indian Laws and World
Bank safeguard requirements.
Organisational Arrangements
APTRANSCO has established a corporate cell to implement the Environment and Social
Management Plans (ESMPs). The Environment and Social Management System (ESMS)
cell has the following members:
1. SE/PM/400 kV/ APTRASNCO/VS/Hyderabad

2. SE/PM/Construction/APTRANSCO/VS/Hyderabad
3. EE/Civil/APTRANSCO/VS/Hyderabad
4. Concerned EE/Civil in field (covering the jurisdiction of the Transmission Project)
5. Concerned DE/Construction in Vidyut soudha looking after the Transmission Project
Page 22
The cell will also deal with redressal of grievances and requests for Public Information.
Details are provided in Table under Section 9.
APSPDCL / APEPDCL
SPDCL and EPDCL have identified an Environment and Social Management member to
manage the potential social and environmental impacts from the proposed projects.
SPDCL: SE/Civil
EPDCL: EE/Civil
Impact Management and Mitigation Methods
The impact management and mitigation framework has been designed in accordance with
applicable National and State laws as well as with international standards for environment
and social impact management. The framework is built on the principle of avoidance,
minimization and mitigation wherein preference is given to avoiding any negative social
impact wherever possible. If it is not possible to avoid negative impacts, utilities will strive
to minimize these impact and take mitigation measures.
The impact management and mitigation framework is provided below:
Potential Social Impact Mitigation Methods

Loss of land Land is required for construction of (i) transmission and
distribution substations; and (ii) erecting transmission towers
and distribution poles. Land secured for construction of
substations is a permanent loss for the land owner and hence in
such cases, ownership is transferred from the existing owner to
the respective utility. However, land used for erecting towers
and poles continues to be available for usage and hence it
remains with the existing land owner and the utility only
receives rights to use the land. Therefore when we talk of loss of
land, it refers to land secured for substation construction. There
are four ways in which land can be secured; these are:
(i) Transfer of Government land to utility;
(ii) Voluntary donation from private individuals;
(iii) Purchase of land on willing buyer and willing seller basis
at a negotiated price; and
(iv) Involuntary acquisition of land.
In order to avoid the loss of private / community lands or

agriculture and forest lands, the transmission and distribution
utilities will endeavour, wherever possible, to secure
Government land for their projects and avoid private or
community lands, even if this requires realignment of the
Page 23
proposed route. Only in rare cases, when Government land is
not available, other methods of securing land will be pursued. In
any case, minimal amount of lands are required for substations
(the land required for a 132kV / 33kV substation is approximately
5 acres1). The following steps are to be followed depending on
the method of land acquisition:
i. Transfer of Government land: The Andhra Pradesh Land
Allotment Policy (G.O. Ms. No. 571 issued 14.09.2012)
prescribes that only waste lands will be allotted and
environmentally sensitive / fragile areas such as tank beds,
river, beds, hillocks with afforestation shall not be allotted.
ii. Voluntary donation: In the case of voluntary donation of
land, there should not be any undue pressure on the land
owner / user(s) to transfer ownership of their land and the
donor should be fully aware of the value of the donated land.
iii. Purchase of land on willing buyer and willing seller: This is
done on the basis of negotiated price. These negotiations
shall be carried out in a transparent manner providing the
seller of full information/ provisions of the law of the land.
iv. Involuntary acquisition of land: Involuntary acquisition of
land will be the last resort and be undertaken only when
other methods are not feasible. In the case of involuntary
acquisition, the provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 and the A.P.
RFCTLARRR, 2014 shall be applicable.
Note: The land for the proposed investments in APTRANSCO secured
either from the Distribution Utilities (Discom) where they have provided
extra land available in their existing substations to APTRANSCO or
government land has been identified. The status of sites for the proposed
12 substations as on 5th May 2016 is provided below:
Method of securing land No. of substations
Extra land available in existing 4

substations
Secured after transfer of payment 1

to government
Identified government land – 3

approved
Government land Identified – 1

approval in-process
1
Reference manuals on construction and operational practices of EHV substations & lines and commercial
and load dispatch operations. Available at: http://www.aptransco.gov.in/transco/images/APTRANSCO-
Technical-reference-book-2011-vol-ii.pdf
Page 24
Yet to be identified (proposed 3
through transfer of government
land)
The land requirement for distribution substation is around 0.5 acre which
will be secured through transfer of government land or purchase of land.
Land parcels for this have been identified for the purpose and same will
be secured as and when the sub projects are firmed up.
Restricted use of land and Right of Way (ROW) does require lands for two purposes: (i) one,
concerns regarding right of for tower footing; and (ii) the other, transmission/ distribution
way (RoW) lines (corridor). Unlike in case of substations, for the
construction of transmission towers / distribution poles and the
transmission / distributions lines, there is no permanent loss of
lands. Lands under the tower and/ corridor can continue to be
used. So, ownership of the land remains with the existing owner
and is not transferred to the requesting body.. The utility will
have the right of user only in the property under, over, along,
across in or upon which the lines and poles / towers are placed.
However, Government of India (Ministry of Environment and
Forests- MoEF) mandates the utilities to maintain right of way
corridors as follows:
Voltage Width of RoW* (in meters)
132 kV 27
33 kV 15
11 kV 7
*Width of Right of Way is as per MoEF guidelines dated May 2014
In the width of the RoW, some restrictions are imposed and trees
are cut or pruned to the extent required for preventing electrical
hazards by maintaining the following:
Voltage Minimum clearance between

conductor and trees (in
meters)
132 kV 4.0
33 kV 2.8
11 kV 2.6
All these do impact the land owners at least temporarily.

Towards this, the affected people are extended compensation
for temporary damage (CPTD). Details are as follows:
A. TOWER FOOTING
 Land under the tower footing2
2
Applicable only for transmission towers.
Page 25
 Damage to trees
 Damage to crops
 Damage/disturbances to structures
B. Transmission/ Distribution Lines (Corridor)
 Damage to trees
 Damage to crops
 Damage/disturbances to structures
Details of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages are

provided in Annexure 6.
Affected persons will be enabled through a robust grievance
redressal mechanism to put forward their grievances, if any, to
the respective utilities.
Change in land use Due to inherent flexibility in locating substation and very small
size of land, utilities avoids habituated area completely hence no
relocation of population on account of setting up of substation
is envisaged.
Community Health and Safety The guidelines for ensuring community health and safety are
provided by CEA regulations 2010 and CEA regulations 2011.
Utilities will comply with all the mandates of the two CEA
regulations.
Workers’ Health and Safety During construction the health and safety aspects of workers and
nearby community shall be implemented through contractors
with due diligence and compliance of required
regulation/guideline through a safety plan and appointment of
Safety Officer.
Impact on Tribals  STs constitute 5.33% of the total population of Andhra
Pradesh. In compliance with the World Bank’s Operational
policy OP 4.10 (Indigenous People) and special provisions of
RFCTLARRA, 2013, a Tribal People Planning Framework
(TPPF) has been prepared. TPPF is provided as Annexure 7
to this document
 As far as possible, no land will be secured for project in
Scheduled Areas; and where this is done, it will be only as a
demonstrable last resort. Further the prior consent of the
concerned Gram Sabha or the Panchayats at the appropriate
level in the Scheduled Areas under the Fifth Schedule to the
Constitution shall be obtained before issue of a notification.
This prior consent will be taken in all cases, even in the case
of urgency
Impact on Women  Women’s involvement will be planned through formal and

informal group consultations so that their participation is
Page 26
ensured during preparation and implementation of the
project. It will be further ensured that
- Women employed by project are fully informed about
labor rights
- Men and women receive equal pay for equal work
- Construction sites are properly lit and minimize blockage
of access roads to mitigate the concern for security of
women
- Women are fully integrated into any income restoration
activities
 In India, as women usually do not have property rights,
ensure that women are informed/consulted before securing
land for project activities
 Ensure that women receive compensation for land, RoW
and damage to crops and trees in cases where property
rights are with women
Impact on Farmers  In case of transfer of government land

- Only waste lands will be allotted and
environmentally sensitive / fragile areas such as
tank beds, river, beds, and hillocks with
afforestation shall not be allotted.
- Lands assigned to poor people for agriculture
purposes will not be resumed for other purposes,
and if it is unavoidable then the assignees will be
provided with alternate land in addition to
rehabilitation
 In case of purchase of land, the price will be determined
through negotiations3
 In case of involuntarily acquisition of land, farmers will be
provided compensation for their land as per the provision of
RFCTLARRA, 2013 and A.P. RFCTLARRR, 2014
 Damage to crop and trees will be paid on the basis of ex-
gratia amount fixed by the Revenue Department
 Temporary damage to trees and crops will be compensated
in line with the Compensation plan for Temporary Damages
provided as Annexure 6 to this document.
Impact on SCs  Scheduled Castes (SC) constitute 17.10% of the total
population of Andhra Pradesh. The impacts of the proposed
investments on SCs are of a similar nature to those identified
for the rest of population in this document. However, the
3
Price fixed shall not be less than what the land owner would be entitled to as per AP RFCTLARR Act of 2014.
Page 27
extent of the impacts may vary owing to the vulnerable
socio-economic position of these communities. Therefore,
Section 41 of RFCTLARRA, 2013 has special provisions for
people belonging to SCs and STs
 As per Section 41 of RFCTLARRA, 2013:
- In cases of involuntary displacement of the Scheduled
Castes families, a Development Plan shall be prepared in
the format prescribed in RFCTLARR. The Development
Plan shall lay down the details of the procedure for
settling land rights due, but not settled and restoring
titles of the Scheduled Castes on the alienated land by
undertaking a special drive together with land
acquisition.
- The resettlement areas predominantly inhabited by the
Scheduled Castes shall get land, to such extent as may
be prescribed by the Appropriate Government free of
cost for community and social gatherings.
- Any alienation of lands belonging to members of the
Scheduled Castes in disregards of the laws and
regulations for the time being in force shall be treated as
null and void.
Damage to cultural and Possibilities of such phenomenon in transmission and

historical monuments and distribution project are quite remote due to limited and shallow
artefacts excavations. However, in case of such findings, utilities will
follow the laid down procedure in the Section-4 of Indian
Treasure Trove Act, 1878 as amended in1949.
Interference with The utility takes clearance from the relevant telecommunication,
communication channels railway and defence authorities post award of project but before
start of construction to ensure there is no interference with
communication channels.
The environmental issues associated with transmission and distribution (T&D) projects are
manageable since (a) They are mostly localised to Right of Way (ROW); (b) the ‘footprint’
associated with towers is small and (c) there is flexibility in siting facilities within relatively large
host area. The transmission line project may have some adverse effects on natural resources
however, they can be minimized by careful route selection and siting of substations. The
potential environment impacts and the respective management measures are provided below:
Potential Environment Impact Mitigation Methods

Impacts due to Transmission and Distribution Lines
Page 28
Potential Environment Impact Mitigation Methods
Clearing of trees with in Right Care must be taken to avoid thick vegetation; towers to be
of Way (ROW) located where vegetation is thin. This will greatly minimize tree
loss and compensation to be paid to tree owners. Clearance for
trees to be cut will be taken from concerned authorities and if
required compensatory afforestation (CA) has to be done in
association with the concerned authorities. Trimming of trees
should be done in consultation with the concerned authorities.
The forest types in the mentioned sections are mostly governed
by Open Forests and Non-forest types thereby minimizing
presence of rare and endangered species.
Aesthetic appeal The route is to be planned to avoid any dense habitation or
forested area. The clearing of trees must be kept to minimum
and clearing of trees must be kept to minimum and wherever
possible, trimming of trees must be adopted vis-à-vis felling of
trees.
Soil and water contamination Follow laid down procedures for safe disposal of used
due to unscientific disposal of transformer oil, lead battery and electrical and electronic
used transformer oil, lead equipment
battery and electrical and
electronic equipment
Global warming due to Proper maintenance of equipment to minimize leakage
Mishandling and leakage of
SF6 gas
Substations related Impacts
Used Transformer Oil As a part of routine maintenance, transformer oil is changed
every 10- 15 years. The removal of the oil is generally carried out
at the central depot. The volume generated is very limited and
at long intervals. Further, it is disposed of centrally through
authorized recycler. Hence, overall no significant adverse
impact is anticipated.
e-Waste The scrapped electrical and electronic waste generated from
routine maintenance activities include damaged components,
electrical fittings & fixtures etc. These are collected centrally and
disposed of through MSTC Limited, a Govt. of India Enterprise.
No significant adverse environmental impacts are anticipated
from handling and storage of the e-waste at the site.
Drainage Congestion Appropriate drainage and sewage network to be provided at the
substations to avoid flooding, land and water pollution. Regular
inspection, cleaning and maintenance of the drainage systems
in and around the site needs to be ensured, especially if
construction works are carried out during the wet season.
Page 29
Grievance Redressal Mechanism
The grievance redressal mechanism (GRM) provides the procedure to address/resolve the
concerns and grievances of people affected by the projects. All the three utilities have three
systematic and robust mechanism for addressing the grievances. The formal arrangements
existing for DISCOMS is quite exhaustive as the framework rests on consultative
mechanisms involving officials as well non-official representation:
 Substation Advisory Committee: A Substation Advisory Committee shall be (has been)

constituted for each sub-station. The committee is headed by the local MLA (Member
of Legislative Assembly) and meets once every month. During the committee meetings
the farmers and consumers can raise their grievances.
 District Electrical Coordination Committee: District Electrical Coordination Committee
are constituted for all Central Government aided projects and is chaired by the District
Collector (DC). The committee is a forum for consumers to raise their concerns
regarding the central Government aided-projects.
 Online registration of complaints: Consumers can register the complaints on the
website of SPDCL and EPDCL
 Registering complaints at a Toll-Free number: The consumers can call a toll-free number
to register the complaint. A centralised call centre has been established (Number #191)
to receive supply related complaints. Also, a toll free number has been established
where consumers can directly raise their concerns to CMD of the utilities on every
Monday 9 AM onwards.
 Grievance Redressal in Scheduled Areas: A coordination committee consisting of the
Project Officer from Integrated Tribal Development Authority (ITDA) and the DE of the
distribution utility is constituted to redress grievances in Scheduled Areas.
 Grievance Redressal Forum: In case people have any grievances, they can register a
complaint with the utility. An acknowledgement receipt is issued for every complaint
registered and in cases where the consumer receives inadequate/no response for the
complaint filed, s/he can approach the Consumer Grievance Redressal Forum (CGRF)
referring to the acknowledgement receipt number. CGRF provides a complaint copy to
the utility for comments within five days. Utility has to provide comments on the CGRF
intimation within ten days. If case of no reply from utility, the forum proceeds on the
basis of the material available on record.
 Meet the CMD – Spandana: Consumer meetings are held at the corporate office of
SPDCL (in Tirupati) and EPDCL (in Vishakhapatnam) every Monday from 9:30 AM
onwards. Consumers/public with grievances can personally meet the CMD and other
senior officials of SPDCL and EPDCL. Apart from consumers, contractors can also
participate in ‘Spandana’
 Judicial intervention: In case the grievances are not resolved at the utility level. The
people can approach the judicial authority and file a court case against the utilities.
Page 30
APTRANSCO’s ROG mechanisms are bit different as they have very little to interact with
the consumers directly. Their interface is chiefly with the people on whose lands towers/
corridors are laid, contractors, labourers, and other departments and utilities. Currently, the
arrangements are as follows:
 People with grievances can approach local Divisional Engineer (DE). He is the main
officer to handle any complaints at the local offices.
 At the corporate office, ED Planning and HRD is the nodal officer for Grievance Redressal
in APTRANSCO. He is supported by Additional Secretary, APTRANSCO. In case any
grievance is not satisfactorily handled at the DE level, it gets escalated to the corporate
office. For the World Bank Projects, the ESMS cell will support the DE in resolving any
project related grievances before escalation to ED Planning and HRD. Towards enabling
this support, the following supplementary measures are planned: (i) online registration
of complaints; (ii) registration of complaints on toll free numbers; (iii) receipt of
grievances through sub-station advisory as well as district electrical coordination
committees; (iv) receipt of grievances through ITDAs in schedule areas; and (v)
Spandana viz., regional meetings with the CMD.
 .
Monitoring Mechanism
This section details out the plan to monitor the implementation of social impact
management and mitigation measures and grievance redressal.
The ESMS cell of the APTRASNCO and the environment and social member of the project
team for discoms has overall responsibility for achieving the environmental and social
performance. They will be responsible for monitoring the ESMF, including monitoring the
implementation of the ESMF and subsequent preparation, implementation and monitoring
of environmental and social safeguards for the sub-projects.
The environmental and social monitoring plan for each project will be integrated with the
construction, operation and maintenance activities and shall be monitored by the ESMS
cell/designated environment and social member on a monthly basis.
The Environment and Social Member (Discoms) and the concerned EE/Civil in field -
covering the jurisdiction of the Transmission Project, concerned DE/Construction in Vidyut
Soudha, looking after the Transmission Project of ESMS cell (APTRANSCO) will also
perform supervision site visits during the construction and operations phases of the sub-
projects to confirm that environmental and social safeguards are being effectively
implemented, and status of the same will be reported periodically in the Site Visit Reports.
Page 31
The quarterly and annual reports on the key steps, outputs and results of the environmental
and social management actions taken to support the implementation of the ESMF and the
sub-projects will be prepared. The Environment and Social Member (corporate members
of ESMS cell (SE / PM / 400 kV / APTRASNCO / VS / Hyderabad, SE / PM / Construction /
APTRANSCO / VS / Hyderabad, EE / Civil / APTRANSCO /VS / Hyderabad) will track the
overall status and any shortcomings in the implementation of the ESMF and of any
circumstances or occurrences that could adversely impact the environmental and social
performance of the project beyond the already anticipated impacts.
Training and Capacity Building Requirements

Training and development of employees is an integral part for implementation of
Environment and Social Management Framework (ESMF). Training needs identification
has been carried out at corporate and field level, based on which focused training modules
have been developed for:
 Strengthening in house corporate level capacity to implement the provision of
ESMF.
 Creating Awareness, providing the tools for implementation of Environmental
and Social Policy, and accompanying set of management procedures to all
departments
 Developing competence within key employees to provide training in their
respective departments.
Cost and Budgets

The costs incurred to implement the various requirements of the ESMF are budgeted and
adequate financial provisions are required to meet the management measures to be
undertaken to mitigate the impacts as underlined in this ESMF document. The tentative
cost estimates for environmental and social management are provided below:
Environment Management: APTRANSCO and APSPDCL/APEPDCL

Item Cost (in INR) per sample (on
estimation)
Construction phase
1. Ambient air quality monitoring as per the NAAQ 5,000
standards (Particulate Matter – PM10)
2. Ambient noise levels testing 1,000
3. Water Quality testing as per the IS 10500 standards 5,000
((pH, TSS, BOD5, COD, oil & grease))
Operation phase
4. Water quality testing as per the IS 10500 standards. 5,000
Total: 16,000*
Page 32
*Note: Our conservative estimate will be max 10 samples per scheme i.e a longitudinal Transmission line
laying project including receiving station.
Social Management Framework: APTRANSCO
Item Cost (in INR) Assumptions

1. Management of Social 24,00,00,000 ROW – Compensatory Plan for Temporary
Impact Damages.
2. Monitoring 0 Monitoring will be undertaken by
employees of the utilities and hence no
additional cost
3. Training and Capacity 1,16,000  2-day training covering all aspects
Building  4 resource persons (one each for
ESMF, GAP, TPP, Monitoring). 8,000
per resource person for 2-3 hr session
 Trainings will be held at offices of
respective utility so no venue cost
 Assuming INR 60,000 for logistics
including travel and food for
participants
 Assuming INR 24,000 for travel cost for
resource person
4. GRM (including spend Part of overall project management spend
on publicity)
Total: 24,01,16,000
Social Management Framework: APEPDCL/APSPDCL

1. Management of Social 10,00,000 For crop damages during HVDS work and
Impact Damage to any structure, road, any other
public utility like water pipes etc. during
UG cabling
2. Monitoring Monitoring will be undertaken by
employees and hence no additional cost
3. Training and Capacity 76,000  2-day training covering all aspects
Building  4 resource persons (one each for
ESMF, GAP, TPP, Monitoring). 8,000
per resource person for 2-3 hr session
 Trainings will be held at offices of
respective utility so no venue cost
 Assuming INR 20,000 for logistics
including travel and food
Page 33
 Assuming INR 24000 for travel cost for
resource person
4. GRM (including spend Mechanism in place. INR 1 Cr are
on publicity) allocated for publicity by EPDCL every
year
Total: 10,76,000
Consultation and Disclosure

This ESMF has been drafted in consultation with the three utilities – APTRANSCO,
APEPDCL and APSPDCL. Input and feedback was sought from key personnel in these
utilities at regular intervals during the drafting of the framework to capture all major
environmental and social risks at different stages of the project; i.e. pre-construction,
construction, and operation and maintenance. Through these consultations, the relevant
policies and laws were identified that safeguard against social and environmental risks and
on the basis of these mitigation measures were created. Further, the mechanisms for
implementing the framework, monitoring the progress and addressing grievances were
also defined.
The draft ESMF that was created through these consultations was then shared with the
World Bank whose inputs further strengthened the framework.
Consultations were undertaken with the community and vulnerable groups including
farmers, SC and women.
The final draft of the ESMF and related RPF, TPPF and GAP were disclosed on the websites
of the three utilities following which three state level disclosure workshops were held to
solicit feedback from key stakeholders. The participants at these workshops included
representatives of other government departments, academic institutions, members of
NGOS / community based organisations, media and the general public. This document
captures the feedback received and action taken (Chapter 14 and Annexure 11) and has
been updated to include relevant points that arose from these workshops.
Page 34
2. Introduction
2.1 Project Context
The Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) has signed a Memorandum of Understanding
(MoU) with the Government of India (GoI) to launch the ‘Power for All” initiative. The
purpose of the initiative is to ensure 24x7 power supply in the State of Andhra Pradesh
(AP). The key interventions planned under the initiative, to strengthen power transmission
and distribution are:
 Adequate power transmission and distribution systems
 Interventions for improving operational efficiency and customer satisfaction
 The Government of Andhra Pradesh, through the GoI, has approached the World
Bank for financial and technical support. Specifically, the proposed World Bank
investments will be to implement the following initiatives:
 Establish new sub-stations
 Upgrade existing sub-stations
 Lay transmission/distribution lines
 Deploy smart grid technologies
The investments will be implemented through the Andhra Pradesh state power utilities –
Transmission Corporation of Andhra Pradesh Limited (APTRANSCO), Andhra Pradesh
Southern Power Distribution Company Limited (APSPDCL) and Andhra Pradesh Eastern
Power Distribution Company Limited (APEPDCL).
The proposed investments are provided below:
A. Proposed Investments for APTRANSCO
A tentative list of twelve schemes were identified for proposed World Bank funding. The
total investments were estimated to be INR 522.11 Cr. The identified investments are for
raising of new 132 kV substations and for erection of 132 kV DC radial line between the
substations. Apart from the above a total investments of INR 166 Cr were identified for the
following:
 Constructing Substations and erection of 132 kV radial line
 Augmentation of power transformers;
 Testing instruments (13 sets);
 Tower spotting software;
 Design licenced software;
The tentative long list of transmission schemes that have been identified for World Bank
funding are provided below:
Page 35
Package-I
Erection of LILO of 132kV
Site available
132/33kV SS Ramachandrapuram - 9.00 East
1. in existing
Mummidivaram Amalapuram to proposed km Godavari
33kV SS,
Mummidivaram
Erection of 132kV DC line for
making LILO of 2nd circuit of
6.86
132kV Kakinada – Yanam line to
km Site available
132kV SS the proposed 132/33 kV East
2. in existing
Gollapalem Gollapalem SS Godavari
33kV SS,
Stringing of 2nd circuit on
42.00
existing 132kV Kakinada –
km
Yanam DC/SC Line
Identification of
Erection of 132kV DC radial line
Government
132/33kV SS at from 220/132kV SS Samarlakota 24.89 East
3. land for the
Jaggampet to the proposed 132/33kV km Godavari
substation is
Jaggampet SS
under process
132kV DC radial line from 132kV
132kV SS Site available
Noonegundlapalli Switching 25.00
4. Kothapalli Chittoor in existing
station to the proposed 132/33 km
(Gudipala) 33kV SS,
kV Kothapalli SS
Package-II
from proposed 132/33kV 20.00
Pachikapallam to the proposed km
132kV SS 132/33 kV Penumur SS Identified Govt.
5. Chittoor
Penumur 2nd circuit stringing on 132kV Land
DC/SC Line from 220/132kV SS 40.00
Nagari to 132kV SS km
Pachikapallam
Identification of
Government
132kV SS from 132/33kV SS Rayachoti to 20.00
6. YSR land for the
T.Sundupalli the proposed 132/33kV SS T. km
substation is
Sundupalli
under process
Request letter
submitted to
Zonal
Manager,
132kV SS from 220/132kV SS 30.00
7. YSR APIIC, Kadapa
Satellite City Chinakampalli to the proposed km
for 15 Acres of
132/33kV SS Satellite city
land near
Vogivemana
University
Page 36
Site available
132/33kV SS from 220/132kV SS Kondapalli to 25.00
8. Krishna in existing
Mylavaram the proposed 132 kV Mylavaram km
33kV SS,
SS
Package-III
Site available,
5.00 Acres,
132kV SS from 400/220/132kV SS 25.00
9. Nellore Sy.No.85/2,
Kadivedu Manubolu to the proposed km
Kadivedu(V),
132/33 kV Kadivedu substation
Chillakuru(M)
132kV SS from 220/132kV SS Podili to the 26.00 Identified Govt.
10. Prakasam
Chinarikatla proposed 132/33kV km Land
ChinarikatlaSS
Making LILO of 2nd ckt of 220kV
Bommur – Rampachodavaram 1.00
line to proposed 220/33kV SS km
220/33kV SS East
11. Korukonda Site available
Korukonda Godavari
Stringing of 2nd ckt on existing
67.00
220kV Bommur –
km
Rampachodavaram line
132kV SS East from 220/132kV SS Podili to the 21.00 Identified Govt.
12. Prakasam
Gangavaram proposed 132/33kV East km Land
Gangavaram SS
B. Proposed Investments for APSPDCL and APEPDCL
The total investments are estimated to be INR 2490 Cr for APSPDCL and INR 1032 Cr for
APEPDCL. The sub-project components covered under the investments are:
S.No. Component Component Description
 HVDS aims at reduction of losses through replacement of the low
High Voltage voltage distribution network (LVDS) with HVDS and installation of
Distribution large number of smaller capacity distribution transformers – 40 KVA,
1. System 25 KVA or 16 KVA in place of higher capacity distribution transformers
(HVDS) – 100 KVA or 63 KVA for supply to agricultural consumers. This system
is best suited to meet the scattered low density loads observed in
rural areas
Energy  Replacement of existing pump sets with 5 star BEE rated energy
Efficient efficient pump sets would result in energy conservation and increased
2.
Pump Sets pumping efficiency
 Energy efficient pump sets to be installed on pilot basis
Remote
 Remote starters/Electric Smart Control Panel would provide facility
3. ON/OFF
ON/OFF operation remotely by using SMS/phone call. This would also
starters:
Page 37
provide protection to the devices due to under voltage, over voltage,
dry run, single phasing etc.
 It is proposed to install remote starters for pump sets
 A smart meter would record consumption of electric energy in
intervals of an hour or block and communicates information back to
Smart
4. the utility for monitoring and billing. Smart meters enable two-way
Metering
communication between the meter and the central system
 Smart meters for urban consumers
 The SCADA/DMS System will provide real time monitoring and
control, loss minimization/loss balancing and considerable
improvement in voltage/VAR profiles. It would also facilitate proper
handling of loads while load shedding & restoration, efficient
planning of network for future growth by using proven power system
planning tools
SCADA
5.  Scheme consists of installation of Remote Terminal Units (RTU) at
each 33/11 kV substation and integration of these RTUs with
centralized control center to manage the Distribution system of the
town
 SCADA to be implemented in balance sub-stations of
Vishakhapatnam and Vijayawada which have not been covered under
R-APDRP/IPDS
 AP is exposed to cyclones, storm surges, floods and droughts. Every
two or three years, AP experiences a moderate to severe intensity
UG Cabling cyclone or landfall. According to an estimate by the Dept. Of Disaster
and Covered Management, GoAP, about 44% of the state is vulnerable to tropical
6.
Conductors storms and related hazards. Placing power lines underground
eliminates their susceptibility to lightning and wind damage
 It is proposed to provide UG cabling in smart city areas of
Visakhapatnam and Kakinada towns
Distribution  New 33/11 kV indoor substations, GIS substations and new 33/11 kV
7
Substations outdoor substations are proposed
 TA would be needed for effective implementation of proposed
Technical investments. TA support is required for overall institutional
Assistance development, capacity building and governance improvement as well
8. (TA)/Capacity as some specific areas like strengthening and improving Project
Building Planning and implementation, business processes and accountability
systems, corporate governance and financial management practices
and human resource development
Page 38
2.2 Purpose of ESMF
Currently, the projects and sub-projects under the proposed World Bank investments have
been identified but the final project sites and the alignment of the transmission and
distribution lines will be concluded after detailed design is prepared. Therefore, an
Environment and Social Framework is being developed to manage and mitigate the
potential positive and negative impacts of the proposed projects. The ESMF provides a
procedure for environment and social assessment of projects. It will guide the utilities in
determining the appropriate level of environmental and social assessment required for the
sub-projects and in preparing the necessary environmental and social mitigation measures
for the sub-projects during the pre-construction, construction, operations and maintenance
phases. The objective of ESMF are as follows:
 Identify potential social and environmental impacts of the proposed project
activities
 Compliance with applicable national and local guidelines
 Compliance with World Bank safeguard policies
 Minimize the potential adverse impacts and maximize the potential positive
impacts
 Lay down the procedure for preparing project/investment specific environment
and social management plan
Based on the mitigation and management measures outlined in this ESMF document,
specific Environment and Social Management Plans (ESMP) will be developed for different
components of the World Bank supported investments. These ESMPs will be based on
component specific Environment and Social Impact Assessments (ESIA). In this regard:
 An ESMP (including a safety plan) has been prepared for the proposed HVDS projects
that are to be implemented by APEPDCL and APSPDCL. This ESMP will be included in
the bidding documents submitted by the two distribution utilities.
 For distribution substations, ESIAs will be prepared for a cluster of distribution
substations and the bidding docs will include a resultant ESMP
Page 39
3. Socio-Economic Profile of State
History
In 1953, the Andhra State Act was passed creating the State of Andhra which constituted
territories of the Madras State that were predominantly Telugu-speaking. In 1956 the
Telugu-speaking people in the region of the former state of Hyderabad were merged with
the Andhra state to form the combined state of Andhra Pradesh. This was the first Indian
state formed on the basis of linguistic identification. The combined state had 23 districts
with its capital in Hyderabad. Following a prolonged movement for a separate State,
Andhra Pradesh was further bifurcated on 2nd of June 2014, to form the state of Telangana
by passing of the AP State Reorganization Bill. After bifurcation, 10 districts (including the
capital city of Hyderabad) with a combined area of 1,14,840 Sq. Km. and a population of
3.53 Cr people became a part of the new State of Telangana. Andhra Pradesh presently
constitutes 13 districts and has a new capital city of Amravati.
Geographic Profile
The present-day state of Andhra Pradesh, lies between 12°41’ and 22°N latitude and 77°
and 84°40’E longitude and covers an area of 1,62,760 Sq. Km. making it the 8th largest state
in the country. It includes the eastern part of the Deccan Plateau and a sizeable part of the
Eastern Ghats and is bordered by Maharashtra, Chhattisgarh, Telangana and Orissa in the
North, the Bay of Bengal in the East, Tamil Nadu to the South and Karnataka to the West.
The State has the second longest coastline in the country with a length of 974 km and two
major rivers, the Godavari and the Krishna.
Of the total land area, 38.31% of the state’s geographical area is under net area sown (62.35
lakh hectares), 22.51% under forest (36.63 lakh hectares), 8.61 % under current fallow lands
(14.01 lakh hectares), 12.30% under land put to non-agricultural uses (20.02 lakh hectares),
8.30% under barren and uncultivable land (13.51 lakh hectares) and remaining 9.97% is
under other fallow land, cultivable waste lands like permanent pastures and other grazing
lands and land under miscellaneous tree crops and groves not included in net area sown.
Demographic Profile
A.P. is the 10th largest state in India with a population of 4.94 Cr (4.08% of India’s population)
and a population density of 304 persons per sq. km. There are 126.65 lakh households in
the State and the average size of the household is 3.95. A.P. is largely rural with 70.42% of
the population living in rural areas and 29.58% living in urban areas.
concentration of STs with 14.42% of the total ST population, while Kurnool with 2.04% has
the lowest concentration.
Page 40
The growth rate of population has slowed from 11.89% in 2001 to 9.21% in 2011 while the
sex ratio rose from 983 in 2001 to 997 in 2011 (as per census data). In absolute terms, 2.47
Cr (50.1%) of the total population is male and 2.46 Cr (49.9%) female. The districts of
Visakhapatnam, East Godavari, West Godavari and Guntur, have registered a progressive
sex ratio moving from less than 1000 category to more than 1000 from 2001 to 2011. The
SCs and STs have registered a sex ratio of 1007 and 1009 respectively. However, despite
the overall improvement in sex ratio, there was a troubling decline in child sex ratio from
964 in 2001 to 944 in 2011 (census data).
Literacy Rate in the state has increased and was 67.35% as per the 2011 population census
as against 62.07% in the 2001 census; however this is still lower than India’s overall literacy
rate, which was 72.98% in 2011. The literacy rate is much higher for urban areas (79.2%)
than rural areas (62.4%). Also, while male literacy is 74.8%, female literacy is only 59.96%.
Among the districts West Godavari has the highest literacy (74.63% in 2011), while
Vizianagaram has the lowest (58.89% in 2011).
District-wise Demographic Data
According to the Socio Economic and Caste Census 2011, there are 13 districts in the State
of Andhra Pradesh, 670 tehsils, 14,514 gram panchayats/police stations. The total number
of villages in Andhra Pradesh are 17,521 and additionally there are 94 towns. The number
of rural households is 93.44 lakh (76.15%) and urban households is 29.26 lakh (23.85%). The
district with the highest density of population is Krishna district (518), while Kadapa district
has the lowest density (118). District wise demographic data is provided below:
District Area Population Male Female Sex Literacy Density /
(Sq. Km.) Population Population Ratio (%) Sq. Km.
Srikakulam 5,837 27,03,114 13,41,738 13,61,376 1015 61.74 463
East Godavari 10,807 51,54,296 25,69,688 25,84,608 1006 70.99 477
Guntur 11,391 48,87,813 24,40,521 24,47,292 1003 67.4 429
Krishna 8,727 45,17,398 22,67,375 22,50,023 992 73.74 518
Visakhapatnam 11,161 42,90,589 21,38,910 21,51,679 1006 66.91 384
Chittoor 15,152 41,74,064 20,90,204 20,83,860 997 71.53 275
Anantapur 19,130 40,81,148 20,64,495 20,16,653 977 63.57 213
Kurnool 17,658 40,53,463 20,39,227 20,14,236 988 59.97 230
West Godavari 7,742 39,36,966 19,64,918 19,72,048 1004 74.63 509
Nellore 13,076 29,63,557 14,92,974 14,70,583 985 68.9 227
YSR (Kadapa) 15,359 28,82,469 14,51,777 14,30,692 985 67.3 188
Prakasam 17,626 33,97,448 17,14,764 16,82,684 981 63.08 193
Vizianagram 6,539 2,344,474 1,161,477 1,182,997 1019 58.89 359
Data taken from Census 2011
Economic Profile
Andhra Pradesh’s Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP) at constant (2011-12) Prices grew
by 10.99% from INR 4,44,752 Cr in 2014-15 to INR 4,93,641 Cr in 2015-16; this was higher
Page 41
than India’s overall GDP growth which was 7.6% over the same time period. In terms of
sectoral contribution to the economy, the services sector contributed the most to overall
Gross Value Added (GVA) in 2015-16 (47%) followed by agriculture (29%) and industry
(24%). The services sector in fact has been the major driver of economic growth in the State
and continued to be so in 2015-16, registering a growth rate of 11.39% over the previous
year. Real estate and trade, hotels and restaurants were the major contributors to the
service sector growth. The industry sector saw the second fastest growth, growing by
11.13% over the previous year led by growth in manufacturing and construction.
While the agriculture and allied activities sector did not grow by double digits, it still grew
by an impressive 8.4% over the previous year. The main crops in the state are Rice, Maize
and Pulses. The area under food grains in Andhra Pradesh grew by 4.21% to 41.30 lakh
hectares in 2015-16 from 39.63 lakh hectares in 2014-15. The total production of food grains
however decreased by 14.4% in 2015-16 to 137.56 lakh tonnes from 160.03 lakh tonnes in
2014-15. This decline was due to unfavourable seasonal conditions in some parts of the
State. This resulted in a negative growth in agriculture sub-sector of the agriculture and
allied sector. The overall positive growth was instead fuelled by the livestock, fisheries and
horticulture sub-sectors.
Under the livestock sub-sector, increase in the production of Milk, Meat & Egg resulted in
posting an encouraging growth rate of 11.2%; while the increase in the production of
Marine fish and brackish water prawns helped to register a significant growth rate of 32.8%
in Fishing Sector. Horticulture too grew impressively by 9.96% and contributed 5.6% to the
overall GSDP of Andhra Pradesh. There is 14.74 lakh hectares area under Horticulture in
Andhra Pradesh with production of 188.22 lakhs MTs.
The per capita income (at current prices) of Andhra Pradesh also rose by 12.38% in this
time period from INR 95,689 in 2014-15 to INR 1,07,532 in 2015-16. However, as per the
National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) of 68th Round (2011-12) the unemployment rate for
Andhra Pradesh State for Rural and Urban sectors stood at 12% and 43% respectively.
While the rural unemployment rate is lower than the corresponding figure for India (which
is 17%), the urban unemployment is significantly higher than the national average which
was 34%.
Page 42
4. Environment Profile of State
Overview
Table: Summary of Geographical Profile
State Andhra Pradesh

Coordinates Latitude: 12°41' and 19.07°N
Longitude: 77° and 84°40'E
Regions Coastal Andhra & Rayalaseema

Physiography The State has three physiographic zones, the hilly region (having
Nallamalai, Erramalai hills and the Eastern Ghats having an
altitude of 500m to 1400m); the plateau (having an altitude of
100m to 1000m) and the deltas of rivers (between the Eastern
Ghats and the Sea Coast).
Districts State has 13 districts viz., Anantapur; Chittoor; Kadapa; East

Godavari; Guntur; Krishna; Kurnool; Sri Potti Sreeramulu;
Nellore; Prakasam; Srikakulam; Visakhapatnam; Vizianagaram
and West Godavari. Anantpur is the largest district of the state
(7th largest district in India with an area of 19130 km2).
Major cities Visakhapatnam is the largest city in the state followed by

Vijayawada. Other important cities and towns are Kakinada,
Guntur, Rajahmundry, Tirupati, Nellore, Ongole, Kurnool and
Eluru.
Coastline length 974 Km
Major Rivers Krishna, Godavari, Thungabadra
Climate Maximum Temperature: 44.8°C during summers.
Minimum Temperature: 11.3° C during winters
Geology Andhra Pradesh is geologically unique and consists of Igneous,
Volcanic, Metamorphic and Sedimentary formations range in age
from most ancient (Archean) to recent (teriaries), and contain
Peninsular gneissic complex, Dharwars, Eastern ghats,
Cuddapah, Pakhal, Penganga, Bheema Kurnool (Palnadu,)
Gondwana, Deccan traps,
General
Geographical area of Andhra Pradesh is 1,62,440.1 km2 which is 5.13% of the landmass of
the country. The state is one of the six states/ union territories of India adjoining the Bay of
Bengal with a coastline of 974 km and continental shelf area of 33,227 sq. km. The average
width of the productive continental shelf area is 32 km with rich pelagic and demersal
fisheries. The continental shelf area narrows from north to south.
Page 43
Drainage
Andhra Pradesh is popularly referred to as a “River State”. Nearly 75% of the State territory
is covered by the basins of three major rivers - Godavari, Krishna and Pennar and their
tributaries. In addition, there are 17 other rivers like Sarada, Nagavali, Musi and other
streams. The Godavari with its 1,464 km length, of which about 772 km lies within the State,
is the longest and the broadest river in South India. Godavari, Krishna and Pennar are the
3 principal rivers of the State which drain into the Bay of Bengal. Godavari with its
tributaries Pranahita, Manjeera, Maneru, Indravati, Kinnerasani, Pamuleru and Sileru,
drains through the northern parts of the State. The River Krishna with its tributaries
Tungabhadra, Vedhavati, Hundri, Musi, Paleru and Munneru flows through the central
parts of the State. The River Pennar, the third biggest river, with its tributaries Chitravati,
Papaghni, Cheyyeru and Pincha drains through Rayalaseema region and Nellore district.
Geology and Mineral Resources
Andhra Pradesh is well known globally for variety of rocks & minerals and called as 'Ratna
Garbha', a state endowed with variety of minerals. Many of the ancient travellers and
historians have mentioned the ancient mining of Gold, diamond, base metals, precious
stones etc. The tertiary and quaternary formations with different litho units / rocks contain
host of industrial, non-industrial, metallic minerals. The geological formations of the
project districts are: (1) The unclassified Archaean crystalline rocks are mainly granite but
in the Eastern Ghats they comprise of granulite suites (khondalites and kodurites); (2) The
Middle– Upper Proterozoic the Cuddapahs and its equivalents; (3) The Mesozoic coal
bearing Gondwana strata; (4) Eocene lava flows (the Deccan traps); and (5) The semi-
consolidated or unconsolidated tertiary and recent rocks.
Table: Estimated reserve for some key minerals

Items Units Quantity
Coal Million tonnes (MT) 17,146
Limestone MT 35,179
Bauxite MT 615
Barytes MT 70
Beach Sands MT 241
Gold (ore) MT 12.10
Beach Sand MT 241
Diamond lakh carats 18.23
Granite m3 2,406
Coal MT 17,146
Limestone MT 35,179
Source:-Mines and Geology Department
The state of Andhra Pradesh is rich in minerals such as limestone (34%), coal (10%),
mica(86%), Dolomites (11%), bauxite (40%), barytes (96%), clays (30%), heavy mineral
Page 44
beach sand (40%), manganese (10%), feldspar (11%), quartz, silica sand soapstone (16%),
gold, diamonds (16%), uranium, oil and natural gas, iron ore, semi-precious stones, granite
(40%), slates, limestone slabs, marbles, dimensional and building stones (40%).
 The State is first in Barytes, Limestone and Beach sand heavy Mineral deposits in the
country.
 The State is well known for Gold, Diamond, Precious and Semi-precious stones
occurrences over vast areas.
 There are huge deposits of Bauxite in East Godavari and Visakhapatnam districts.
 Krishna-Godavari on shore and off shore basin contain huge reserves of oil and
natural gas.
 The State also contains huge uranium deposits in Kadapa and Nalgonda districts.
 Andhra Pradesh is only State in the entire Southern India which contains large
deposits of Coal.
 The State also has number of scattered low grade iron ore deposits in Prakasam,
Krishna, Khammam, Karimnagar, Kurnool and Kadapa districts.
 The State is well known for exclusive granite varieties viz., Chimakurthy Black Galaxy
Granite, Srikakulam Blue, Khammam and Warangal Black granite Karimnagar Tan
Brown etc.
Climate
The State experiences tropical climate with slight variations depending on the elevation
and maritime influence which varies according to the three regions. Rainfall is received
from both the South-West and North-East monsoons, predominantly the former, but
precipitation varies across the State. The climate of Andhra Pradesh is generally hot and
humid. The summer season in this state generally extends from March to June. During
these months the moisture level is quite high. The coastal areas have higher temperatures
than the other parts of the state. In summer, the temperature generally ranges between
20 °C and 40 °C.
The summer is followed by the monsoon season, which starts during July and continues
till September. This is the season for heavy tropical rains in Andhra Pradesh. The major
role in determining the climate of the state is played by South-West Monsoons. About one
third of the total rainfall in Andhra Pradesh is brought by the North-East Monsoons around
the month of October in the state. The winters in Andhra Pradesh are pleasant. This is the
time when the state attracts most of its tourists. October to February are the winter months
in Andhra Pradesh. Since the state has quite a long coastline the winters are comparatively
mild. The range of winter temperatures is generally from 13°C to 30°C.
Page 45
Forest Resources of the State
Table: District wise Forest cover (in Square Km) for the State of Andhra Pradesh.
(Source: AP Forest Department)
District Geographic Very Mode. Open Total % of Change Scrub
Area Dense Dense Forest G.A.
Forest Forest
Anantapur 19,130 0 73 353 426 2.23 -2 956
Chittoor 15,151 7 929 1,463 2,399 15.83 -3 1,566
East-Godawari(T) 10,807 72 2,519 970 3,561 32.95 -1 168
Guntur 11,391 0 219 644 863 7.58 -1 392
Cuddapah 15,359 9 1,898 1,502 3,409 22.2 -1 1,304
Krishna 8,727 0 83 230 313 3.59 0 2.14
Kurnool 17,658 59 1,331 741 2,131 12.07 -7 403
Nellore 13,076 5 261 671 937 7.17 -3 680
Prakasam 17,626 172 1,342 1,590 3,104 17.61 13 859
Srikakulam(T) 5,837 0 108 508 616 10.55 0 471
Vizainagaram(T) 6,539 0 145 604 749 11.45 0 352
Vishakapatnam(T) 11,161 0 2,054 1,391 3,445 30.87 0 1,071
West Godawari (T) 7,742 12 621 276 909 11.74 -1 28
Total 1,60,204 336 11,583 10,943 22,862 14.271 -6 8,252
Page 46
Figure: Vegetation map cover for the state of Andhra Pradesh. The figure identifies
seven different categories indicated in the map in various colour patterns viz., very
dense forest; moderately dense forest; open forest; scrub; non-forested area; water
bodies and mangroves.
Page 47
Protected Areas
Wildlife Sanctuaries and Zoological parks

Table: List of Wildlife Sanctuaries and Zoological Parks in the State of Andhra Pradesh
Name Location Description
Indira Gandhi Vishakhapatnam The Indira Gandhi Zoological Park in Visakhapatnam
Zoological Park is located on the national highway and covers an
area of 250 hectares. This is the second largest
zoological park in the state, after Hyderabad Zoo. It
boasts of a rich collection of flora and fauna,
including some exotic species of animals from
Australia. The Park has more than 400 varieties of
fauna. The main attraction of Indira Gandhi
Zoological Park is undoubtedly the big cats, in
particular the white tiger.
Kambalakonda On NH5 It houses Indira Gandhi Zoological Park. The park has
Wildlife Sanctuary (surrounded by almost eighty species with primates, carnivores,
the Eastern Ghats mammals, ungulates, reptiles and birds. These
on three sides and includes rhesus monkeys, baboons, panthers, tigers,
the Bay of Bengal wolves, hyenas, pythons, tortoises, monitor lizards,
on the fourth) elephant, bison, sambar deer, peacocks, ducks and
macaws.
Papikonda Wildlife East and West Located across an approximate area of 591 km2 in the
Sanctuary Godavari Area East and West Godavri area. Fauna found in this
sanctuary are tigers, panthers, gaur, cheetal,
chowsingha, sambar, blackbuck, mouse deer,
barking deer, sloth bears, wild hogs, hyenas, jackals,
wild boar, marsh crocodiles and a variety of birds.
Coringa Wildlife East Godavari Located across an approximate area of 236 km2 in the
Sanctuary District East Godavari area. It has the rare, endangered
smooth Indian otter, fishing cat and estuarine
crocodile. Other fauna are jackals, marine turtles,
seagulls, storks, ducks and flamingos.
Krishna Wildlife Krishna District It is a wildlife sanctuary and estuary located in
Sanctuary Krishna district of Andhra Pradesh. The sanctuary is
home for reptiles like the garden lizard, the wall
lizard, tortoises and snakes.
Rollapadu Wildlife Kurnool District It is a wildlife sanctuary located in Kurnool district of
Sanctuary Andhra Pradesh in an area 6.14 km2. It is the only
habitat in the state for the rare and highly
endangered great Indian bustard. The blackbuck,
wolf, jackal, bonnet macaque, Russell's viper and
cobra are also found.
Page 48
Table: List of Wildlife Sanctuaries and Zoological Parks in the State of Andhra Pradesh
Sri Penusila Nellore District It covers an area of 1030.85 km2 is managed by the
Narasimha Wildlife Andhra Pradesh Forest Department
Sanctuary
Gundla Kurnool and It is located in Kurnool and Prakasam Districts of

Brahmeswara Prakasam District Andhra Pradesh. It covers an area of 1194 km2 is
Wildlife Sanctuary managed by the Andhra Pradesh Forest
Department. The last surviving pristine forests of
Nallamalai tract, it is rich in plants of ethno-
botanical value.
Sri Kadapa District It is located in Kadapa District of Andhra Pradesh. It
Lankamalleswara covers an area of 464.42 km2 is managed by the
Wildlife Sanctuary Andhra Pradesh Forest Department
Table: List of Bird Sanctuaries in the State of Andhra Pradesh

Atapaka Bird West Godavari It is a largest freshwater lake located in West

Sanctuary District Godavari district of Andhra Pradesh. The
(Kolleru Wildlife sanctuary falls under Kaikalur Forest Range. It is
Sanctuary) one of the Ramsar convention wetland sites,
spread over an area of 308.55 km2.
Telineelapuram Srikakulam District It is located in Srikakulam district of Andhra
and Telukunchi Pradesh. Every year, over 3,000 pelicans and
Bird Sanctuaries painted storks visit from Siberia to these villages
during September and stay until March.
Pulicat Lake Bird Nellore District It is a 481 km2 Protected area in Nellore District of
Sanctuary Andhra Pradesh state. Pulicat Lake is the second
largest brackish-water ecosystem in India
managed by the Andhra Pradesh Forest
Department and Tamil Nadu Forest Department.
108 km2 of this sanctuary is national park area.
Page 49
Historical and Cultural Sites
Table: List of Cultural Sites in the State of Andhra Pradesh

Undavalli Caves Guntur The Undavalli Caves, a monolithic example of Indian rock-
cut architecture and one of the finest testimonials to
ancient viswakarma sthapathis, are located in Undavalli of
Guntur district in the Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. The
caves are located 6 km south west from Vijayawada, 22 km
north east of Guntur City of Andhra Pradesh.
Tirupati Chittoor Tirupati is a city in Chittoor district of the Indian state of
Andhra Pradesh. It is a municipal corporation and the
headquarters of Tirupati (urban) mandal, and of the Tirupati
revenue division. As of 2011 census, it had a population of
374,260 making it the ninth most populous city in Andhra
Pradesh. It is the seventh most urban agglomerated city in
the state. Tirupati is considered one of the holiest Hindu
pilgrimage sites because of Tirumala Venkateswara
Temple, besides other historical temples, and is referred to
as the "Spiritual Capital of Andhra Pradesh".
Page 50
5. Approach and Methodology
The methodology to design the Environment and Social Management Framework is
provided below:
Identify Training
Scoping and
Requirement Cost Estimation
Establish Baseline
Legal and
Draft GAP, RPF and Consultation and
Institutional
TPPF Disclosure
Framework
Define area of
Monitoring Plan
influence of the
project
Identify Impact and Grievance Redressal

Mitigation Plan Mechanism
1) Scoping and establishing baseline: Detailed project specific activities planned by each
utility for project implementation were identified and listed. This information was primarily
collected from initial discussions with the identified project implementation team and from
secondary data sources such as detailed project reports for each site, site survey and
assessment sheets, identified investment planning and related project schedule plans
provided by the utilities. At this stage, a generic socio-economic and environmental
baseline was also established. The parameters for the social baseline were:
 Demography [age, ethnicity, gender, economic status, level of education, income
level and employment]
 Land use
 Access to basic infrastructure
 Household asset/infrastructure
The parameters for environmental baseline were:

 Topography and drainage
 Bio-diversity (flora and fauna)
 Soil quality
 Atmospheric emissions and dust
Page 51
 Surface water
 Waste
 Noise
 Traffic and transport
 Visual impact
2) Understand the laws and policies applicable to Environment and Social Assessments:
India has a wide range of policies and regulations that are applicable to environmental and
social issues. A desk review of applicable national and state level laws and regulations was
undertaken to understand the applicability of these laws to the proposed projects.
Additionally, the relevant guidelines by the state power utilities, for planning, construction
and operations of the sub-stations and the transmission and distribution lines and the
World Bank Safeguard Policies and the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework
were also reviewed.
3) Define area of influence for each investment: The area of influence for each of the
investment was identified.
4) Identify potential risks/impacts and develop mitigation plan for the construction phase
and operations phase of the project: The socio-economic and environmental assessments
were undertaken to identify the potential social and environmental impacts and define the
mitigation plan. The proposed projects are likely to create impact on the environment in
two distinct phases -during the construction phase, which may be regarded as temporary
or short term; and during the operation phase that may be long-term effects.
5) Define the grievance redressal mechanism: The grievance redressal mechanism was
described to provide channels to address any adverse impact not pre-empted by the ESMF
and highlighted by the public.
6) Define monitoring plan and institutional arrangements for risk mitigation and grievance
redressal: The monitoring plan was defined to ensure that risk mitigation measures defined
in the previous step are implemented effectively.
7) Define GAP, RPF and TPPF: Gender Action Plan (GAP) was defined to ensure the gender
specific needs (for both men and women) are considered while assessing and managing
the impacts of the proposed investments.
The Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF): An RPF was designed to provide guidelines for
resettlement and rehabilitation in cases where the land for projects is acquired from the
community and may involve displacement of the population. The aim is to ensure that
impacts due to displacement and relocation are effectively managed, proper compensation
Page 52
is provided to the dislocated population and the livelihood of the displaced population is
restored.
Tribal Peoples Planning Framework (TPPF) was defined for the areas which may have some
concentration of tribal population, to ensure proper management of any potential adverse
impacts on the tribal population.
8) Training and Capacity Building: Training needs for the staff of implementing agencies were
identified to ensure that the screening form is completed correctly, monitoring of the
environment and social assessments is undertaken properly and the mitigation methods
are implemented and monitored appropriately.
9) Cost Estimates: The costs incurred to implement the various requirements of the ESMF
were budgeted. The broad cost estimates were provided for capacity building, training and
implementation of the ESMF and mitigation measures.
10) Consultation and Disclosure: The affected communities and stakeholders will be consulted
on the draft of the ESMF. It will ensure that sufficient time is provided to the stakeholder
groups to participate in the consultations. Once the guidelines for environment and social
management are finalized, the guidelines will be disclosed to the public.
Page 53
6. Stakeholder Analysis
The purpose of stakeholder analysis is to identify the stakeholder groups which can affect
or are directly/indirectly affected by the project activities. The analysis further maps the
relationship between the stakeholder groups, defines their roles, responsibilities and
interest in the project; and highlights the key expectations / concerns these stakeholders
have with respect to the planned investments. The key stakeholder groups include:
 Government and regulatory agencies at national and state level which define the legal
and regulatory framework within which the project will operate.
 Multilateral agencies such as the World Bank and Asian Development Bank that fund
power projects.
 Power sector utilities in Andhra Pradesh which are implementing the project.
 Different government departments at state and district level whose permission and
support is required to undertake various project activities like cutting trees and digging
roads to lay the overhead and underground lines respectively, securing land for
construction of substations and transmission and distribution towers, distributing
compensation for RoW and damage to trees and crops.
 Panchayats and municipal corporations at the village/city level whose permission and
support is required to undertake various activities. The panchayats and municipal
corporations also provide a platform for the people to raise their grievances.
 Public and Private sector companies like BSNL and Reliance who have their own
underground cabling network
 Non-government organisations (NGOs), community based organisations (CBOs) like
resident welfare associations and informal groups like women’s group, farmer’s group
which provide platform to raise the concerns of the community and vulnerable groups
like women, SC and ST. This stakeholder group also act as channel to undertake public
consultations on the project design, planning and implementation and provides a
platform for grievance redressal.
 Commercial and residential complexes, and communities which are the end-
beneficiaries of the project and are also receptors of various intended and unintended
externalities of the project like noise and water pollution, damage of crop/trees etc.
 Vulnerable groups like women, SCs and STs
The detailed mapping of stakeholders is provided in following table.
Page 54
Stakeholder Role/Responsibility/interest Expectations / Issues / Concerns
National Level
Ministry of Power The Ministry is primarily responsible for  Proposed projects support the
(MoP) development of electrical energy in MoP aim to ensure 24x7 power
India. MoP lays down the legal and supply in the country
regulatory framework for the electrical  Andhra Pradesh is one the first
energy sector. 3 states where 24x7 power for
Note: Electricity is a concurrent subject. all (PFA) project is being rolled
out. The learnings and best
practices from implementation
in Andhra Pradesh will guide
the roll out of 24x7 PFA in
other states.
Multilateral Agencies like the World Bank, ADB and  Social impacts on vulnerable
Agencies GIZ fund power projects in the State. In groups including indigenous
addition they provide technical advisory people are avoided,
services to the projects and prescribe minimised, or mitigated
environment and social safeguard  Environmental impacts are
policies. minimal
 Projects are cleared and
completed on time
Ministry of Tribal The Ministry is the nodal agency for  Protection of rights of tribal /
Affairs overall policy, planning and indigenous persons
coordination of the programmes for  Access to reliable electricity for
development of Scheduled Tribes (ST). tribals
The ministry notifies the tribal areas
and also enacts laws like Forest Rights
Act 2006 to protect the rights of the ST.
National Highway NHAI was constituted by an act of  Road surface is not damaged
Authority of India Parliament and is responsible for due to construction work
(NHAI) development, maintenance and  Compensation for repairing
management of National Highways road surface when
entrusted to it. It provides permission to underground cabling crosses
dig highway or construct along the highways
highways (within the margin as  Minimal disruption of traffic
approved during highway design). movement
Ministry of Railway The ministry is responsible for  Transmission towers / lines are
development, maintenance and at least 8 km distance from the
management of the country’s rail railway signal lines to prevent
network. It provides permission to dig disruption in signalling
(for UG cabling) or construct (for  Minimal disruption of rail
substations and overhead cabling) on services
Page 55
or along the railway property including  Compensation for loss of
rail tracks and stations. income due to stoppage of rail
services
State Level
Andhra Pradesh APERC was constituted under the A.P.  The distribution utilities
Electricity Electricity Reform Act, 1998 and is provide services (supply of
Regulatory primarily tasked to improve the electricity, fulfilling of demand,
Commission functionality of the power sector in the tariff, accident compensation
(APERC) state. The commission formulates and etc.) at least at the minimum
enact regulations on important aspects applicable standard of
of electric supply to consumers. The performance
commission also issues licenses to the  The utilities complete project
Transmission Corporation of Andhra activities within the timelines
Pradesh Limited (APTRANSCO), and consented tariffs.
distribution companies and rural
electric cooperatives in the state
APTRANSCO APTRANSCO is responsible for power  Ensuring 24x7 power supply in
transmission from power plants and the State & minimization of
power grids to distribution companies. transmission losses
 Ensuring requisite clearances /
permissions are obtained and
projects are completed on
time
APSPDCL, APSPDCL and APEPDCL are the  One of the key performance
APEPDCL distribution companies responsible for indicators for SPDCL and
distributing power to end-consumers EPDCL this year is reduction of
like households, industry and AT&C losses to single digit
agricultural farms from the current 14%. Planned
activities like HVDS under the
proposed projects will help in
reducing AT&C losses.
Andhra Pradesh APFD is one of the nodal departments  Ensuring the protection of
Forest Department dealing with forest conservation and forest land and wildlife
(APFD) environmental management of the habitats
State. Their permission is required for  Where it is not possible to
any construction or cutting of trees in avoid forest land, ensuring
the forest area. that:
− Compensation is received
as per relevant National or
State law. In Andhra
Pradesh 2 times the land
Page 56
used for a project has to
be given to the forest
department
− The towers / lines do not
harm wildlife. If required,
utilities are asked to fence
off towers / substations
Department of Department of Revenue manages  Ensuring that the land
Revenue functions related to the matters of requested for transmission /
Government land, excise, commercial distribution projects is for
tax, land and property registrations, public purpose
surveys and settlements, endowments  Ensuring that there is no
and so on. The department will help in dispute over ownership of
securing land for projects and will also land allotted for projects
help in deciding the compensations for  Setting compensation as per
land and RoW where applicable. relevant National/State laws
 Ensuring that allotted land is
used for stated purposes
Andhra Pradesh APLMA was constituted by Government  Government land allotted for
Land Management of Andhra Pradesh through a transmission / distribution
Authority (APLMA) Government Order (G.O. Ms. No. 571 projects has received an NOC
dated 14 September 2012) issued by the from the Urban Local Body or
Revenue Department. The role of the Urban Development Authority
APLMA is to manage allotment of or Directorate of Town and
Government lands for public purposes. Country Planning
 Only that extent of land is
allotted for the project that is
stipulated by the C.E.A for
power projects
 Environmentally sensitive and
fragile lands are not allotted
 Allotted Government land is
utilized for stated purposes
and prime land is put to the
optimum use. For this land
may be re-allotted if needed
Department of Department of Agriculture is  Compensation for crop
Agriculture, responsible for State policies and damage is paid as per the
Government of programmes aimed at achieving relevant National or State law
Andhra Pradesh agricultural growth. The department
helps in deciding crop compensation in
case project activities result in any crop
damage.
Page 57
Department of Department of Horticulture is  Compensation for tree damage
Horticulture responsible for state policies and is paid as per relevant law
programmes aimed at achieving
horticulture growth. Permission is
required from the department to
cut/prune any Tree.
Water Resources The department caters to the irrigation  Ensuring that irrigation canals
Department needs of the state. The permission from / tanks / water bodies are not
(Department of the department is required in case the damaged, polluted, or in any
Irrigation) project activities can potentially way affected by the
damage or obstruct any water way. construction of towers or
substations
 The water ways are not
blocked
Andhra Pradesh The authority was established by Act  Sufficient and reliable
Capital Region No. 11 of 2014 in Andhra Pradesh. The electricity supply in the new
Development authority has been established for the capital
Authority purpose of planning, coordination,
execution, supervision, financing,
funding and for promoting and securing
the planned development of the Capital
Region Development Area, undertaking
the construction of the new capital for
the state of Andhra Pradesh and for
managing and supervising urban
services in the new capital area.
Roads and The Roads & Buildings department is  Minimum damage to the roads
Buildings responsible for the construction and and highways during the
Department maintenance of the State Principal Road construction of substations,
Network including National highways erection of towers and laying
(on behalf of Govt. of India), State of cables.
Highways and Major District Roads and  Utilities pay appropriate
assigned buildings of various compensation for any
Departments under the control of State unavoidable damage.
Government. It provides permission to
dig highways/roads or construct along
the highways/roads (within the margin
as approved during highway design).
Power & Central standing committee for  Proposed projects do not
Telecommunication coordination of Power and cause any induction / noise /
Coordination Telecommunication system. The disruption in existing
Committee (PTCC) committee was formed by Government communication and signal
of India in the year 1949. The role of the networks of
Page 58
committee is to deal with route telecommunication
approval for all new power lines. The companies, defence and
clearance of this committee is required railways
before energization of new power lines  That utilities have considered
of 11kV and above, which is given after worst fault conditions in the
clearances from Railway/Telecom proposed route and included
having lines in the area. appropriate mitigation
measures in their plan
Implementation Level (District / City / Village)
District Collector / The district officials of the revenue  Effective utilization of land –
District Magistrate department help in securing land for minimum land required
District projects and in deciding the should be used and minimum
administration – compensations for land and RoW where number of people should be
District Collectors applicable. They also support regular affected
/District Magistrate / co-ordination / consultation between
tahsildars at block implementation agency and projected
level affected persons for early resolution of
grievances & conflict management.
Regional and local  Undertake activities like  Securing land and negotiating
office of construction, operations and Right of Way
APTRANSCO maintenance of substations, towers  Ensuring transmission lines do
and lines not pass through forest areas
 Undertake pre-construction as receiving clearances take
activities like site selection and over a year
route alignment  Ensuring timely completion of
projects by contractors
Local offices  Undertake activities like  Ensuring reduction in AT&C
APSPDCL / construction, operations and losses as per targets set by
APEPDCL maintenance of substations, poles the Corporate Office
and lines  Increase in accidents due to
 Undertake pre-construction shift to High Voltage
activities like site selection and Distribution System
route alignment  Handling objections from shop
 First level to receive grievances owners when distribution
from end-consumers transformers are placed in
front of their shops
 Handling objections from
house owners if distribution
lines are close to their
property
 Ensuring timely completion of
projects by contractors
Page 59
Contractors and Responsible for constructing  Timely payment of fees
suppliers substations, towers and lines in line  Required approvals clearances
with contract signed with utilities and from different departments are
supplying various equipment and other in place
material required for construction and  Right of Way has been secured
maintenance  Land for substations has been
secured
 There are no disturbances
from communities during
construction
Panchayats / Gram These are the local governance bodies  Reliable electricity supply to
Sabha at village level. Their permission is village
required to undertake any activity in the  Appropriate permissions /
village including securing land. They clearances have been taken
also provide a channel to the project  Land owners have been
affected persons to raise their consulted & appropriate
grievances. compensation paid
Police Department The police department is responsible  Contractors / utilities have
for maintaining law and order in their requisite approvals /
jurisdiction. Police supports the project permissions / clearances for
activities by regulating the traffic flow the proposed work
(especially in congested areas) during  Prior notification is given
the construction and maintenance before work where road traffic
phases. will be disrupted so that
arrangements can be made
 There are no protests /
disputes related to land where
the work is being undertaken
Municipal These are the local governance bodies  Utility has required
Corporations/Urban at city/town level. Their permission is permissions / clearances for
Development required to undertake any activity in the use of land
Authorities village including securing land. They
also provide a channel to the project
affected persons to raise their
grievances.
NGO’s and citizen’s They provide a platform to raise  Rights of vulnerable groups
collectives like concerns of the community and are protected and they can
RWAs vulnerable groups like women, SC and participate in the benefits from
ST. This stakeholder group also act as the project
channel to undertake public  Environmental impacts of
consultations on the project design, projects are taken into
planning and implementation and consideration
Page 60
provides a platform for grievance  Grievances of affected people
redressal. are heard and appropriately
handled by the utilities
Informal groups Local community leaders, elders,  The people are informed in
community groups, women groups advance about any proposed
provide platform to inform the general project
public about the project activities,  Environmental and social
undertake public consultations and impacts of projects are taken
grievance redressal. into consideration
 Grievances of affected people
are heard and appropriately
handled by the utilities
Commercial and Commercial and Residential  Access to 24x7 power supply
Residential complexes/societies are end- at sufficient voltage levels
complexes/societies beneficiaries of the project and are also  Project does not cause
receptors of various intended and disruptions to business and
unintended externalities of the project block access to commercial /
like noise and water pollution, damage residential properties
of crop/trees etc.  Minimization of disturbances
during construction including
noise and air pollution as well
as access to roads, movement
of traffic etc.
Communities and Communities and families are the end-  Access to 24x7 power supply
families beneficiaries of the project and are also at sufficient voltage levels
receptors of various intended and  Minimization of losses / theft
unintended externalities of the project  Minimization of disturbances
like noise and water pollution, damage during construction including
of crop/trees etc. noise and air pollution as well
as access to roads, movement
of traffic etc.
Vulnerable groups: The adverse effects of the project  Access to reliable 24x7 power
Minorities / activities, if any, are more pronounced supply
Scheduled Castes on the vulnerable groups in the society.  Ensuring adequate
Therefore, it is essential to understand compensation is paid in case
how the project activities specifically their land is used for
impact these groups. construction of towers /
substation
 The forums for public
consultations and grievance
redressal should ensure that
vulnerable groups are heard
Page 61
and their views/problems are
adequately addressed.
Women  May be affected during the  Access to reliable electricity

construction phase of the proposed supply in houses
projects  Public and open spaces are
 End-consumer of electricity properly lit during night time
 Ensuring that compensation is
paid to women when the land
is in their name
 Blockage of access roads
during construction phase
 Ensuring safety of women
during the construction phase
Scheduled Tribes  May be affected if transmission  Access to electricity
towers / lines and / or substations  Restriction on use of lands due
pass through their lands to erection of transmission
 End-consumer of electricity towers / substation
 Protection of community lands
/ forests
Farmers  May be affected if their land is in  Restriction on use of land due
line of transmission towers / to erection of transmission
substations towers / substation on their
 End-consumer of electricity property.
 Adequate compensation for
damage to land / crops during
construction
 Adequate compensation for
land under tower footing area
 Decrease in sale value of land
due to erection or
transmission tower on their
property
 Impact on their income and
livelihood
In addition to stakeholders identified above, the utilities require permissions and licenses
from following administrative authorities:
Page 62
S.No Enforcement Agencies Overview
1. Ministry of MoEF is the nodal agency in the administrative structure of

Environment and the central government responsible for planning and
Forests (MoEF) overseeing the implementation of environmental and
forestry programs and policies.
The specific functions of the MoEF are Environmental policy
planning; effective implementation of legislation;
monitoring and control of pollution; environmental
clearances for industrial and development projects covered
under EIA notification; Promotion of environmental
education, training and awareness; forest conservation,
development and wildlife protection.
The MoEF is responsible for the implementation and
enforcement of the Environmental Protection Act, 1986
(EPA), and Rules issued under the Act, including the EIA
notification. Under Section 3 and Section 5 of the EPA, MoEF
has powers to issue directions in the interest of
environmental protection.
The project activities will require permissions from MoEF in
case the transmission line corridor passes through any
protected areas or coastal zone coming under CRZ.
2 Central Pollution The CPCB is a statutory organization under the Ministry of

Control Board (CPCB) Environment and Forests. It is the apex organization in
country in the field of pollution control, as a technical wing
of MoEF. It has been created for the control of water, air and
noise pollution, land degradation, hazardous substances
and waste management.
3 Andhra Pradesh APPCB is a statutory authority constituted in the year 1976 and
Pollution Control Board entrusted to control pollution from any activities in the state as
(APPCB) well as to implement environmental laws and rules within the
jurisdiction of the state of Andhra Pradesh. APPCB also
provides advisory support to the department of environment
in the states on environmental policy matters. It implements
and enforces the policies of the department of environment in
addition to those formulated by the Ministry of Environment
and Forests (MoEF). The project activities will be monitored by
APPCB with respect to any environmental
emissions/discharges.
Page 63
S.No Enforcement Agencies Overview
4 Andhra Pradesh Forest APFD is one of the nodal departments dealing with forest
Department (APFD) conservation and environmental management of the State level
and is headed by the Principal Chief Conservator of Forests
(PCCF). The PCCF is supported by divisional forest offices for all
matters related to diversion of forest land and management of
forest in the divisions within the state.
5 Petroleum and PESO is under the Department of Industrial Policy and

Explosives Safety Promotion, Ministry of Commerce and Industry,
Organisation (PESO) Government of India. The Chief controller of Explosives is
responsible to deal with the provisions of :
- The Explosives Act 1884 and Rules 1883;
- The Petroleum Act 1934 and Rules 2002;
- The Static and Mobile Pressure Vessel (unfired) Rules
1981 and amendment 2000 and 2004;
- Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous
Chemical Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter 2000.
For setting up transmission tower foundations in rocky
areas, explosives might be used for excavation which
requires prior approval from PESO.
6 Transport Department, Transport department is established for the enforcement of

Government of Andhra provisions of the Central Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 and Rules
Pradesh 1989. The transport department is responsible for
management of traffic on roads and compliance of
requirement for freight of hazardous goods including
flammable hazardous petroleum products as per safety
codes and safety requirements laid down in Central Motor
Vehicle Rules (CMVR).
The next section maps the positive and negative social impacts of the proposed projects
on the stakeholder groups identified above.
Page 64
7. Social Impact & Mitigation Methods
7.1 Social Impacts
This section identifies the potential intended and unintended impacts of the proposed
projects on the communities around the project sites. The section further disaggregates the
impacts on vulnerable population including farmers, women, Scheduled Castes (SC),
Scheduled Tribes (ST) and minorities. The impact can result from activities throughout the
project life-cycle from project design, construction, operations and maintenance to
decommissioning stages. The major social impacts of the project are identified below.
Positive impacts
 Improved and reliable power supply: Andhra Pradesh is one of the few states in India to
provide 100% rural electrification4. However, about 18.4%5 of rural households do not
have electricity connections in Andhra Pradesh. The proposed project aims to ensure
24x7 power for all. Furthermore, the focus of the activities planned under the project is
also to provide power at consistent voltage (at least 220V for household consumption),
thereby reducing dependence on other sources of energy.
Replacing LVDS systems by HVDS, as planned under the proposed projects, will ensure
that even the last farmer/power pump connected on the power line receives reliable
voltage.
 Energy Conservation: One of the proposed investments is to replace the existing

irrigation pump sets in Andhra Pradesh with energy efficient pump sets which will help
conserve electricity.
 Increased social inclusion: As per the rural electrification plan of the state of Andhra
Pradesh dated July 2011, there are about 11 lakh rural households without an electricity
connection in the State of which BPL households constitute 46%6. The proposed projects
will support the GoAP’s effort to reach these un-electrified rural households and bridge
urban-rural divide in access to electricity. As per Piyush Goyal, Union Minister of Power,
“Electricity consumption is one of the most important indices that decide the
development level of a nation. The per capita consumption of electricity in FY 2012-13
was 917 units, which is around 20% of that in China or 5% of the level in USA. The
Government of India is committed to improving the quality of life of its citizens through
higher electricity consumption. This joint initiative of Government of India and
Government of Andhra Pradesh aims to enhance the satisfaction levels of the consumers
4
http://www.cea.nic.in/reports/monthly/dpd_div_rep/village_electrification.pdf
5
www.ap.gov.in/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/12-AP-Households.pdf
6
Rural Electrification Plan of the State of Andhra Pradesh (2011). Energy Department, Gazette Notification
Page 65
and improve the quality of life of people through 24x7 power supply. This would lead to
rapid economic development of the state in primary, secondary & tertiary sectors
resulting in inclusive development of the State”7.
 Improved quality of life: One of the planned activities is to install mobile controlled
switch on/Switch off mechanism on irrigation pump sets. Currently, the rural feeders
receive electricity for around 7 hours every night. Using mobile phones to remotely
switching-on/off the pump sets will ensure that farmers do not have to travel to their
farms during the night to irrigate the fields, thereby improving their quality of life.
Additionally, access to electricity would reduce the time spent by women on household
activities which will entail availability of more time for other activities including caring
for their own health.
 Positive impact for women and girls: As per the working paper on Energy, Gender and
Development of the World Bank 2011, the literature on gender and energy suggests that
providing electricity to communities and homes and motive power for tasks considered
women’s work can promote gender equality, women’s empowerment, and women’s and
girls’ access to education, health care, and employment. Most gender benefits of
providing electricity and motive power occur because women tend to spend more time
at home, are responsible for household chores that can be carried out more productively
with electricity, and because certain tasks that are culturally defined as women’s work
can benefit from motive power.8
 Increased economic activity: As per Mr. Chandrababu Naidu, Chief Minister of Andhra
Pradesh, “power sector is a critical infrastructure element required for the smooth
functioning of the economy. An efficient, resilient and financially healthy power sector
is essential for growth and poverty reduction. The availability of reliable, quality and
affordable power helps in the rapid agricultural, industrial and overall economic
development of the state”9.
The energy deficit in Andhra Pradesh was 17.6% during 2012-13 as against the all India
average of 8.7%10. To meet the deficit, the power transmission and distribution networks
7
Power for All, A joint initiative of Government of India and Government of Andhra Pradesh. Available at:
http://powermin.nic.in/upload/pdf/joint_initiative_of_govt_of_india_and_andhrapradesh.pdf
8
Kohlin, G., Pattanayak, S., Sills, E., Wilfong, C. (2011), Energy, Gender and Development: What are the linkages?
Where is the Evidence?, Social Development Papers, A background paper for the World Development Report 2012
on Gender Equality and Development, Paper no. 125.
9
10
White paper on power sector in Andhra Pradesh. Available at:
http://ap.meeseva.gov.in/DeptPortal/Download-
lat/White%20Paper%20on%20AP%20Power%20Sector_V10.pdf
Page 66
need to be strengthened, in addition to increased generation capacity. The proposed
projects aim to strengthen the power system and augment its capacity to meet the future
requirement of electricity by the domestic users, commercial and industrial users and
for irrigation purposes.
 Employment creation: Due to the power deficit, industries in Andhra Pradesh have
suffered load shedding of up to 40% of their demand (3 days a week power holiday) in
recent years11. Due to this, some of the existing industries have shifted their operations
from the state12 resulting in loss of employment. Reliable supply of electricity will attract
industry and create industrial jobs.
Additionally, as per, rural electrification plan of the state of Andhra Pradesh dated July
2011, one acre of assured irrigation results in 100 man-days of potential employment13.
The proposed HVDS work will ensure reliable electricity supply for agricultural purposes,
thereby ensuring assured irrigation and creating employment.
Negative impacts
 Securing land: Land is required to undertake various project activities like construction of
sub-stations, erection of transmission towers and laying of underground and overhead
transmission and distribution lines. Land for the project can be secured in four different
ways:
(i) Transfer of Government land to utility
(ii) Voluntary donation from private individuals
(iii) Purchase of land on willing buyer and willing seller basis at a negotiated price;
and
(iv) Involuntary acquisition of land
In all the four cases, there might be changes in the land use pattern in case the site identified
for the project is currently being used for some other purposes. Specific examples of impact
include:
- Loss of land: There is loss of land during setting up substations. The land requirement for
setting-up substation:
Voltage Land required for Sub-station14
11
12
White paper on power sector in Andhra Pradesh. Available at:
http://ap.meeseva.gov.in/DeptPortal/Download-
lat/White%20Paper%20on%20AP%20Power%20Sector_V10.pdf
13
Rural Electrification Plan of the State of Andhra Pradesh (2011). Energy Department, Gazette Notification
14
Page 67
132/33 kV and 220/33 kV 5 acres
33/11kV 0.5 acres
*As per information received from Utilities
Note: The land for the proposed investments in APTRANSCO has been secured either from
the discoms where they have provided extra land available in their existing substations to
APTRANSCO or government land has been identified. The status of sites for the proposed
12 substations as on 5th May 2016 is provided below:
Extra land available in existing substations 4
Secured after transfer of payment to 1

government
Identified government land – approved 3
Government land Identified – approval in- 1

process
Yet to be identified (proposed through transfer 3

of government land)
- It should be noted that as stated earlier, for the proposed transmission and distribution
projects no involuntary acquisition is required for securing land and the projects will not
result in any physical or economic displacement of people.
- Restricted use of land and RoW: The MoEF guidelines mandate utilities to maintain right of
way corridors:
220 kV 35
132 kV 27
33 kV 15
11 kV 7
In the width of the RoW, some restrictions are imposed and trees are cut or pruned to the
extent required for preventing electrical hazards by maintaining the following:
Voltage Minimum clearance between conductor and
trees (in meters)
220 kV 4.6
132 kV 4.0
33 kV 2.8
11 kV 2.6
Change in land use: Sometimes government land is also leased out for some other activity.
That land has to be reclaimed for construction of sub-stations and towers. In cases where
private land is secured, the land will no longer be available for activities like agriculture
Page 68
and horticulture. Additionally, in some instances land may be in-use for housing, schools
and hospitals. Reduction in value of farm land: There is a decrease in value of land around
the substations. As an instance, the value of land around the substation in Nellore
decreased from INR 10-12 lakhs per acre to INR 4-5 lakhs per acre.
 Impact on community health and safety: The communities close to transmission and
distribution lines face health and safety concerns. The safety concerns for Electric Power
Transmission and Distribution are highlighted below:
-
Exposure to electric and magnetic fields (EMF): Electric and magnetic fields are produced
by voltage and current respectively. Although there is public and scientific concern over
the potential health effects associated with EMF, there is no empirical data demonstrating
adverse health effects from exposure to typical EMF levels from power transmission lines
and equipment.15
- Noise: Transformers and high voltage power lines create buzzing or humming sound,
which can be a nuisance. However, the noise produced by power lines or transformers do
not cause any known health risk.16
- Electric shocks and electrocution: The electric voltage higher than 11kV pose serious threat
of electrocution to humans, transmission lines carry very high voltages to the tune of 220kV
(and 132kV) and can be fatal. Furthermore, electric charge can travel through induction and
hence poses threat to high rise structures, even when they are not in direct contact with
live wire.
- Electromagnetic Interference: The overhead transmission and distribution lines might
create interference with radio and cell phone signals through mutual induction.
 Impact on Workers / employees health and safety: The workers and employees face health
and safety concerns as highlighted below:
- Live power lines: Field staff such as linemen are exposed to the threat of electric shock and
electrocution from contact with live wires during the construction, operation and
maintenance activities.
- Working at height: Workers and field staff are at risk of falling from heights while working
at elevation during the construction, operation and maintenance activities.
- Electric and magnetic fields: Electric utility workers typically have a higher exposure to EMF
than the general public due to working in proximity to electric power lines.17 Some studies
15
IFC’s Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Electric Power Transmission and Distribution.
Available at: http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/554e8d80488658e4b76af76a6515bb18/Final+-
+General+EHS+Guidelines.pdf?MOD=AJPERES
16
17
Page 69
have suggested a possible association between occupational exposure to EMF and cancer
indicating there is evidence to warrant limited concern
- Exposure to chemicals: Workers are at risk of exposure to chemicals during handling of
pesticides used for right-of-way maintenance and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) in
transformer oil and other electrical components.
 Impact on vulnerable populations
- Women: The proposed investments could increase the security risk for women specifically
during the construction phase when there will be an increased movement of strangers in
the area and also due to the blockage of access roads. The Gender Action Plan annexed
with this document provides a detailed mapping of potential positive and negative impacts
on women and girls.
- Tribal population: The impacts of the proposed investments on tribal population are of a
similar nature to those identified for the rest of population in this document. However the
extent of the impacts may vary owing to the socio-economic position of tribal persons in
villages. The tribal population living in protected and reserved forest areas is at a
heightened risk because of dependence of their livelihoods on forest resources like trees,
which may be cut or pruned to undertake project activities.
- Scheduled Castes and Minorities: The impacts of the proposed investments on minorities
and SCs are of a similar nature to those identified for the rest of population in this
document. However, the extent of the impacts may vary owing to the vulnerable socio-
economic position of these communities.
- Farmers: Crops and trees are may be damaged during the construction phase and also for
the maintenance of the RoW. Also, the value of agricultural land may decrease if it is in the
immediate proximity of sub-stations or has transmission towers on it. This poses a serious
economic cost and livelihood loss for small and marginal farmers (land holding less than
5 acres).
 Cultural Heritage: One of the activities in the proposed investments is to convert overhead
lines to under-ground lines near sites of cultural, heritage and religious importance.
Damage could potentially be caused to the sites during the construction, operations and
maintenance phases while digging up for laying and maintaining underground cables.
 Interference with communication channels: The electrical interference with railway, defence
and telecommunication lines and signals due to mutual induction poses the risk of
disruption to noise-free communication for these critical establishments.
7.2 Policy and Legal Framework-Social

The management and mitigation of the social impacts identified above will be carried out
in accordance with relevant national laws, rules and policies as well international standards
and guidelines. The table below provides an overview of those legal and regulatory
Page 70
provisions that are potentially applicable to this project. Based on this framework, the
impact management and mitigation framework has been developed in the subsequent
section.
Laws of the Land

1 The Right to Fair RFCTLARRA, 2013 has been introduced to ensure a “humane,
Compensation and participative, informed and transparent process for land
Transparency in Land acquisition…with the least disturbance to the owners of the land and
Acquisition, other affected families and to provide just and fair compensation to
Rehabilitation and the affected families whose land has been acquired…”
Resettlement Act
(RFCTLARRA), 2013 In line with this, Chapter II Section 4 (1) requires the Appropriate
Government who intends to acquire the land to consult the concerned
village / ward level body and carry out a Social Impact Assessment
study in consultation with them. Further Chapter II Section 8 (1) of the
Act, states that the Appropriate Government shall ensure that-
(a) There is a legitimate & bona fide public purpose which
necessitates the acquisition
(b) The potential benefits & the public purpose shall outweigh the
social costs & adverse social impact as determined by the
Social Impact Assessment
(c) Only the minimum area of land required for projects is
proposed to be acquired
(d) There is not unutilized land which has been previously acquired
in the area
(e) Any land acquired earlier and remaining unutilized is used for
the public purpose
Chapter IV Section 28 specifies the compensation for land acquired

under the Act once it has fulfilled the above conditions. To determine
the compensation the Collector shall take into account:
(i) The market value of the land (determined as per provisions of
Section 26 in accordance with the First and Second Schedule of
the Act)
(ii) The damage sustained by the person interested due to the
taking of any standing crops and trees on the land at the time
of possession by the Collector
(iii) The damage (if any) sustained due to the severing of the land
from other land
(iv) The damage sustained (if any) by reason of the acquisition
injuriously affecting the other property or earnings of the
interested party
(v) Reasonable expenses incidental to the interested party having
to change residence or place of business
Page 71
(vi) The damage (if any) boa fide resulting from diminution of the
profits of the land between the time of notification and the time
of possession
(vii) Any other ground that may be in the interest of equity, justice
and beneficial to the affected families
Further, as per Chapter IV Section 30, a Solatium equivalent to 100%

of the compensation amount shall be awarded over and above the
compensation payable
In addition to the compensation for acquisition of land, Chapter V

provides for Rehabilitation and Resettlement Awards for each affected
family in line with the terms of entitlement specified in the Second
Schedule of the Act.
The Act also provides for institutional arrangements for ensuring

proper implementation and monitoring of the Act including the
appointment of an Administrator, a Commissioner for Rehabilitation
and Resettlement; and project level Rehabilitation and Resettlement
Committees (Chapter VI); a National Monitoring Committee for
Rehabilitation and Resettlement (Chapter VII); and establishment of a
Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority (Chapter
VIII)
2 Andhra Pradesh Right These rules have been notified by the Government of Andhra
to Fair Compensation Pradesh in exercise of the powers conferred by Section 109 of the
and Transparency in RFCTLARRA, 2013. The rules specify:
Land Acquisition, (ii) Process for carrying out the Social Impact Assessments (SIAs)
Rehabilitation and (iii) Institutional Support for SIAs
Resettlement Rules, (iv) Other guidelines for carrying out the SIAs
(A.P. RFCTLARRR) (v) Process for conducting public hearings
2014 (vi) Declaration of Awards and Compensation
As per Chapter V Sections 25, 26 and 27 of the A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014,

awards and compensations are in line with the provisions of the
RFCTLARRA, 2013. Section 28, further specifies the following that
were to be notified by the State Government:
(a) The multiplication factor mentioned in RFCTLARRA, 2013 is set
at 1.25 for rural areas other than scheduled areas and 1.50 for
scheduled (tribal) areas
(b) The one-time grant to artisan, small traders and certain others
is set at INR 25,000
(c) The payment of compensation shall be made expeditiously
through account payee cheques / electronic mail transfer
Page 72
3 The Electricity Act, According to Section 14 of the Electricity Act, licenses can be awarded
2003 (With by the ‘Appropriate Commission’ to any person for transmission of
Amendments in 2003 electricity, distribution of electricity or trading of electricity. These
& 2007) persons will be known as licensees
Under Section 67 (1) of the Act, a licensee has the power “to open
and break up the soil and pavement of any street, railway or tramway;
to open and break up any sewer, drain or tunnel in or under any street,
railway or tramway; to alter the position of any line or works or pipes,
other than a main sewer pipe; to lay down and place electric lines,
electrical plant and other works; to repair, alter or remove the same;
and to do all other acts necessary for the transmission or supply of
electricity
However, Section 67 (3) states that “A licensee shall, in exercise of

any of the powers conferred by or under this section and the rules
made thereunder, cause as little damage, detriment and
inconvenience as may be, and shall make full compensation for any
damage, detriment or inconvenience caused by him or by anyone
employed by him.”
Section 67 (4) states that if there is any dispute regarding the

compensation in subsection (3), it shall be determined by the
Appropriate Commission, and, as per Section 67 (5) the Commission
“while determining any difference or dispute arising under this
section in addition to any compensation under sub-section (3), may
impose a penalty not exceeding the amount of compensation payable
under that sub-section.”
Section 68 (1) of the Act, provides for the installation and maintenance
of overhead lines subject to the provisions in Section 68 (2-4).
Further, Section 68 (5) allows a licensee, with the permission of an

Executive Magistrate (or authority specified by the Appropriate
Government), to remove (or otherwise deal with) any tree, structure,
or object that is interrupting / interfering with overhead lines; or is
likely to interfere / interrupt them.
However, Section 68 (6) states that if any tree, is in existence before

placing the overhead line, the person interested in the tree shall be
awarded compensation as seen fit by the Executive Magistrate /
Specified Authority.
Page 73
4 The Indian Telegraph Under Section 164 of the Electricity Act, 2003, for the placing of
Act, 1885 electric lines or electrical plant for the transmission of electricity, the
‘Appropriate Government can confer upon a licensee any of the
powers which the telegraph authority possesses under the Indian
Telegraph Act, 1885 with respect to the placing of telegraph lines and
posts for the purposes of a telegraph established or maintained, by
the Government or to be so established or maintained.
Therefore, Part III - Section 10-19 of the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 is
applicable as well.
Under Section 10, The telegraph authority may, from time to time,
place and maintain a telegraph line under, over, along, or across, and
posts in or upon any immovable property. This implies, that a licensee
as mentioned in Section 164 of the Electricity Act, 2003, has the
authority to place and maintain transmission lines under over along
or across and posts in or upon, any immoveable property.
Under Section 11, a licensee may, at any time, for the purpose of
examining, repairing, altering or removing any telegraph line or post,
enter on the property under, over, along, across, in or upon which the
line or post / tower has been placed.
Section 16 (1), states that If the exercise of the powers mentioned in

Section 10 in respect of property referred to in clause (d) of that
section is resisted or obstructed, the District Magistrate may, in his
discretion, order that the telegraph authority shall be permitted to
exercise them. And according to Section 16 (2), If, any person resists
the decision of the Magistrate under Section 16 (1), he shall be
deemed to have committed an offence under section 188 of the Indian
Penal Code (45 of 1860).
However, Section 10 (b) of the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885, clearly

states that land for the lines and poles (towers) will not be acquired.
The licensee will have the right of user only in the property under,
over, along, across in or upon which the lines and poles / towers are
placed. Further, Section 10 (C) states that if the property is under the
control / management of a local authority, the permission of that
authority will be required before a licensee can exercise its powers.
Section 10 (d) requires that the licensee do as little damage as

possible, and, when it has exercised its powers in respect of any
property other than that referred to in clause (c), shall pay full
Page 74
compensation to all persons interested for any damage sustained by
them by reason of the exercise of those powers. According to
Sections 16 (3) and (4) any disputes regarding compensation are to be
decided by the District Judge whose decision in the matter will be final
as per Section 16 (5)
5 Ministry of Power, These guidelines have been formulated for “determining the
Guidelines for compensation towards “damages” as stipulated in Section 67 and 68
Payment of of the Electricity Act, 2003 read with Section 10 and 16 of the Indian
Compensation Telegraph Act, 1885 which will be in addition to the compensation
Towards Damages in towards normal crop and tree damages”
Regard to Right of
Way for Transmission According to Section 2 of the Guidelines, compensation will be
Lines, 2015 payable only for transmission lines supported by a tower base of 66
kV and above, and not for sub-transmission and distribution lines
below 66 kV.
Details of compensation are as follows:
For Towers: As per Section 2 (i), compensation will be given @ 85%

of land value as determined by District Magistrate or any other
authority, for the tower base area (between four legs) impacted
severely due to installation of tower / pylon structure
For Right of Way (RoW) Corridor: As per Section 2 (ii), compensation

subject to a maixum of 15% of land value, will be given towards
diminution of land value in the width of the RoW corridor due to laying
of transmission lines. The width of the RoW corridor has been
prescribed in Annex of the Guidelines and is based on the Right of
Way as defined by the MoEF guidelines dated 5.5.2014. For the
purpose of this project, it will be applicable to 132 kV transmission
lines laid by APTRANSCO. The width of the RoW corridor for these
lines is 27 meters.
However, the Government of Andhra Pradesh has not adopted these

guidelines. The rules normally followed by Andhra Pradesh
Government are as follows
1. Compensation towards temporary crop and tree damage as well as
structures are paid for both tower footing and corridor. The value of
compensation for fruit bearing trees is determined by the horticulture
department and this is revised from time to time. The value of
compensation for crop damage is determined by the agriculture
officer and is determined on a case by case basis.
Page 75
2. Over and above the normal crop and tree damage, the land owner
is compensated for the land taken up by the tower base. The value of
compensation is determined by the District Collector and is set on the
basis of voltage. The compensation is determined separately for each
zone.
− In the Kadapa Zone (comprising of Ananthapur, Kadapa,
Kurnool, Chittoor) compensation for 132 kV towers is INR
55,000 per tower and for 220 kV towers compensation is INR
99,500 per tower.
− In the Vishakhapatnam Zone:
o Vizanagaram, Visakhapatnam- compensation for 132
kV towers is INR 55,000 and for 220 kV towers
compensation is INR 99,500 per tower
o Sirakulam, East Godavari, West Godavari-
compensation for 132 kV towers is INR 43,900 and for
220 kV compensation is INR 79,600 per tower
− In the Vijayawada Zone (comprising of Krishna, Guntur,
Prakasham, Nellore) compensation for 132 kV towers is INR
55,000 and for 220 kV towers compensation is INR 99,500 per
tower
3. As of now, no compensation is not paid for the lands under the

corridor.
6. Andhra Pradesh The Government Land Allotment Policy was formulated to create a set
Government Land of uniform guidelines for the extent and rate of allocation of
Allotment Policy G.O. Government land for various purposes to Government departments
Ms. No. 571 – and private organizations. According to the policy:
14.09.2012  Government land shall be allotted only for public purposes
 For each category of institution, project or industry, there should
be a norm on the extent of land required as stipulated by the
respective administrative departments. These norms are to be
scrupulously followed
 Only waste lands are to be allotted; environmentally sensitive and
fragile areas such as, tank beds, river beds, hillocks with
aforestation etc., shall not be alienated or allotted
 Government lands should not be auctioned for resource
mobilization
 Lands assigned to poor people for agriculture purpose should not
be resumed and in case of inevitable resumption, alternate land
should be given to the said assignees apart from rehabilitation.
 If the assignee uses for purpose other than for which, the land was
assigned or he transfers the land in favor of some other persons
unauthorizedly, then the government shall have power to resume
the land in their favor
Page 76
 For fixing cost of land, provisions of BSO-24 shall apply to all the
land allotments along with the conditions stipulated by the
alienating agencies/departments
 The allotment / alienation shall be on market value as
recommended by the Collector and the A.P.L.M.A.
 Government lands may be given free of cost to State Government
Departments for welfare and development purposes
 A.P. Land Management Authority (APLMA) to be constituted for
processing and recommending land allotment, with the task of
monitoring the utilization of land for the intended purpose and
resumption of land in case of violation of conditions
 NOC from Urban Local Body (ULB) or Urban Development
Authority (UDA) (in case of areas falling outside Urban Local Body
limits) and Directorate of Town and Country Planning (DT&CP) for
the areas falling outside ULBs and UDA areas may be insisted
before taking a decision on the allotment of land by APLMA.
 The administrative department and the APLMA shall therefore
invariably ensure that the statutory environmental and zonal
regulations are strictly complied with in this regard
 Government lands owned by various departments and which are
not being utilized to the full extent by the respective departments
shall be proposed for allotment for public purpose
 All the Departments should prepare comprehensive plans for
Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) where displacement of
people is involved
 Wherever applicable, the allottee shall also provide green buffer
along the nalas, tanks and water bodies, as specified in the
building rules
7 The Scheduled Tribes The Act recognises and vests the forest rights and occupation in forest
and Other Traditional land in forest dwelling Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest
Forest Dwellers dwellers who have been residing in such forests for generations but
(Recognition of Forest whose rights could not be recorded. The Act provides a framework for
Rights) Act, 2006 recording forest rights so vested and the nature of evidence required
for such recognition and vesting in respect of forest land.
During laying of transmission / distribution lines or erecting towers,
all possible efforts should be made to avoid forest areas. In case,
passing through forest areas is unavoidable, prior permission of the
forest department should be sought.
8 The Andhra Pradesh The Act consolidates and amends the laws relating to protection and
Forest Act, 1967 and management of forests in the state of Andhra Pradesh. It lays down
Rules (thereunder) guidelines to constitute any land as reserved forest and protected
Page 77
forest, and guidelines for preservation of private forests. The act also
provides rules for:
a) Timber and other forest produce in transit or possession
b) Possession of Sandalwood
c) Collection of drift and stranded timber
During laying of transmission / distribution lines or erecting towers,

all possible efforts should be made to avoid forest areas (reserved
forest, protected forest and private forest). In case, passing through
forest areas is unavoidable, prior permission of the forest department
should be sought.
9 The Right to The Act provides for setting out the practical regime of right to
Information Act, 2005 information for citizens to secure access to information under the
control of public authorities, in order to promote transparency and
accountability in the working of every public authority, the
constitution of a Central Information Commission and State
Information Commissions and for matters connected therewith or
incidental thereto. The implementation of RTI by the utilities is
provided in Annexure 10.
10 Ancient Monuments & The Act has been enacted to prevent damage to archaeological sites
Archaeological Sites identified by Archaeological Survey of India. During route alignment,
and Remains Act, 1958 all possible efforts are made to avoid these areas. Wherever it
becomes unavoidable the concerned Utility will take necessary
permission under this act.
11 Indian Treasure The Act provides for procedures to be followed in case of finding of
Trove Act, 1878 any treasure, archaeological artefacts etc. during excavation.
as amended in Possibilities of such discoveries are quite remote due to limited and
1949 shallow excavations. However, in case of such findings the concerned
Utility will follow the laid down procedure in the Section-4 of Act.
12 APERC Standards of The regulation contains the guaranteed standards of performance,
Performance these are the minimum standards of service that a distribution
(Regulation no. 7 of licensee shall achieve to individual consumers, and Overall Service
2004 and regulation Standards which the licensee shall seek to achieve in the discharge of
no. 9 of 2013) his obligation as a licensee. In the said Regulation, vide Schedule–II,
the Commission also has prescribed the compensation payable and
manner of payment of compensation to consumers for non-
compliance of the Standards in terms of the provisions of section 57
of the Electricity Act, 2003.
13 Central Electricity The regulations lay down measures related to safety. Key measures
Authority (Measures include:
relating to Safety and  Para 5 of the regulations mandate the appointment of Electrical
Electric Supply) Safety Officer in all suppliers of electricity including generating
Regulations, 2010 companies, transmission companies and distribution companies.
Page 78
The officer will ensure the observation of safety measures

specified under these regulation in their organization for
construction, operation and maintenance of power stations, sub-
stations, and transmission and distribution lines.
 Para 7 of the regulations lays down safety measures for operation
and maintenance of transmission and distribution systems. The
para states the educational qualification for engineers, supervisors
and technicians, and also specifies the trainings to be conducted
by transmission and distribution companies.
 Regulations specify general safety precautions pertaining to
construction, installation, protection, operation and maintenance
of electric supply lines and apparatus including service lines and
apparatus on consumer’s premises, switchgear on consumer’s
premises, identification of earthed and earthed neutral conductors
and position of switches and switch gears thereon, earthed
terminal on consumer’s premises, accessibility of bare conductors
and placement of danger notices
 Para 27 of the regulations specify provisions applicable to
protective equipment including sand bucket, fire extinguishers,
first aid boxes and gas masks.
 Para 28 specifies guidelines for display of instructions for
resuscitation of persons suffering from electric shock and para 29
specifies precautions to be adopted by consumers, owners,
occupiers, electrical contractors, electric workmen and suppliers
 Chapter IV specifies general conditions relating to supply and use
of electricity
 Chapter V specifies safety precautions for electrical installations
and apparatus of voltage not exceeding 650V and Chapter VI
specifies safety precautions for electrical installations and
apparatus of voltage exceeding 650V
 Chapter VII provides safety requirements for overhead lines and
underground cables
14 Central Electricity  The provisions of these regulations are in addition to and not in
Authority (Safety derogation of the provisions of any other law in force for the time
Requirements for being.
Construction,  Para 4 of the regulations provide safety provisions relating to
Operation and Owner (utilities) and specifies that owner shall make safety
Maintenance of provisions an integral part of work processes to ensure safety of
Electrical Plants and
employees including employees of contractor, sub-contractor as
Electric lines)
well as visitors.
Regulations, 2011
 The regulations further provide provisions for setting up of safety
management system, safety manual, safety officer and safety
Page 79
committee, reporting of accidents, emergency management plan,

mock drills and medical facilities
 Para 7 of the regulations specify safety provisions relating to
contractor
Constitutional Provisions
15 The Constitution (73rd The Constitution (73rd Amendment) Act, 1992 vests power in the State
Amendment) Act, Government to endow Panchayats with such powers and authority as
1992 may be necessary to enable them to function as institutions of self-
government such as: Preparation of plans and their execution for
economic development and social justice in relation to 29 subjects
listed in the XI schedule of the Constitution. Authority to Panchayat to
levy, collect and appropriate taxes, duties, tolls and fees. Transfer of
taxes, duties, tolls and fees collected by the States to Panchayats.
The Act mandates provisions for:
 Establishment of a three-tier structure (Village Panchayat,
Panchayat Samiti or intermediate level Panchayat and Zilla
Parishad or district level Panchayat).
 Establishment of Gram Sabhas at the village level. Regular
elections to Panchayats every five years.
 Proportionate seat reservation for SCs/STs.
 Reservation of not less than 1/3 seats for women.

Constitution of State Finance Commissions to recommended
measures to improve the finances of Panchayats.
th
16 The Constitution (74 The Constitution (74th Amendment) Act, 1992 provisions, provides a
Amendment) Act, basis for the State Legislatures to guide the State Governments in the
1992 assignment of various responsibilities to municipalities and to
strengthen municipal governance. The 74th amendment requires the
state governments to amend their municipal laws in order to empower
ULBs “with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable
them to function as institutions of self-governance”.
Accordingly, several state governments have amended their
Municipal Laws by bringing them in conformity with the
Constitutional provisions. A new Twelfth Schedule to the Constitution
provides recommended list of local functions to be performed by
municipalities.
17 5th Schedule of The schedule has been added to the constitution to protect the cultural
Constitution identity and economic rights of the tribal people.
(Article 244 (1))
The schedule provides for the administration and control of
Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes. In pursuance of this schedule,
President of India had asked each of the state to identify tribal
Page 80
dominated areas. Areas thus identified by the states were declared as

Fifth schedule areas.
Accordingly, some mandals in Visakhapatnam, East Godavari, West

Godavari, Adilabad, Srikakulam, Vizianagaram, Mahboobnagar,
Prakasam districts of Andhra Pradesh were identified as Fifth
Schedule Areas. The details are provided in Annexure 3.
The schedule enables the government to enact separate laws for

governance and administration of the tribal areas. The Para 5 of the
schedule divulges the power to the Governor of the State to define the
Laws Applicable to the Scheduled Areas. Specifically, Governor of the
state can make regulations that may –
a) prohibit or restrict the transfer of land by or among members
of the Scheduled Tribes in such area;
b) regulate the allotment of land to members of the Scheduled
Tribes in such area
At this stage, none of the proposed projects are located in the

Schedule V areas. In case any of the future projects are located within
the reserved areas, the provisions of Tribal Peoples Planning
Framework (TPPF) provided in Annexure 7 will be triggered.
18 Panchayats The act provides for extension of provisions of Part IX of constitution
(Extension to relating to Panchayats to the Scheduled Areas. As per the provisions,
Scheduled Areas) Act, every village in Schedule V areas will have Gram Sabha which would
1996
approve of the plans, programmes and projects for social and
economic development before such plans, programmes and projects
are taken up for implementation at village level.
At this stage, none of the proposed projects are located in the

Schedule V areas. In case any of the future projects are within the
schedule areas, the approval of gram sabha will be required to
implement such project.
Applicable Labour Laws
19 Workmen The Act provides for compensation in case of injury by accident
Compensation Act arising out of and during the course of employment.
1923
20 Payment of Gratuity Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on satisfaction of
Act 1972 certain conditions on separation if an employee has completed 5 years
of service or more or on death the rate of 15 days wages for every
completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments
employing 10 or more employees
Page 81
21 Employees P. F. and The Act for monthly contributions by the employer plus workers
Miscellaneous @10% or 8.33%. the benefits payable under the Act are:
Provision Act 1952  Pension or family pension on retirement or death, as the case may
be
 Deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker.
Payment of P. F. accumulation on retirement /death etc.
22 Maternity Benefits Act The Act provides for leave and some other benefits to women
1951 employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc.
23 Contract labour The Act provides for certain welfare measures to be provided by the
(Regulation & contractor to contract labour and in case the Contractor fails to
Abolition) Act 1970 provide, the same are required to be provided, by the principal
Employer by Law. The Principal Employer is required to take
Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take license
from the designated officer. The Act is applicable to the
establishments or Contractor of Principal Employer if they employ 20
or more contract labour.
24 Minimum Wages Act The Employer is supposed to pay not less than the Minimum Wages
1948 fixed by appropriate Government as per provision of the Act if the
employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of Buildings,
Roads, Runways are scheduled employment’s
25 Payment of Wages It lays down as to by what date the wages are to be paid, when it will
Act 1936 be paid and what deductions can be made from the wages of the
workers.
26 Equal Remuneration The Act provides for payment of equal wages for work of equal nature
Act 1979 to Male and Female workers and for not making discrimination against
Female employees in the matters of transfers, training and
promotions etc.
27 Payment of Bonus Act The Act is applicable to all establishments employing 20 or more
1965 employees. The Act provides for payments of annual bonus subject to
a minimum of 8.33% of wages and maximum of 20% of wages to
employees drawing Rs.3500/- per month or less. The bonus to be paid
to employees getting Rs.2500/- per month or above up to Rs.3500/- per
month shall be worked out by taking wages as Rs.2500/- per month
only. The Act does not apply to certain establishments. The newly
set-up establishments are exempted for five years in certain
circumstances. Some of the State Governments have reduced the
employment size from 20 to 10 for the purpose of applicability of this
Act.
28 Industrial Disputes The Act lays down the machinery and procedure for resolution of
Act 1947 Industrial disputes, in what situations or lock-out becomes illegal and
what are the requirements of laying off or retrenching the employees
or closing down the establishments.
Page 82
29 Industrial It is applicable to all establishments employing 100 or more workmen
Employment (employment size reduced by some of the States and Central
(Standing Orders) Act government to 50). The Act provides for laying down rules governing
1946 the conditions of employment by the Employment on matters
provided in the Act and get the same certified by the designated
Authority.
30 Trade Union Act 1926 The Act lays down the procedure for registration of trade unions of
workmen and employers. The Trade Unions registered under the Act
have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities
31 Child Labour The Act prohibits employment of children below 14 years of age in
(prohibition & certain occupations and process and provides for regulation of
Regulation) Act 1986 employment of children in all other occupations and processes.
Employment of Child Labour is prohibited in Building and
Construction Industry.
32 Inter-State Migrant The Act is applicable to an establishment which employ 5 or more
Workmen’s inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary (who has
(Regulation of recruited workmen in one state for employment in the establishment
Employment & situated in another state). The Inter State migrant workmen, in an
Conditions of Service) establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to
Act 1979 be provided certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, traveling
expenses from home up to the establishment and back, etc.
33 The Building and All the establishments who carry on any building or other construction
Other Construction work and employs 10 or more workers are covered under this Act. All
Workers (Regulation such establishments are required to pay cess at the rate not exceeding
of Employment and 2% of the cost of construction as may be modified by the Government.
Conditions of Service) The Employer of the establishment is required to provide safety
Act 1996 and the Cess measures at the building or construction work and other welfare
Act of 1996 measures, such as Canteens, First- Aid facilities, Ambulance, Housing
accommodations for workers near the work place etc. The Employer
to whom the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate from
the Registering Officer appointed by the Government.
34 Factories Act 1948 The Act lays down the procedure for approval at plans before setting
up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions, working
hours, annual earned leave and rendering information regarding
accidents or dangerous occurrences to designated authorities. It is
applicable to premises employing 10 persons or more with aid of
power or 20 or more persons without the aid of power engaged in
manufacturing process.
World Bank Operational Policies
35 Involuntary This policy covers direct economic and social impacts that both result
Resettlement (OP from Bank-assisted investment projects, and are caused by the
4.12) involuntary taking of land. To avoid or minimize involuntary
Page 83
resettlement and, where this is not feasible, assist displaced persons

in improving or at least restoring their livelihoods and standards of
living in real terms relative to pre-displacement levels or to levels
prevailing prior to the beginning of project implementation,
whichever is higher.
The RFCTLARRA, 2013 and A.P. RFCTLARRR, 2014 are consistent with
OP 4.12 and will be followed in the current project.
36 Physical Cultural This policy assists countries to avoid or mitigate adverse impacts on
Resources (OP 4.11) physical cultural resources from the Bank financed development
projects. The policy defines physical cultural resources as movable or
immovable objects, sites, structures, groups of structures, and natural
features and landscapes that have archaeological, paleontological,
historical, architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other cultural
significance. Physical cultural resources may be located in urban or
rural settings, and may be above or below ground, or under water.
Their cultural interest may be at the local, provincial or national level,
or within the international community.
Ancient Monuments & Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958
and Indian Treasure Trove Act, 1878 as amended in 1949 are
consistent with OP 4.11.
37 Indigenous Peoples This policy contributes to the Bank's mission of poverty reduction and
(OP 4.10) sustainable development by ensuring that the development process
fully respects the dignity, human rights, economies, and cultures of
Indigenous Peoples. The Bank provides project financing only where
free, prior, and informed consultation results in broad community
support to the project by the affected Indigenous Peoples. Such Bank
financed projects include measures to (a) avoid potentially adverse
effects on the Indigenous Peoples’ communities; or (b) when
avoidance is not feasible, minimize, mitigate, or compensate for such
effects Bank financed projects are also designed to ensure that the
Indigenous Peoples receive social and economic benefits that are
culturally appropriate and gender and inter generationally inclusive.
The project shall ascertain broad community support for the project
based on social assessment and free prior and informed consultation
with the affected Tribal community, if any.
Constitution of India and several acts (5th Schedule of Constitution

(Article 244), 73rd Amendment of Constitution, 1992, PESA Act, 1996,
RFCTLARRA, 2013 and A.P. RFCTLARRR, 2014) ensure protection of
Scheduled Tribes or Indigenous People, which is consistent with
World Bank policy; hence there is no need to bridge the gap between
protection measures guaranteed under Indian laws and requirements
of OP 4.10.
Page 84
38 World Bank Policy on The source book provides guidelines for ROW for transmission lines.
RoW for transmission It states that depending on technical specifications, transmission lines
lines require a corridor of impact 12–25 meters wide, or even more in the
Source: World Bank case of high-voltage electric lines (500 kilovolts or more). Although the
Source Book on impact of a tower is likely to be slight, especially in rural areas,
Involuntary transmission lines extending hundreds of kilometres may produce a
Resettlement significant aggregate displacement, especially if the lines cannot
avoid more heavily populated areas.
However, transmission lines themselves do not require land
acquisition, except for the towers. Instead, an ROW is established,
imposing restrictions on land use. Local laws and regulations
determine these constraints; for example, height restrictions might be
imposed on crops grown under transmission lines.
In India, width of Right of Way is maintained as mandated by MoEF

guidelines dated May 2014.
Synergies between World Bank Policy on Land Acquisition and National Policies / Laws
World Bank OP Coverage in Specific Provision in National Policies / Laws

Requirements National
Policies / Laws
World Bank OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement
Involuntary resettlement should  Chapter II Section 8 (1) of the RFCTLARRA
be avoided where feasible, or 2013, states that the Appropriate Government
minimized, exploring all shall ensure that-
alternative project designs (a) There is a legitimate & bona fide public
purpose which necessitates the
acquisition
(b) The potential benefits & the public
purpose shall outweigh the social costs
& adverse social impact as determined
by the Social Impact Assessment
(c) Only the minimum area of land
required for projects is proposed to be
acquired
(d) There is not unutilized land which has
been previously acquired in the area
(e) Any land acquired earlier and
remaining unutilized is used for the
public purpose
Page 85
Chapter II Section 4 (1) of the RFCTLARRA,
2013 also requires that a Social Impact
Assessment Study (SIA) be conducted in
consultation with the concerned Panchayat,
Municipality or Municipal Corporation. The
SIA shall also include reports of public
hearings conducted in the affected area.
Chapter II Section 7 (4) of the RFCTLARRA

2013 states that if an Expert Group upon
review the SIA finds that the project does not
serve a public purpose, or that the costs
outweigh the benefits, then the project will
be abandoned and no further steps will be
taken to acquire the land. Further Section 7
(5) states that if the project does serve a
public purpose and its benefits outweigh the
costs, then the Expert Group shall make
specific recommendations on whether the
extent of land proposed for acquisition is the
absolute bare minimum needed and that
there are no less displacing options
available.
Where resettlement cannot  The Preamble to RFCTLARAL 2013 calls for a
be avoided, resettlement consultative, humane, participative informed
activities should be and transparent process for land acquisition.
conceived and executed as a
development programme by Chapter II Section 4 (1) of the Act requires
providing sufficient
the SIA to include public hearings. Further,
resources to enable
ample notification for the public hearings
Affected Persons (APs) to share in
needs to be given.
the project. Displaced persons
should be consulted and have
opportunities to participate in the Throughout the Act, at every stage, the
resettlement process Appropriate Government is required to
publish the recommendations of the SIA,
and notifications for any public hearings,
decision on land acquisition, hearings of
objections etc.
Displaced persons should be  Chapter IV Section 16 (1b) of RFCTLARRA
assisted in their efforts to improve 2013 requires that in his survey and census
their livelihoods, or at least of the affected families, the Administrator for
restore them, to pre-displacement Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall include
levels or to levels prevailing prior an assessment of the livelihoods lost in
to the beginning of project respect of land losers and landless whose
Page 86
implementation, whichever is livelihoods are primarily dependent on lands
higher being acquired
Chapter V Section 31 (2h) of the Act states

that the Rehabilitation and Resettlement
Award shall include details of mandatory
employment to be provided to members of
the affected families
Further, Serial number 4 of the Second

Schedule to the Act states that:
a) where jobs are created through the
project, provisions will be made for at least
one member per family affected to be
employed after receiving relevant training.
The remuneration shall not be less than
minimum wage; or
b) a onetime payment of INR 5,00,000 shall
be made per family; or
c) annuity policies will be given that pay no
less than INR 2,000 per month per family for
20 years, with appropriate indexation to the
Consumer Price Index for agricultural
labourers;
Serial number 7 provides for a minimum
compensation of INR 25,000 to any family
that has lost a cattle shed or petty shop;
Serial number 8 provides for a onetime grant
to artisans and small traders; and
Provision of prompt and effective  Chapter IV Sections 26-30 of the
compensation at full replacement RFCTLARRA 2013 along with the First
cost for losses of assets Schedule to the Act outlines the
attributable directly to the project compensation to be paid. Compensation
includes full market value of the land and
assets multiplied by a factor that depends on
distance from urban areas. Further a
solatium of 100% is given over and above
this amount. The award must be paid within
12 months and an amount calculated at the
rate of 12% per annum on the maket value
shall be given to the affected families from
the date of notification of the SIA study till
the date of the award or the date of taking
possession of the land, whichever is later
Page 87
Assistance (such as moving  This is provided for in the Second Schedule
allowances) during relocation; to the RFCTLARRA 2013
residential housing or housing
sites as required and other
advantages equivalent to the
advantages of the old site; and
support after displacement for a
transition period
Eligibility of benefits is to:  All three are covered in the Definitions
a) those who have formal legal (Section 3) of the RFCTLARRA 2013
right to the land including
customary and traditional rights
b) those who do not have formal
rights at the time of census but
have claim to such land or assets
that are recognized by the laws of
the country
c) those who have no recognizable
rights
Resettlement planning  Chapter II Section 16 (1) of the RFCTLARRA
implementation and monitoring 2013 requires that a Resettlement Schedule
be prepared; while Chapter V provides
details of the Resettlement Award while
Chapter VI provides the procedure for the
Award; Chapter VII provides for the
monitoring of the Resettlement Scheme; and
Chapter VIII calls for establishment of a Land
Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation
Authority
The policy, legal and administrative acts, laws, regulations and guidelines provide a
framework for managing the impacts identified in the previous section. The next section
describes the applicability of the policy, legal and administrative framework to manage the
negative impacts of the proposed projects. The next section also identifies the
arrangements within the utilities and amongst other institutions and stakeholder groups
like panchayats, forest department, revenue department etc. to manage the impacts.
7.3 Management & Mitigation Methods: Social

This section provides a framework for utilities to manage the potential social impacts of
proposed transmission and distribution projects. The extent to which the potential impacts
will arise depends on the nature of the proposed interventions and hence the framework
Page 88
clearly specifies which type of project (transmission and / or distribution) the specified
management / mitigation methods apply to.
The following framework has been designed in accordance with applicable National and
State laws as well as with international standards for social impact management. The
framework is built on the principle of avoidance, minimization and mitigation wherein
preference is given to avoiding negative social impacts wherever possible. If it is not
possible to avoid negative impacts, utilities will strive to minimize these impacts and take
appropriate mitigation measures. The impact areas covered in the section include: loss of
land; change in, or restrictions on, land use; negative health and safety outcomes for both
employees and the broader community; potential gender differentiated impacts; negative
outcomes for tribal / indigenous peoples; and loss of / damage to cultural heritage.
A. Loss of Land, Resettlement and Rehabilitation

Applicability: Transmission Projects which involve construction of substations
Land is required for construction of transmission and distribution substations and erecting
transmission towers and distribution poles. Land secured for construction of substations is
a permanent loss of land owner and hence in such cases ownership is transferred from the
existing owner to the respective utility. However, land used for erecting towers and poles
continues to be available for usage and hence it remains with the existing land owner and
the utility only receives rights to use the land. Therefore when we talk of loss of land, it
refers to land secured for substation construction. As mentioned earlier in the document,
there are four ways in which land can be secured; these are:
(ii) Transfer of Government land to utility

(iii) Voluntary donation
(iv) Purchase of land on willing buyer and willing seller basis on negotiated price
(v) Involuntary acquisition of land
In order to avoid the loss of private / community lands or agriculture and forest lands, the
transmission and distribution utilities will endeavour, wherever possible, to secure
Government land for their projects and avoid private or community lands, even if this
requires realignment of the proposed route. Only in rare cases when Government land is
not available, other methods of securing land will be pursued. In any case, minimal amount
of land required for substations (the land required for a 132kV / 33kV substation is approx.
5 acres18). The following steps are to be followed depending on the method of land
acquisition:
18
Page 89
(i) Transfer of Government land: The Andhra Pradesh Land Allotment Policy (G.O. Ms. No.
571 issued 14.09.2012) prescribes that only waste lands will be allotted and
environmentally sensitive / fragile areas such as tank beds, river, beds, hillocks with
afforestation shall not be allotted. Similarly, lands assigned to poor people for agriculture
purpose should not be resumed for other purposes, and if it is unavoidable then the
assignees should be provided with alternate land in addition to rehabilitation. In all cases,
a NOC from the Urban Local Body, Urban Development Authority, or Department for
Town and Country Planning (DT&CP) is required before any allotment is made. The
allotted land may be given free of cost or on payment basis. When land is allotted on
payment basis, the cost of the land will be determined as per market value recommended
by the Collector and the A.P. Land Management Authority (APLMA). APLMA will also
ensure that only the minimum amount of land needed is allotted and the allotted land is
used only for the stated purpose.
(ii) Voluntary donation: In the case of voluntary donation of land, there should not be any
undue pressure on the land owner / user(s) to transfer ownership of their land. Apart from
this following shall also be ensured:
a. The donation will not cause significant impacts on the livelihood of the donor.
b. The donor fully understands the value of their donated land.
c. The donation will not cause any economical or physical displacement of the current
land users.
d. The land donations does not come from coercion or asymmetrical power relation
between the land owner and the government.
e. The land in question must be free of squatters, encroachers, or other claims or
encumbrances.
f. Verification of the voluntary nature of land donations must be obtained from each
of the persons donating land.
g. In case of any loss of income or physical displacement is envisaged, verification of
voluntary acceptance of mitigation measures must be obtained from those expected
to be adversely affected.
h. Subsequently title of land shall be transferred in the name of the utility.
(iii) Purchase of land on willing buyer and willing seller basis on negotiated price: When
land is purchased from a willing seller, the utility shall ensure:
a. Consultation with the affected person has to be carried out and documented.
b. All negotiations have to be carried out in a transparent manner.
c. That land owners are aware of the basis on which compensation is calculated.
d. The land in question must be free of squatters, encroachers, or other claims or
encumbrances.
e. Subsequently title of land shall be transferred in the name of the utility.
Page 90
(iv) Involuntary acquisition of land: Involuntary acquisition of land will be the last resort
and be undertaken when other methods are not feasible. In the case of involuntary
acquisition, the provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 and the A.P. RFCTLARRR, 2014 shall be
applicable.
As per RFCTLARRA, 2013 the Appropriate Government shall ensure that a Social Impact
Assessment study is carried out in consultation with the concerned Panchayat,
Municipality or Municipal Corporation in the affected area and also hold public hearings
in the process. Further, the Appropriate Government will ensure minimum
displacement of people, minimum disturbance to the infrastructure, ecology and
minimum adverse impact on the individuals affected. For this, the Appropriate
Government shall ensure:
 There is a legitimate and bona fide public purpose which necessitates the
acquisition.
 The potential benefits and the public purpose shall outweigh the social costs and
adverse social impact as determined by the SIA.
 Only the minimum area of land required for projects is to be acquired.
 There is no unutilized land which has been previously acquired in the area.
 Any land acquired earlier and remaining unutilized is used for the purpose.
Also, as far as possible no acquisition of land shall be made in Scheduled Areas. Where
this is done, it shall be only as a demonstrable last resort and with the prior consent of
the concerned Gram Sabha or the Panchayats.
The A.P. RFCTLARRR, 2014 further details the process to be followed for land
acquisition as follows:
a. Request for Land: Any requiring body, or its representative duly authorized by it,
for whom land is to be acquired shall file the Requisition to the concerned District
Collector and to the Commissioner, Rehabilitation & Resettlement in the formats
prescribed in the annexures of the RFCTLARRA Act. In case of acquisition for
Government, the requisition shall be filed by concerned Secretary of the
Department or a person authorized by him.
The District Collector upon receiving requisition shall constitute a team of revenue
and agriculture officers to make field visit along with the representative of the
requiring body to make a preliminary enquiry about the correctness of the
particulars furnished in the requisition including the enquiry whether the
requisition is consistent with the provisions of the Act, and submit a report to the
District Collector
If the District Collector, based on the report of the team, other information available
with him and instructions issued by the State Government in this regard, is
satisfied that the requisition is consistent with the provisions of the RFCTLARRA;
he shall make a preliminary estimate of the cost of the acquisition as defined under
Page 91
Section 3 (i) of the Act. The administrative cost under item (A) of Section 3 (i) (vi)
of the Act, shall be at the rate of 10% of the cost of compensation as provided in
item (i) of Section 3 (i) of the Act. The District Collector will inform the Requiring
Body to deposit the estimated cost of acquisition in his office within a period as
may be specified by him and the Requiring Body
b. Social Impact Assessment: A Social Impact Assessment (SIA) will be carried out
for all land acquisition proposals except for when land is proposed to be acquired
invoking urgency provisions under section 40 of RFCTLARRA. In such cases, the
District Collector, where he is not the Appropriate Government, shall submit a
report to the State Government to issue appropriate directions. In other cases, the
District Collector shall take the decision
The District Collector shall, within a period of fifteen days from the date of deposit
of the processing fee for carrying the SIA study by the Requiring Body, issue a
notification for carrying out SIA in the format prescribed in RFCTLARRA. The
notification shall be made available in Telugu language to the Gram Panchayat,
Mandal Parishad, Municipality or Municipal Corporation, as the case may be, and
in the offices of the District Collector, the Sub-Divisional Magistrate and the
Tahsildar at Mandal level.
The notification shall be published in the form of posters and pamphlets circulated
in the affected area and by affixing the posters at some conspicuous places in the
affected areas and shall be uploaded on the website of the State Government and
the revenue district concerned. Provided that such notification shall be issued
within thirty days after the deposit of the processing fee for carrying Social Impact
Assessment by the Requiring Body.
The Commissioner, Rehabilitation & Resettlement shall be the state Social Impact
Assessment Unit to arrange to carry out Social Impact Assessment Study (SIA).
The Commissioner, Rehabilitation & Resettlement shall select the SIA team for
each project from the individuals and institutions registered or empanelled in the
State Database of Qualified SIA Resource Partners and Practitioners. The size and
selection criteria for the SIA team shall be as per the project-specific ToR developed
by the State SIA Unit. The SIA team may be constituted by appointing individuals
or an organization with experience in conducting SIAs or related field-based
assessments and the team may include-
 A combination of independent practitioners, qualified social activists,
academics, technical experts, who are not directly connected with the
requiring body; and
 At least one woman member
The Requiring Body shall not be involved in any way in the appointment of the SIA
team and while selecting the team it shall be ensured that there is no conflict of
Page 92
interest involving the team members appointed to assess the concerned project. If
any team member is found to have a conflict of interest, the said member shall be
disqualified.
The SIA shall be conducted in consultation with concerned Gram Panchayat,
Mandal Parishad, Municipality or Municipal Corporation, as the case may be, at
village level or ward level in the affected areas. This will be followed by a public
hearing at the affected areas to ascertain the views of the affected families; these
views shall be recorded in writing. Adequate publicity about the date and time and
venue for the public hearing shall be given.
The SIA report shall be submitted in the prescribed format to the Commissioner,
Rehabilitation & Resettlement within a period of Six months from the date of
commencement and shall include the views of the affected families recorded in
writing. The SIA Report including summaries shall be prepared and divided into
three parts;
 The Project Feasibility Report
 The Project Impact Report
 The Social Impact Management Plan
Details of how the SIA is to be carried out are given in Annexure 2.
A Social Impact Management Plan listing the ameliorative measures required to
be undertaken for addressing the impact of the project shall be submitted in
prescribed format along with the SIA report to the Commissioner, Rehabilitation &
Resettlement.
The SIA team must provide a conclusive assessment of the balance and
distribution of the adverse social impacts, social costs, benefits of the proposed
project and land acquisition, including the mitigation measures, and provide an
assessment as to whether the benefits from the proposed project exceed the social
costs and adverse social impacts that are likely to be experienced by the affected
families or even after the proposed mitigation measures, the affected families
remained at risk of being economically or socially worse, as a result of the said
land acquisition and resettlement.
The SIA Report and the Social Impact Management Plan shall be made available
in the Telugu language to the concerned Gram Panchayat, Mandal Parishad,
Municipality or Municipal Corporation, at village level or ward level in the affected
areas and in the Offices of the District Collector, the Sub-Divisional Officer and
Tahsildar. It shall also be published by way of a public notice by affixing at some
conspicuous places in the affected areas and shall be uploaded on the website of
the State Government and the revenue district concerned.
Page 93
c. Validation of SIA by Expert Group: The Appropriate Government shall ensure that
the SIA report is validated by an independent multi-disciplinary Expert Group, as
may be constituted by it. The Expert Group shall have:
 Two non-official social scientists
 Two representatives of Panchayat, Gram Sabha, Municipality or Municipal
Corporation
 Two experts on rehabilitation, and a technical expert in the subject relating
to the project
If the Expert Group determines that the project does not serve any public purpose,
or the social costs and adverse social impacts of the project outweigh the potential
benefits, it shall make a recommendation within two months from the date of its
constitution and the project shall be abandoned forthwith and no further steps to
acquire land will be initiated in respect of the same.
If the Expert Group believes that there is a public purpose and that the benefits
outweigh social costs, it shall make recommendations within two months of its
constitution as to whether the extent of land proposed to be acquired is the
absolute bare-minimum extent needed for the project and whether there are no
other less displacing options available.
All recommendations of the Expert Group shall be recorded in writing along with
details and reasons for their decisions. The recommendations shall be made
available in the Telugu language to the Panchayat, Municipality, or Municipal
Corporation; and the offices of the District Collector, the Sub-Divisional Magistrate
and the Tehsil; and shall be published in the affected areas and also uploaded on
the website of the Appropriate Government.
d. Decision by Appropriate Government: The Appropriate Government shall examine
the Social Impact Assessment report, the recommendations of the Expert Group,
if any, and decide such area for acquisition which would ensure minimum
displacement of people, minimum disturbance to the infrastructure, ecology and
minimum adverse impact on the individuals affected. Before taking a decision the
appropriate Government shall ensure that consent is obtained the cases where
such consent is required.
The decision of the Appropriate Government shall be made available in the local
language to the Panchayat, Municipality, or Municipal Corporation; and the offices
of the District Collector, the Sub-Divisional Magistrate and the Tehsil; and shall be
published in the affected areas and also uploaded on the website of the
Appropriate Government.
Each acquisition case will be uploaded, on a public website that is to be created by
The Commissioner, Rehabilitation & Resettlement shall. All details regarding the
Page 94
case beginning with the notification of the SIA and tracking each step of decision
making, implementation and audit will be made available on the website.
e. Publication of Preliminary Notification: After conclusion of the SIA and consent of
the affected persons or Gram Sabha, as the case may be, when it appears to the
appropriate Government that land is required or likely to be required in any area
for any public purpose, a preliminary notification shall be issued in in the
prescribed format.
The notification shall be published in the following manner:
 In the Andhra Pradesh Gazette;
 In two daily newspapers circulating in the locality of such area of which one
shall be in the Telugu language;
 In the Telugu language in the Panchayat, Municipality or Municipal
Corporation, as the case may be and in the offices of the District Collector,
the Sub-divisional Magistrate and the Tehsil;
 Uploaded on the website of the Appropriate Government;
 In conspicuous places in the affected areas and shall also be informed to the
public by beat of Tom-tom.
After issuing the preliminary notification, the Collector shall update land records
within a period of two months.
f. Preliminary survey of land proposed for acquisition: The officer authorized by the
District Collector to conduct preliminary survey shall have all the powers as
provided under section 12 of the RFCTLARRA 2013.
g. Disposal of objections: Any person interested in any land which has been notified
as being required or likely to be required for a public purpose, may within sixty
days from the date of the publication of the preliminary notification object to:
 The area and suitability of land proposed to be acquired
 Justification offered for public purpose
 The findings of the SIA report
Every objection shall be made to the Collector in writing and the Collector shall
give the objector an opportunity of being heard in person or by any person
authorized by him in this behalf or by an Advocate and shall, after hearing all such
objections and making such further inquiry, if any, as he thinks necessary, shall
submit a report along with his recommendations on the objections to the District
Collector for decision. The decision of the District Collector shall be final.
h. Preparation of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme and Public Hearing: On
publication of the preliminary notification by the Appropriate Government, the
Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall conduct a survey and
Page 95
undertake a census of the affected families within a period of two months from the
date of publication of such preliminary notification.
For the survey and the census of the affected families the Administrator shall
collect data based on the SIA report as well as data from secondary sources such
as Panchayat and Government records and verify that data by door visit of the
affected families and by site visits in case of infrastructure in the affected area.
The draft Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme prepared by the Administrator
shall include particulars of the rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements of each
land owner and landless whose livelihoods are primarily dependent on the lands
being acquired. While resettling affected families is involved the scheme shall
contain the following:
 List of Government buildings to be provided in Resettlement Area
 Details of public amenities and infrastructural facilities which are to be
provided in Resettlement Area
 List of likely to be displaced families
 List of infrastructure in the affected area
 List of land holdings in the affected area
 List of trades/business in the affected area
 List of landless people in the affected area
 List of persons belonging to disadvantageous groups like persons belonging
to Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes, handicapped persons in the
affected area
 List of landless agricultural labourers in the affected area
 List of unemployed youth in the affected area
The Administrator shall prepare comprehensive and detailed draft Rehabilitation

and Resettlement Scheme and give wide publicity in the affected area. The
Administrator or an officer authorized by him shall conduct a public hearing in the
affected areas on such date, time and venue as decided by giving advance notice
of fifteen days.
The Commissioner of Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall publish the approved
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme in the affected area by affixing in
conspicuous places in addition to making it public by other means as described
above in the case of the preliminary notification
i. Development Plan for Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes Families: As far as
possible, no acquisition of land shall be made in Scheduled Areas; and where this
is done, it shall be only as a demonstrable last resort. Further the prior consent of
the concerned Gram Sabha or the Panchayats at the appropriate level in the
Scheduled Areas under the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution shall be obtained
Page 96
before issue of a notification. This prior consent shall be taken in all cases, even in
the case of urgency.
In cases of a project involving land acquisition on behalf of a requiring body which
involves involuntary displacement of the Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes
families, a Development Plan shall be prepared in the prescribed format. The
Development Plan shall lay down the details of the procedure for settling land
rights due, but not settled and restoring titles of the Scheduled Tribes as well as he
Scheduled Castes on the alienated land by undertaking a special drive together
with land acquisition.
The Development Plan shall also contain a programme for development of
alternate fuel, fodder and non-timber forest produce resources on non-forest lands
within a period of five years, sufficient to meet the requirements of tribal
communities as well as the Scheduled Castes.
The affected families of the Scheduled Tribes shall be resettled preferably in the
same Scheduled Area in a compact block so that they can retain their ethnic,
linguistic and cultural identity. Further, the resettlement areas predominantly
inhabited by the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall get land, to such
extent as may be prescribed by the Appropriate Government free of cost for
community and social gatherings.
The affected Scheduled Tribes, other traditional forest dwellers and the Scheduled
Castes having fishing rights in a river or pond or dam in the affected area shall be
given fishing rights in the reservoir area of the irrigation or hydel projects.
All the benefits, including the reservation benefits available to the Scheduled
Tribes and Scheduled Castes in the affected areas shall continue in the
resettlement area.
Any alienation of tribal lands or lands belonging to members of the Scheduled
Castes in disregard to the laws and regulations for the time being in force shall be
treated as null and void.
j. Publication of declaration for acquisition: A declaration for acquisition of the land
along with the summary of the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme shall be
made by the appropriate government in the prescribed format. However, no such
declaration shall be made unless the requiring body has deposited an amount in
full towards the cost of acquisition of the land. Every declaration shall be published
in the same manner as described above in the case of the preliminary notification.
k. Land acquisition award: The Collector shall make an award within a period of
twelve months from the date of publication of the declaration for acquisition. If no
award is made within this period, the entire proceedings for the acquisition of the
land shall lapse.
Page 97
l. Compensation for land acquisition: The compensation shall be calculated by the
Collector on the basis of the provisions laid down under section 26 to section 30
and \ the First Schedule of the RFCTLARRA 2013. The compensation shall be paid
to all parties whose land or other immovable property or assets attached to the
land or building have been acquired. As per the Act, land owners are defined as
any person:
 Whose name is recorded as the owner of the land or building or part thereof,
in the records of the authority concerned; or
 Who is granted forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and Other
Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 or under
any other law for the time being in force; or
 Who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any law of the
State including assigned lands; or
 Who has been declared as such by an order of the court or Authority
The Collector shall determine the market value of the land to be acquired on the
basis of whichever of the following is higher:
 Market value, if any, specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1889 for the
registration of sale deeds or agreements to sell in the area where the land is
situated; or
 The average sale price for similar type of land situated in the nearest village
or nearest vicinity area; or
 Consented amount of compensation as agreed in case of acquisition of lands
for private companies or for public private partnership project
The Collector having determined the market value of the land to be acquired shall
calculate the total amount of compensation to be paid to the land owner by
including all assets attached to the land. This will be done as follows:
Component of Compensation Manner of Determination of Value
1. Market value of land Whichever of the following is higher:
 Market value, if any, specified in the Indian
Stamp Act, 1889 for the registration of sale deeds
or agreements to sell in the area where the land
is situated; or
 The average sale price for similar type of land
situated in the nearest village or nearest vicinity
area; or
 Consented amount of compensation as agreed in
case of acquisition of lands for private companies
or for public private partnership project
Page 98
2. Factor by which the market  In case of rural areas (other than Scheduled
value is to be multiplied Areas) a multiplication factor of 1.25 will be
applied
 In case of Scheduled (Tribal) Areas, a
multiplication factor of 1.50 will be applied
 In case of urban areas, a multiplication factor of
1.00 will be applied
3. Value of assets attached to
land or building
a. Market value of the  The Collector shall use the services of a
building and other competent engineer, or any other specialist in
immovable property or the relevant field, as may be considered
assets attached to the land necessary
or building that is to be
acquired
b. Damage sustained to  For fruit bearing trees, the value of
standing trees and plats compensation per tree will be determined from
time to time by the Horticulture Department
based on the species of tree
 For non-fruit bearing trees, the value of
compensation will be determined by the Forest
Department
c. Damage sustained to  For standing crops, the compensation will be
standing crops determined by the Agricultural Officer on a case
by case basis
4. Solatium  The solatium shall be equivalent to one hundred
percent of the market value of the land
mentioned against serial number 1 multiplied by
the relevant factor mentioned against serial
number 2 plus the value of assets attached to
land or building mentioned against serial
number 4a, 4b and 4c.
5. Total Compensation  The total compensation = Market value of land
mentioned against serial number 1 X relevant
factor mentioned against serial number 2 + Value
of assets as mentioned against serial number 3 +
Soaltium mentioned against serial number 4
In addition to the market value of the land provided, the Collector shall, in every
case, award an amount calculated at the rate of twelve per cent per annum on the
market value for the period commencing on and from the date of the publication
of the notification of the SIA till the date of the award of the Collector or the date
of taking possession of the land, whichever is earlier.
Page 99
m. Compensation for Rehabilitation and Resettlement: In addition to the
compensation detailed above, the Collector shall pass Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Awards for each affected family. According to the RFCTLARRA 2013,
affected family is defined as:
 A family whose land or other immovable property has been acquired;
 A family which does not own any land but a member or members of such
family may be agricultural labourers, tenants including any form of tenancy
or holding of usufruct right, share-croppers or artisans or who may be
working in the affected area for three years prior to the acquisition of the land,
whose primary source of livelihood stand affected by the acquisition of land;
 The Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers who have lost any
of their forest rights recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other
Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 due to
acquisition of land
 Family whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the
acquisition of the land is dependent on forests or water bodies and includes
gatherers of forest produce, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen and such
livelihood is affected due to acquisition of land;
 A member of the family who has been assigned land by the State
Government or the Central Government under any of its schemes and such
land is under acquisition;
 A family residing on any land in urban areas for preceding three years or
more prior to the acquisition of the land or whose primary source of
livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is affected by the
The elements of the rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements are as follows:

Elements of R&R Entitlement / Provision
Entitlements
1. Provision of housing units in  If a house is lost in rural areas, a constructed house shall
case of displacement be provided as per Indira Awas Yojana specifications; or if
the family opts not to take the house, the equivalent cost
of the house may be offered instead
 If a house is lost in urban areas, a constructed house shall
be provided, which will be no less than 50 sq mts in plinth
area; or if the family opts not to take the house offered, it
shall get a one-time financial assistance for house
construction which shall not be less than INR 1,50,000 / -
 These benefits shall also be extended to any affected
family which is without homestead land and which has
been residing in the area continuously for not less than
Page 100
three years preceding the date of notification of the
affected area
 No family shall be given more than one house
2. Choice of Annuity or The Appropriate Government shall provide the following

Employment options:
 Where jobs are created through the project, after
providing suitable training and skill development, the
Appropriate Government shall make provision for
employment to at least one member per affected family
in the project or arrange a job in such other project as
maybe required. The wages for the job shall not be less
than the minimum wages provided for in any law for the
time being in force
Or
 Onetime payment of INR 5,00,000 / - per affected family
Or
 Annuity policies that shall pay not less than INR 2,000 per
month per family for twenty years, with appropriate
indexation to the Consumer Price Index for Agricultural
Labourers
3. Subsistence grant for  Each affected family which is displaced form the land
displaced families for a acquired shall be given a monthly subsistence allowance
period of one year equivalent to INR 3,000 per month for a period of year
from the date of award
4. Transportation cost for  Each affected family which is displaced shall get a
displaced families onetime financial assistance of INR 50,000 /- as
transportation cost for shifting of the family, building
materials, belongings and cattle
5. Cattle shed / petty shops  Each affected family having cattle or having a petty shop
cost shall get onetime financial assistance of such amount as
the Appropriate Government may specify subject to a
minimum of INR 25,000 /- for the construction of cattle
shed or petty shop
6. Onetime grant to artisan,  Each affected family of an artisan, small trader or self-
small traders and certain employed person or an affected family which owned non-
others agricultural land or commercial, industrial or institutional
structure in the affected area, shall get a one-time financial
assistance of INR 25,000 /-
Page 101
7. Onetime resettlement  Each affected family shall be give a onetime Resettlement
allowance Allowance of INR 50,000 /-
8. Stamp duty and registration  The stamp duty and any other fees payable for registration
fee of the land or house allotted to the affected families shall
be borne by the requiring body
 The land for house allotted to the affected family shall be
free from all encumbrances
 The land or house allotted may be in the joint names of
wife and husband of the affected family
9. Special provisions for  Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes displaced from
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Areas shall receive an amount equivalent to
Scheduled Tribes INR 50,000 /- per family
 Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an
additional 25% R&R benefits;
 Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very
outset;
 Free land for community and social gatherings;
n. Mode of payment of compensation: The payment of compensation shall be made

expeditiously through account payee cheques / electronic mail transfer.
B. Change in Land Use or Restrictions to Land Use

Applicability: Transmission & Distribution Projects which involve laying of power lines
and erection of towers
Unlike in the case of substations, for construction of transmission towers / distribution

poles and laying of power lines, ownership of the land remains with the existing owner and
is not transferred to the requesting body. The Electricity Act 2003, provides the utilities with
powers under the Telegraph Act 1885 which in turn states that states that land for the lines
and poles (towers) will not be acquired. The utility will have the right of user only in the
property under, over, along, across in or upon which the lines and poles / towers are placed.
However, the Act allows the utilities to from time to time, place and maintain transmission
/ distribution lines under, over, along, or across, and towers / poles in or upon any
immovable property. Further, the utility may at any time for the purpose of examining,
repairing, altering or removing any transmission / distribution line or tower, enter on the
property under, over, along, across, in or upon which the line or tower / pole has been
placed.
In addition, the MoEF provides guidelines for maintaining a Right of Way (RoW) corridor
which shall be kept clear of any obstruction. The width of the RoW corridor depends on the
voltage of the lines as depicted in the table below:
Page 102
220 kV 35
132 kV 27
33 kV 15
11 kV 7
In the width of the RoW trees are cut or pruned to the extent required for preventing
electrical hazards by maintaining the following:
Voltage Minimum clearance between conductor and trees (in meters)

220 kV 4.6
132 kV 4.0
33 kV 2.8
11 kV 2.6
Therefore, while the ownership of land used for towers and lines remains with the existing
owners, the construction of towers and laying of lines could lead to damage of crops or
trees on the land. Further, the construction of the tower may restrict the use of land under
the tower footing. Similarly, use of the land in the RoW corridor may also be restricted.
Keeping this in mind, the concerned utility shall endeavour to cause as little damage,
detriment and inconvenience as possible. Further, the utility shall make full compensation
for any damage, detriment or inconvenience caused. In addition to the compensation for
damage, the utility shall also pay compensation for restriction of land use due to
construction of towers. The compensation for damage is calculated as follows:
Page 103
Elements of Compensation Entitlement / Provision
1. Temporary damage to crops  Full compensation shall be paid for the damage to crops and
and trees during construction trees as well as structures in the corridor.
of towers and laying of lines  The compensation for crops will be determined by the
Agriculture officer on a case to case basis
 The compensation for fruit trees will be determined by the
horticulture department from time to time
 In the case of non-fruit trees the compensation shall be
determined by the forest department. However, the utility
shall endeavor to avoid forest land wherever possible
2. Restriction of use of land  The land owner is given a onetime compensation for the
area below the tower footing area under the tower footing at a rate determined by the
District Collector. The rate is depended on voltage. At
present the following guidelines are in place:
 In the Kadapa Zone compensation for 132 kV towers is INR
55,000 per tower and for 220 kV towers compensation is
INR 99,500 per tower.
 In the Vishakhapatnam Zone
- Vizanagaram, Visakhapatnam- compensation for
132 kV towers is INR 55,000 and for 220 kV towers
compensation is INR 99,500 per tower
- Sirakulam, East Godavari, West Godavari-
compensation for 132 kV towers is INR 43,900 and
for 220 kV compensation is INR 79,600 per tower
 In the Vijayawada Zone compensation for 132 kV towers is
INR 55,000 and for 220 kV towers compensation is INR
99,500 per tower.
3. Other damages  Actual costs as assessed by the concerned authority
C. Community Health and Safety

Applicability: Transmission & Distribution Projects
As discussed in the section policy, legal and administrative framework, the guidelines for
ensuring community health and safety are provided by CEA regulations 2010 and CEA
regulations 2011.The methods to avoid, limit and mitigate the impacts on community
health and safety are provided below:
 As per CEA guidelines, each utility has appointed a Safety Officer to ensure
community health and safety
 Regular maintenance of the equipment at consumer premises as mandated in CEA
Regulation 2010
 Exposure to electric and magnetic fields: Although there is public and scientific
concern over the potential health effects associated with EMF, there is no empirical
Page 104
data demonstrating adverse health effects from exposure to typical EMF levels
from power transmission lines and equipment.19
 Exposure to hazardous material: SF6 is used as a gas insulator for electrical
switching equipment, transformers and cables. Ensure that the equipment with
low leakage rate is used.
 Noise: The noise produced by power lines or transformers do not cause any known
health risk
 Electric Shocks and electrocution: Electric shocks and electrocution present a major
threat. The methods employed to avoid and mitigate the threat are provided below:
- Display danger signs at appropriate locations
- Display boards with precautions to be adopted by consumers, owners,
occupiers, electrical contractors, electric workmen and suppliers
- Display of instructions for resuscitation of persons suffering from electric
shock
- The compensation is paid to non-departmental persons in the case of fatal
accidents due to electrocution. The ex-gratia amount payable in case of fatal
accidents recommended by APERC is as follows:
S.No. Fatal Accident Ex-gratia amount payable (for each case)
1. Non Departmental Person
a. Adult INR 2,00,000
b. Child INR 2,00,000
2. Animal
a. Cattle INR 20,000
b. Other animal (goat & sheep) INR 4,000
The compensation is sanctioned by Chief Engineer/In-charge of zones.
D. Impact on workers/employees health and safety

Appointment of Electrical Safety Officer:

In line with CEA Regulation 2010, the utilities will appoint an Electrical Safety Officer. The
Electrical Safety Officer shall be an Electrical Engineering degree holder with at least 10
years of experience in operations and maintenance.
Construction Phase: Following measures shall be adopted:

 The developer/contractor need to have a defined safety management protocol.
 Site safety manager must be deployed for enforcement of safety measures during
construction.
19
Page 105
 For management of debris disposal, necessary measures must be integrated in the
construction contract.
 The health and safety policy of and conditions of contract, the contractor shall be
responsible for (i) establishing construction camps with adequate sanitation
facilities; (ii) periodic health check-up for its employees and (iii) maintaining strict
safety guidelines with a provision of penalty for offences.
 Further the safety policy ensures safety awareness among the workers organized
on daily basis by the safety personnel of the contractor. The safety policy also
frames out some specific safety requirements of workers pertaining to: (i) welding,
cutting and stone breaking (ii) hoisting of equipments; (iii) electrical works; (iv)
working at heights (v) erection of structural steels etc. Additionally the general
safety guidelines include: (i) restricting vehicle speed plying with the construction
site area (ii) wearing of safety helmets as per color coding (iii) following various
codes like HSE codes/provisions as per factories acts/Environmental Protection Act
etc.
 The workers are provided with Safety shoes, helmets, reflectors, earplugs and
double lanyard safety belts (being worn by the gang workers working at heights)
as personnel protective equipments.
Operations and Maintenance Phase

As part of the health and safety policy, utilities will ensure that the workers involved
working in heights are provided with necessary personal protective equipments like
safety shoes tested for 11/33kV, Handgloves tested for 11/33kV (IS 4770), safety belts,
ladders/monkey ladders (as per IS: 3696), fall arrestor etc. There have been some
concerns about the possibility of an increased risk from exposure to electromagnetic
radiations from overhead transmission lines. However the exposure limit shall be kept
at minimum level and regular medical checkup of the employees shall be conducted
to minimize such impacts.
Potential mitigation actions include the following:
- Careful design
- Safety awareness
- Emergency planning
- Sanitation and medical facilities
E. Impact on vulnerable population
The mitigation methods to manage the impact on women and tribal population are
provided in Gender Action Plan and Tribal Peoples Policy framework annexed with this
document.
Page 106
The measures to manage the impact of loss of land and RoW are provided under point 1.
Loss of land, resettlement and Rehabilitation, and point 2. Change in Land Use or
Restrictions to Land use. Specific provisions for vulnerable population include:
 In case of transfer of government land

- Only waste lands will be allotted and environmentally sensitive / fragile areas
such as tank beds, river, beds, and hillocks with afforestation shall not be
allotted.
- Lands assigned to poor people for agriculture purposes will not be resumed for
other purposes, and if it is unavoidable then the assignees will be provided with
alternate land in addition to rehabilitation.
 Compensation for Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes Families in case of

involuntary acquisition of land: As far as possible, no acquisition of land shall be
made in Scheduled Areas; and where this is done, it shall be only as a demonstrable
last resort. Further the prior consent of the concerned Gram Sabha or the Panchayats
at the appropriate level in the Scheduled Areas under the Fifth Schedule to the
Constitution shall be obtained before issue of a notification. This prior consent shall
be taken in all cases, even in the case of urgency.
- In cases of a project involving land acquisition on behalf of a requiring body
which involves involuntary displacement of the Scheduled Castes or Scheduled
Tribes families, a Development Plan shall be prepared in the format prescribed
in RFCTLARR. The Development Plan shall lay down the details of the procedure
for settling land rights due, but not settled and restoring titles of the Scheduled
Tribes as well as he Scheduled Castes on the alienated land by undertaking a
special drive together with land acquisition.
- The Development Plan shall also contain a programme for development of
alternate fuel, fodder and non-timber forest produce resources on non-forest
lands within a period of five years, sufficient to meet the requirements of tribal
communities as well as the Scheduled Castes.
- The affected families of the Scheduled Tribes shall be resettled preferably in the
linguistic and cultural identity. Further, the resettlement areas predominantly
inhabited by the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall get land, to
such extent as may be prescribed by the Appropriate Government free of cost
for community and social gatherings.
- The affected Scheduled Tribes, other traditional forest dwellers and the
Scheduled Castes having fishing rights in a river or pond or dam in the affected
area shall be given fishing rights in the reservoir area of the irrigation or hydel
projects.
Page 107
- All the benefits, including the reservation benefits available to the Scheduled
Tribes and Scheduled Castes in the affected areas shall continue in the
resettlement area.
- Any alienation of tribal lands or lands belonging to members of the Scheduled
Castes in disregards of the laws and regulations for the time being in force
shall be treated as null and void.
For details on compensation to Scheduled Tribes in case of involuntary land

acquisition, refer to the TPPF annexed with this document
 Managing impact on women: Some of impact management measures listed in GAP

are provided below. For details, refer to the GAP annexed with this document
- Women employed by project are fully informed about labor rights
- Men and women receive equal pay for equal work
- Construction sites are properly lit and minimize blockage of access roads
- Women are fully integrated into any income restoration activities
- In India, as women usually do not have property rights, ensure that women are
informed/consulted before securing land for project activities
- Ensure that women receive compensation for land, RoW and damage to crops
and trees in cases where property rights are with women
F. Cultural Heritage
Applicability: Transmission & Distribution Projects where line work is in vicinity of
historically or culturally important sites
Avoid routing the lines through any of the identified archeologically, historically or
culturally important sites. If any cultural property is found during construction, the work
will be stopped immediately and contractor will intimate utilities about availability of
cultural property. Utilities will intimate to Department of Archaeology & Museums, Andhra
Pradesh and approval will be taken to erect the tower for transmission line.
G. Interference with communication channels

Applicability: Transmission Projects
The proposed projects require approval from Power & Telecommunication Coordination
Committee (PTCC) before commission. The committee considers the worst fault conditions
(measure of interference) and coordinates with the relevant telecommunication, railway
and defence authorities before providing approval for the project. The process to receive
PTCC approval is provided below:
 During the project design phase, EE (Electrical engineer) prepares a topography
map which identifies the railway, defence and telecommunication
infrastructure/crossings on the route of transmission lines.
Page 108
 The head quarter calculates the fault levels, if any, for 132 kV lines. Fault levels
for 220 kV line are calculated at PTCC and submits the same for approval by PTCC
 PTCC coordinates with designated authorities in BSNL, private operators like
Reliance, Railways and Defence establishments to understand their concerns
 Each department adds their lines on the topographic map and provides approval
Page 109
8. Enviornmental Impacts & Mitigation Methods
8.1 Environmental Screening and Analysis of Alternatives
The following general procedure shall apply for all the projects and sub-projects proposed
by APTRANSCO and the Distribution Companies. The details of this procedure may vary
depending on the specific nature of the proposed project activity.
For every project activity the respective project implementation team of the Utility will
undertake an initial environmental screening. At the screening stage one of the key factors
to be evaluated is the possible infringement of the project activities with any
environmentally sensitive areas such as protected ecosystems, wildlife sanctuaries,
national parks, reserved forest area, protected monuments etc., for which whether any
World Bank safeguard polic(y)ies is/are triggered. The project implementation team will
study each activity in detail for potential impacts to identify the triggered safeguard
policies. Also, wherever such infringements are substantial, different alternative
locations/alignment options need to be considered. The project implementation team shall
prepare a short screening report based on the above.
During the selection of alignment for the transmission lines and identifying the site for sub-
stations, preliminary site selection survey needs to be carried out for avoiding the
environmentally and socially sensitive areas to the extent possible. The alignment of the
proposed new transmission and sub-transmission lines needs to be finalised after
conducting desktop as well as physical survey of the land though which the lines passes.
For selecting the optimum route, the following points may be considered for both the
transmission and distribution line projects:
Analysis of alternatives for Transmission Lines

Sl Description Alignment-I Alignment-II Alignment-III
1. Route particulars
i) Length
ii) Terrain
2. Environmental Details
i) Town in) Alignment (Near By)
ii) House within ROW
iii) Forest In Km / Ha
a) Type of forest
b) Density of forest
c) Type of Fauna & Flora
d) Endangered species if any
e) Historical/Cultural monument
f) Any other relevant information
6. O & M Problem
7. Overall Remarks
Page 110
8. Reasons for selection of final
route:
Analysis of alternatives for Substation

Sl. Study Point Alignment- Alignment- Alignment- Remarks
I II III
1 Location
2 Village Name
3 Size of Land
4 Type of Land(Govt./Pvt./others)
5 General Geography of Area
6 Agricultural/Cropping Pattern
7 Loss of Structure
House/Shop along with the
status of occupants
(Owner/Tenant/ Lease
holder/squatter)
8 Others
a) Common property resources
like School, Ponds Grazing
Ground, Religious Places
b) Drainage facility
9 Tree/Plantation/Orchards
(Approx.)
10 Cost of Land
11 Reasons for selection/rejection
Subsequent to the screening process and assessment of the alternate sites/routes, a

detailed environmental impact assessment study will be taken up for the identified
transmission line route and sub-station location.
8.2 Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures
The potential environmental issues associated with transmission and distribution (T&D)
projects are manageable since (a) They are mostly localised to Right of Way (ROW); (b) the
‘footprint’ associated with towers is small and (c) there is flexibility in siting facilities within
relatively large host area. The transmission line project may have some adverse effects on
natural resources. However, they can be minimized by careful route selection and siting of
substations.
Page 111
The environmental issues as associated with two main activities viz., (a) Transmission and
distribution lines and (b) Construction of sub-stations are discussed as below:
Pre-Construction
Activity Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible

parties
Alignment - Chances of potential Selection of an optimum route Contractor

selection impacts on primarily avoiding: (i) Human (monitored by
terrestrial habitat settlements and grazing land; APTRANSCO)
including (i) Forest (ii) Environmental sensitive
Fire; (ii) Avifauna locations such as school,
and bat collision and colleges, hospitals, religious
electrocutions. structures, monuments, etc.;
- Impact on eco- (iii) Notified Eco-sensitive
sensitive areas (like locations and dense
national parks, plantation; and, (iv) Socially,
wildlife sanctuaries Culturally, Archaeologically
etc.) sensitive area.
- Impact on historical
and cultural
resources
Tower - Exposure to safety Overhead line route designed Contractor

Location related risks in accordance with permitted (monitored by
- Impact on water level of power frequency and APTRANSCO)
bodies, railway lines the technical specification for
and roads ground clearance of towers.
Avoid locating towers near to

water bodies, railway lines
and roads at maximum extent
possible.
When such crossing is

unavoidable, take adequate
care to make the crossing of
the power line at least at the
perpendicular direction to
such crossings.
Equipment’s - Contamination of Avoid location of towers Contractor

submerged receptors (soil, water above high flood level (monitored by
under flood etc.) APTRANSCO)
Tree cutting - Impact on Minimize the impact by

and impact biodiversity, chances maintenance of ROW. Obtain
of forest fire and forest clearance and provide
Page 112
on forest electrocutions and assistance towards
land sometime impact on compensatory afforestation to
livelihood. restore the forest land
wherever applicable).
Air craft - Nearest Airport and The site should be at Contractor

hazards from distance appropriate distance from (monitored by
Towers the nearest airport. Civil APTRANSCO)
aviation clearance may be
required for certain sections
of the project and must be
taken accordingly.
Designing - Impact on ground Adequate drainage system to Contractor

drainage water and nearby be adopted to avoid (monitored by
pattern* agricultural field accidental hazards in drainage APTRANSCO)
systems.
Construction phase
Aspect Summary of Mitigation Measures Responsible

Anticipated Impacts parties
Land Use Digging of foundation Construction work would involve Contractor
/Soil Quality pits for the towers (i) Construction of foundation (monitored by
and cutting of and erection of towers/stringing APTRANSCO)
vegetation (for of lines; (ii) Road construction for
foundation purposes) site accessibility. The land used
for the project activities will be
are the main two
both cultivable and non-
activities likely to
cultivable land.
affect soil quality and
structure. Some loss
As per the consultations with the
of vegetaion and utilities, most of the land used
crops is also for the project purpose is
anticipated due to estimated to be government land
movement of however, for the cultivable land
construction material due to the tower construction
and manpower activity, crop production in the
through cultivated area occupied by the tower will
areas. be stopped for short run and
after the erection of towers the
The most significant crop production work can start
again.
potential impact
anticipated for the
soil will be change in
soil structure and soil
Page 113
quality as a result of
compaction and
excavation. Removal
of vegetation and
trees during
construction of
foundation will make
soil vulnerable to
erosion. Movement
of workers during the
construction phase
may also damage the
vegetation or crops if
passing thorough
cultivable area.
Waste The main type of Construction debris generated Contractor

Disposal waste likely to be at the site must be removed (monitored by
generated from from the site imeediately after APTRANSCO)
construction activities the compeltion of construction
is construction debris activities and the site must be
resulting from casting levelled. Workers must be
for foundations and strictly instructed about
some steel scrap random disposal of any waste
from tower generated from the
construction. Other construction activity.
waste expected to be
generated include Arrangements to be made to
waste food/packaging collect and prevent littering by
material littered by workers on site.
workers.
Traffic and There will be Vehicles used for construction Contractor
Transport movement of activites will move along the (monitored by
material and existing roads as far as APTRANSCO)
manpower during possible. Any increase in traffic
construction. The during the construction phase
traffic movement will be shortlived and will
during construction return to normal once
phase is expected to construction activity is
be occasional and complete.
very low resulting in Any new track created in any
forest areas (if any) will be
Page 114
negligible impacts done only with prior approval
from the traffic. of the forest department.
Ambient Air Construction activities Not withstanding the potential for Contractor
Quality will involve excavation atmospheric emissions from (monitored by
for erection of tower construction and related activities APTRANSCO)
and movement of is low, the follwong mitigation
vehicles carrying the measures will further reduce the
construction material, impact of emissions leading to
etc. This will result in insignificant impacts;
limited fugitive
o Sprinkling of water on dust
emission at site.
generating areas
As the construction o Restricting the speed limit of
activity will involve vehicles during movement
limited ground work,
on unpaved roads and;
the potential for dust
o Covering of vehicles
generation is low and
carrying loose soil and
shortlived. The increse
constriction materials.
in traffic during the
construction of the
transmission line is
expected to be
occasional and
negligible. Hence, it is
considered that the
contributions to the
pollutant
concentrations arising
from the construction
activities and traffic is
small and insufficient
to cause any increase
in the stipulated air
standards or existing
concentrations.
Ambient The sources of noise Construction activities will be Contractor

Noise Levels during construction concentrated and done (monitored by
activity include: sequentially so that no area is APTRANSCO)
construction traffic and prone to extensive duration of
construction activities noise impacts. For Example
such as excavation, there will be minimum lag
concreting, tower period between laying of
erection, backfilling, foundations and erection of
use of pumps (for towers. Most of the work will
Page 115
pumping excess water) be done manually instead of
and compressors etc. cranes and other heavy
There is a potential for equipment, which will reduce
disturbance to potential for noise impacts.
habitations, schools,
Construction activity will be
temples in proximity to
undertaken during the daytime.
the towers due to
Some noise generation is
construction related
anticipated from movement of
activities . During
machinery and other
erction of towers there
eqipments like tractors and
can be disturbance
trailers transporting the
frpm noise of workers.
materials and the equipments
Also during stringing
but the traffic volumes are
there is a potential for
expected to be occasional and
disturbance from
insignificant.
continous operation of
equipments like The process of stringing of cable
tractors. will only produce human voices,
which might be audible to the
residents in very close proximity
of the operations. However,
these impacts are expected to be
localized and short-lived.
Water The project area will Optimal use of water will be Contractor
Quality not be criss-crossed planned and followed at the (monitored by
by any stream or river construction site. In case any APTRANSCO)
however in some construction activity is in
areas the presence of proximity to any water body
some small surface prevention of any runoff to the
water body is same must be ensured.
anticipated. The use of
ground water is also
not anticipated for the
project activities.
Soil The excavation work The excavation work involved Contractor
involved in the project in the project is limited to (monitored by
is limited to construction of tower APTRANSCO)
construction of tower foundation. The loss of top
foundation. The loss soil as envisaged during such
of top soil as construction activities can
envisaged during largely be reduced by storing
such construction the top soil and spreading it
activities can largely back for filling up the
be reduced by storing excavated area of the tower
the top soil and foundation.
Page 116
spreading it back for
filling up the
excavated area of the
tower foundation.
Flora and For setting up of the Care must be taken to avoid Contractor
Fauna/ power transmission thick vegetation; towers to be (monitored by
line, there will be located where vegetation is APTRANSCO)
requirement of thin. This will greatly minimize
localised clearence of tree loss and compensation to
vegetation, which may be paid to tree owners.
affect flora and fauna Clearance for trees to be cut
within the corridor. will be taken from concerned
The land requirement authorities and if required
for substations varies compensatory afforestation
from 0.3 acres to 10 (CA) has to be done in
acres depending upon association with the
voltage level and no. of concerned authorities.
bays. Trimming of trees should be
done in consultation with the
The potenial impacts concerned authorities.
that are likely from the
construction of The existing land use for the
transmission line are transmission line is rarely
disturbance or used for grazing by domestic
damage to any flora or animals like cow, buffalo,
fauna species in the goats etc.; hence minimal
impact area due to disturbance to local animals is
movement of vehicles, anticipated during
dust, noise etc. and construction. The forest types
due to clearence of in the mentioned sections are
trees for lying of the mostly governed by Open
transmission line. Forests and Non-forest types
thereby minimizing presence
of rare and endangered
species.
Aesthetics The visual amenity will The route is to be planned to Contractor
and Visual be disturbed mainly avoid any dense habitation (monitored by
Impact during casting of or forested area. The clearing APTRANSCO)
foundation and leaving of trees must be kept to
the site with stubs of minimum and clearing of
tower. The erction of trees must be kept to
towers and conductors minimum and whereever
across the terrain will possible, trimming of trees
be an extrinsic element must be adopted vis-à-vis
to th existing felling of trees.
Page 117
ambience. The visual
impact and change of
landscape will be for a
short period however,
the route of the towers
and transmission line
is expected to cross
other transmission line
or roads which may
lead to change of
landscape character
due to introduction of
manmade character.
Health and There is a possibility The developer need to have a Contractor
Safety of an increased risk defined safety management (monitored by
due to exposure to protocol. Site safety manager APTRANSCO)
electromagnetic must be deployed for
radiations from enforcement of safety measures
overhead transmission during construction. In respect of
lines. Further, management of debris disposal,
construction workers necessary measures must be
might get injured or integrated in the construction
meet accidents during contract. The health and safety
construction activities. policy of and conditions of
Injuries, bruises etc. contract, the contractor shall be
might occur in case of responsible for (i) establishing
inadequate protective construction camps with
measures and lack of adequate sanitation facilities; (ii)
awareness. periodic health check-up for its
employees and (iii) maintaining
strict safety guidelines with a
provision of penalty for offences.
Further the safety policy ensures

safety awareness among the
workers organized on daily basis
by the safety personnel of the
contractor. The safety policy also
frames out some specific safety
requirement of workers
pertaining to: (i) Welding, cutting
and stone breaking; (ii) hoisting
of equipments; (iii) Electrical
works; (iv) working at heights; (v)
erection of structural steels etc.
Page 118
Additionally the general safety
guidelines include: (i) restricting
vehicle speed plying with the
construction site area; (ii) wearing
of safety helmets as per color
coding;(iii) following various
codes like HSE codes/provisions
as per factories
acts/Environmental Protection Act
etc.
The workers are provided with
Safety shoes, helmets, reflectors,
earplugs and double lanyard
safety belts (being worn by the
gang workers working at heights)
as personnel protective
equipments.
Cultural SitesNo archaeological, Avoid routing the lines through Contractor
historical or culturally any of the identified (monitored by
important sites are archeologically, historically or APTRANSCO)
anticipated near the culturally important sites. If any
proposed cultural property is found during
transmission line construction, the work will be
corridors. If any stopped immediately and
cultural property is contractor will intimate utilities
found during about availability of cultural
construction, the work property. Utilities will intimate to
will be stopped Department of Archeology &
immediately and Museums, Andhrapradesh and
contractor will approval will be taken to erect the
intimate utilities about tower for transmission line.
availability of cultural
property. Utilities will
intimate to
Department of
Archeology &
Museums,
Andhrapradesh and
approval will be taken
to erect the tower for
transmission line.
Operation phase
Aspect Summary Mitigation Measures Responsible

parties
Page 119
Waste The main type of waste Hazardous waste will be Contractor
Disposal likely to be generated managed as per the (monitored by
will be used transformer provisions under the APTRANSCO)
oil which is a category of hazardous waste
hazardous waste management rules. The
egenrated at the site. hazardous waste will only
be sent to authorised
vendor for disposal.
Soil The project document Moreover, project line Contractor
ensures designing of section must not block (monitored by
different types of the drainage within the APTRANSCO)
foundations according to alignment and also
the soil types within the should not increase the
project alignments. The run-off in the local
engineering design must catchmen area.
be made considering the
soil quality and erosion
potential of the region.
Flora and Trees near transmission Since avian fauna might Contractor
Fauna lines may increase the be at small risks by hitting (monitored by
chances of fire hazards the transmission lines, APTRANSCO)
due to electric sparks hence a minor impact is
requiring trimming of predicted during the
trees to minimize the risk operational phases.
of accidents and proper Addition of deflectors is
maintenance. As part of proposed to minimize the
maintaining the ROW risk.
such trimming of trees
may need to be
undertaken which may
require approval from
Forest Department. The
ROW maintenance team
of utilities shall coordinate
with the forest department
in order to obtain
necessary NOC for tree
cutting.
Land Use Minor changes in land No mitigation measures Contractor
use pattern is required at this stage. (monitored by
envisaged during the APTRANSCO)
operation phase. The
land use for the project
is primarily non-
Page 120
agrivultural land. This
land will be aquired
and developed in the
construction phase
itself.
Air and The operation of Impacts are expected to be Contractor

Noise Quality transmission line does minimal at operation stage. (monitored by
not involve any No specific mitigation APTRANSCO)
emission of gases and measures will be required.
generation of dust
particles and hence the
impact on ambient air
quality is anticipated to
be very less during
erection of
transmission lines.
Similarly impact on
noise quality is
envisaged to be very
low.
Water The operation of Impacts are expected to be Contractor
Quality transmission line do not minimal at operation stage. (monitored by
involve generation of No specific mitigation APTRANSCO)
any effluent and measures will be required.
discarding of any
hazardous chemical
which could have
chances of impact on
nearby water bodies.
Thus no impacts on
ground water or surface
water quality are
anticipated during the
operational stage.
Workers Injury and sickness/health As part of the health and Contractor
health and hazards safety policy, utilities will (monitored by
Safety ensures that the workers APTRANSCO)
involved working in heights
are provided with necessary
personal protective
equipments like safety shoes
tested for 11/33kV,
Handgloves tested for 11/33kV
(IS 4770), safety belts,
Page 121
ladders/monkey ladders (as
per IS: 3696), fall arrestor etc.
There have been some
concerns about the possibility
of an increased risk from
exposure to electromagnetic
radiations from overhead
transmission lines. However
the exposure limit shall be
kept at minimum level and
regular medical checkup of
the employees shall be
conducted to minimize such
impacts.
Potential mitigation actions

include the following:
- Careful design
- Safety awareness
- Sanitation and medical
facilities
Electrical Injury/Mortality Potential mitigation actions Contractor

Shock include the following: (monitored by
Hazards APTRANSCO)
- Careful design
- Safety awareness
- Barriers to prevent
climbing
- Warning signals
Transmission Exposure to Transmission line design to Contractor

Lines electromagnetic comply with the limits of (monitored by
interference electromagnetic interference APTRANSCO)
from overhead power lines
Potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures: DISCOMS
Pre-Construction
Activity Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible parties
Alignment - Impact on historical and Distribution lines to be Contractor

selection cultural resources underground near any (monitored by
DISCOMS)
Page 122
places of historical or
cultural importance.
Tower - Exposure to safety Overhead line route Contractor

Location related risks designed in accordance (monitored by
- Impact on water bodies with permitted level of DISCOMS)
power frequency and
the technical
specification for ground
clearance of towers.
Equipment’s - Contamination of Avoid location of towers Contractor

submerged receptors (soil, water above high flood level (monitored by
under flood etc.) DISCOMS)
Tree cutting - This is not a significant No deforestation Contractor

and impact on impact in case of activities to be (monitored by
forest land distribution lines. Avoid undertaken. Only DISCOMS)
distribution line routes pruning of trees to be
- Impact on biodiversity, done.
chances of forest fire
Alignment route to
and electrocutions and
avoid the areas having
sometime impact on
more trees
livelihood.
Designing - Impact on ground water Adequate drainage Contractor

drainage and nearby agricultural system to be adopted to (monitored by
pattern* field avoid accidental DISCOMS)
hazards in drainage
systems.
Construction phase
Aspect Summary of Anticipated Mitigation Measures Responsible parties

Impacts
Land Use /Soil Digging of foundation Construction work would Contractor
Quality pits for the towers and involve (i) Construction of (monitored by
cutting of vegetation (for foundation and erection of DISCOMS)
foundation purposes) are towers/stringing of lines;
the main two activities (ii) Road construction for
likely to affect soil site accessibility. The land
used for the project
quality and structure.
activities will be both
Some loss of vegetaion
and crops is also
anticipated due to
Page 123
movement of cultivable and non-
construction material cultivable land.
and manpower through
cultivated areas. As per the consultations
with the utilities, most of
The most significant
the land used for the
potential impact
project purpose is
anticipated for the soil
estimated to be
will be change in soil
government land however,
structure and soil quality for the cultivable land due
as a result of compaction to the tower construction
and excavation. Removal activity, crop production in
of vegetation and trees the area occupied by the
during construction of tower will be stopped for
foundation will make soil short run and after the
vulnerable to erosion. erection of towers the crop
Movement of workers production work can start
during the construction again.
phase may also damage

the vegetation or crops if
passing thorough
cultivable area.
Waste The main type of waste Construction debris Contractor
Disposal likely to be generated generated at the site (monitored by
from construction must be removed from DISCOMS)
activities is construction the site immediately
debris resulting from after the compeltion of
casting for foundations construction activities
and some steel scrap and the site must be
from tower construction. levelled. Workers must
Other waste expected to be strictly instructed
be generated include about random disposal
waste food/packaging of any waste generated
material littered by from the construction
workers. activity.
Arrangements to be
made to collect and
prevent littering by
workers on site.
Traffic and There will be movement Vehicles used for Contractor
Transport of material and construction activites will (monitored by
manpower during move along the existing DISCOMS)
construction. The traffic roads as far as possible.
Page 124
movement during Any increase in traffic
construction phase is during the construction
expected to be phase will be shortlived
occasional and very low and will return to normal
resulting in negligible once construction
impacts from the traffic. activity is complete.
Ambient Air Construction activities Not withstanding the Contractor
Quality will involve excavation for potential for atmospheric (monitored by
erection of tower and emissions from DISCOMS)
movement of vehicles construction and related
carrying the construction activities is low, the
material, etc. This will follwong mitigation
result in limited fugitive measures will further
emission at site. reduce the impact of
emissions leading to
As the construction
insignificant impacts:
activity will involve
limited ground work, the o Sprinkling of water on
potential for dust dust generating areas
generation is low and o Restricting the speed
shortlived. The increse in limit of vehicles
traffic during the
during movement on
construction of the
unpaved roads and;
o Covering of vehicles
expected to be occasional
carrying loose soil
and negligible. Hence, it
is considered that the and constriction
contributions to the materials.
pollutant concentrations
arising from the
construction activities and
traffic is small and
insufficient to cause any
increase in the stipulated
air standards or existing
concentrations.
Ambient Noise The sources of noise Construction activities Contractor

Levels during construction will be concentrated (monitored by
activity include: and done sequentially DISCOMS)
construction traffic and so that no area is prone
construction activities to extensive duration of
such as excavation, noise impacts. For
concreting, tower Example there will be
erection, backfilling, use minimum lag period
Page 125
of pumps (for pumping between laying of
excess water) and foundations and
compressors etc. There is erection of towers. Most
a potential for disturbance of the work will be done
to habitations, schools, manually instead of
temples in proximity to cranes and other heavy
the towers due to equipment, which will
construction related reduce potential for
activities . During erction noise impacts.
of towers there can be
The process of stringing
disturbance frpm noise of
of cable will only produce
workers. Also during
human voices, which
stringing there is a
might be audible to the
potential for disturbance
residents in very close
from continous operation
proximity of the
of equipments like
operations. However,
tractors.
these impacts are
expected to be localized
and short-lived.
Water Quality The project area will not Optimal use of water will Contractor
be criss-crossed by any be planned and followed (monitored by
stream or river however at the construction site. In DISCOMS)
in some areas the case any construction
presence of some small activity is in proximity to
surface water body is any water body
anticipated. The use of prevention of any runoff
ground water is also not to the same must be
anticipated for the project ensured.
activities.
Soil The excavation work The excavation work Contractor
involved in the project is involved in the project is (monitored by
limited to construction of limited to construction DISCOMS)
tower foundation. The of tower foundation.
loss of top soil as The loss of top soil as
envisaged during such envisaged during such
construction activities construction activities
can largely be reduced can largely be reduced
by storing the top soil by storing the top soil
and spreading it back for and spreading it back
filling up the excavated for filling up the
area of the tower excavated area of the
foundation. tower foundation.
Page 126
Aesthetics and The visual amenity will be The route is to be Contractor
Visual Impact disturbed mainly during planned to avoid any (monitored by
casting of foundation and dense habitation or DISCOMS)
leaving the site with stubs forested area. The
of tower. The erction of clearing of trees must
towers and conductors be kept to minimum
across the terrain will be and clearing of trees
an extrinsic element to th must be kept to
existing ambience. The minimum and
visual impact and change whereever possible,
of landscape will be for a trimming of trees must
short period however, the be adopted vis-à-vis
route of the towers and felling of trees.
expected to cross other
transmission line or roads
which may lead to change
of landscape character
due to introduction of
manmade character.
Health and There is a possibility of an The developer need to have Contractor
Safety increased risk due to a defined safety (monitored by
exposure to management protocol. Site DISCOMS)
electromagnetic safety manager must be
radiations from overhead deployed for enforcement
transmission lines. of safety measures during
Further, construction construction. In respect of
workers might get injured management of debris
or meet accidents during disposal, necessary
construction activities. measures must be
Injuries, bruises etc. integrated in the
might occur in case of construction contract. The
inadequate protective health and safety policy of
measures and lack of and conditions of contract,
awareness. the contractor shall be
responsible for (i)
establishing construction
camps with adequate
sanitation facilities; (ii)
periodic health check-up for
its employees and (iii)
maintaining strict safety
guidelines with a provision
of penalty for offences.
Page 127
Further the safety policy
ensures safety awareness
among the workers
organized on daily basis by
the safety personnel of the
contractor. The safety
policy also frames out
some specific safety
requirement of workers
pertaining to: (i) Welding,
cutting and stone breaking;
(ii) hoisting of equipments;
(iii) Electrical works; (iv)
working at heights; (v)
erection of structural steels
etc. Additionally the
general safety guidelines
include: (i) restricting
vehicle speed plying with
the construction site area;
(ii) wearing of safety
helmets as per color
coding;(iii) following
various codes like HSE
codes/provisions as per
factories
acts/Environmental
Protection Act etc.
The workers are provided
with Safety shoes, helmets,
reflectors, earplugs and
double lanyard safety belts
(being worn by the gang
workers working at heights)
as personnel protective
equipments.
Cultural Sites No archaeological, Avoid routing the lines Contractor
historical or culturally through any of the (monitored by
important sites are identified archeologically, DISCOMS)
anticipated near the historically or culturally
proposed transmission important sites. If any
line corridors. If any cultural property is found
cultural property is found during construction, the
during construction, the work will be stopped
work will be stopped immediately and contractor
Page 128
immediately and will intimate utilities about
contractor will intimate availability of cultural
utilities about availability property. Utilities will
of cultural property. intimate to Department of
Utilities will intimate to Archeology & Museums,
Department of Andhrapradesh and
Archeology & Museums, approval will be taken to
Andhrapradesh and erect the tower for
approval will be taken to transmission line.
erect the tower for
transmission line.
Operation phase
Aspect Summary Mitigation Measures Responsible parties
Waste The main type of waste Hazardous waste will Contractor

Disposal likely to be generated be managed as per (monitored by
will be used transformer the provisions under DISCOMS)
oil which is a category of the hazardous waste
hazardous waste management rules.
egenrated at the site. The hazardous waste
will only be sent to
authorised vendor for
disposal.
Soil The project document Moreover, project line Contractor
ensures designing of section must not block (monitored by
different types of the drainage within DISCOMS)
foundations according to the alignment and
the soil types within the also should not
project alignments. The increase the run-off in
engineering design must the local catchmen
be made considering the area.
soil quality and erosion
potential of the region.
Page 129
Flora and Trees near transmission Since avian fauna Contractor
Fauna lines may increase the might be at small risks (monitored by
chances of fire hazards by hitting the DISCOMS)
due to electric sparks transmission lines,
requiring trimming of hence a minor impact
trees to minimize the risk is predicted during the
of accidents and proper operational phases.
maintenance. As part of Addition of deflectors
maintaining the ROW is proposed to
such trimming of trees minimize the risk.
may need to be
undertaken which may
require approval from
Forest Department. The
ROW maintenance team
of utilities shall
coordinate with the forest
department in order to
obtain necessary NOC for
tree cutting.
Land Use Minor changes in land No mitigation measures Contractor
use pattern is required at this stage. (monitored by
envisaged during the DISCOMS)
operation phase. The
land use for the project
is primarily non-
agrivultural land. This
land will be aquired
and developed in the
construction phase
itself.
Air and Noise The operation of Impacts are expected to Contractor
Quality transmission line does be minimal at operation (monitored by
not involve any stage. No specific DISCOMS)
emission of gases and mitigation measures will
generation of dust be required.
particles and hence the
impact on ambient air
quality is anticipated to
be very less during
erection of
transmission lines.
Similarly impact on
noise quality is
Page 130
envisaged to be very
low.
Water Quality The operation of Impacts are expected to Contractor
transmission line do be minimal at operation (monitored by
not involve generation stage. No specific DISCOMS)
of any effluent and mitigation measures will
discarding of any be required.
hazardous chemical
which could have
chances of impact on
nearby water bodies.
Thus no impacts on
ground water or
surface water quality
are anticipated during
the operational stage.
Workers Injury and sickness/health As part of the health and Contractor
health and hazards safety policy, utilities will (monitored by
Safety ensures that the workers DISCOMS)
involved working in heights
are provided with
necessary personal
protective equipments like
safety shoes tested for
11/33kV, Handgloves tested
for 11/33kV (IS 4770), safety
belts, ladders/monkey
ladders (as per IS: 3696),
fall arrestor etc. There have
been some concerns about
the possibility of an
increased risk from
exposure to
electromagnetic radiations
from overhead
transmission lines.
However the exposure limit
shall be kept at minimum
level and regular medical
checkup of the employees
shall be conducted to
minimize such impacts.
Potential mitigation actions

include the following:
Page 131
- Careful design
- Safety awareness
- Emergency
planning
- Sanitation and
medical facilities
Electrical Injury/Mortality Potential mitigation actions Contractor

Shock Hazards include the following: (monitored by
DISCOMS)
- Careful design
- Safety awareness
- Emergency
planning
- Barriers to prevent
climbing
- Warning signals
Transmission Exposure to Transmission line design to Contractor

Lines electromagnetic comply with the limits of (monitored by
interference electromagnetic DISCOMS)
interference from overhead
power lines
Potential environmental impacts specific to project activities undertaken by APTRANSCO and DISCOMS (viz., APSPDCL and
APEPDCL)
Potential environmental impacts associated with transmission line construction
S.No Issue Summary

1. Clearing of Right of Way (ROW) width for the transmission/distribution line
Trees with depends on the line voltage. The maximum permissible width of ROW
in Right of on forestland and minimum clearance between Trees and conductors
Way (ROW) as specified in IS: 5613 and by MoEF guidelines are given in Table.
At present, a width clearance of 3 m is allowed below each conductor
for the movement of tension stringing equipment. Trees on such strips
are felled/lopped to facilitate stringing and maintenance of ROW. After
completion of stringing, natural regeneration or dwarf tree/medicinal
tree plantation is allowed to a certain height.
Trimming or pruning is done with the permission from the local forest
officer to maintain required electric clearance as necessary during
operation and maintenance. In hilly areas where adequate clearance is
already available, tree will not be cut/felled in 3 meter strip beneath for
ROW except working clearance as stringing is done manually only. As
compared to transmission line, distribution line requires only small
right of way and therefore felling of trees is much less than that requires
for lying of transmission lines. Generally stringing of distribution line is
Page 132
carried out manually and therefore trimming/pruning of tree branches
are only required instead of cutting of trees in large numbers.
2. Aesthetic Erection of transmission/distribution towers and lines affects the

Appeal of aesthetics of the area for some time. However, measures like planting
an Area trees along roads running parallel to transmission/distribution lines in
consultation with Forest Department, if feasible can be undertaken to
buffer visual effect.
Potential environmental impacts associated with installation of sub-stations
S.No. Issue Summary
1. Used As a part of routine maintenance, transformer oil is changed every 10-

Transformer 15 years. The used transformer oil is categorized as hazardous wastes
Oil as per Hazardous waste (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary
Movement) Rules, 2008.
The removal of the oil is generally carried out at the central depot. The
volume generated is very limited and at long intervals. Further, it is
disposed of centrally through authorized recycler. Hence, overall no
significant adverse impact is anticipated.
2. E-Waste The scrapped electrical and electronic waste generated from routine
maintenance activities include damaged components, electrical fittings
& fixtures etc. These are collected centrally and disposed of through
MSTC Limited, a Govt. of India Enterprise. No significant adverse
environmental impacts are anticipated from handling and storage of the
e-waste at the site.
5 Drainage Appropriate drainage and sewage network to be provided at the
congestion substations to avoid flooding, land and water pollution. Regular
and inspection, cleaning and maintenance of the drainage systems in and
flooding around the site needs to be ensured, especially if construction works are
carried out during the wet season.
Page 133
8.3 Policy and Legal Framework
Policy and Legal Framework applicable to the project activities
Constitutional Provisions
A The State shall endeavour to protect and improve the environment and
Article 48 A
to safeguard the forests and wildlife of the country.
It shall be the duty of every citizen of India to protect and improve the
B Article 51 A (g) natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife and to
have compassion for living creatures.
The policy seeks to stimulate partnerships of different stakeholders, i.e.
public agencies, local communities, academic and scientific
institutions, the investment community, and international
development partners, in harnessing their respective resources and
C Environmental strengths for environmental management. The dominant theme of this
Policy, 2006 policy is that while conservation of environmental resources is
necessary to secure livelihoods and well-being of all, the most secure
basis for conservation is to ensure that people dependent on particular
resources obtain better livelihoods from the fact of conservation, than
from degradation of the resource."
Provisions/Law
Applicability
of Land/Rules
Electricity Act, 2003 Transmission line projects are constructed under the ambit of Electricity
(EA, 2003) Act, 2003 following the provisions of Section 67 & 68 of Act.
Under the provisions of Section 68(1):-Prior approval of the Govt. of

Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) is a mandatory requirement to undertake any new
transmission project 66kV upward and for distribution project of 33kV
system in the State which authorizes APTRANSCO, APSPDCL, APEPDCL
(herein and after referred to as utilities) to plan and coordinate activities to
commission a new transmission/distribution project.
The Electricity Act under Section 164 has a provision to grant licensee the
power of Telegraph Authority as provided in the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885
GoAP on request of utilities may by order in writing/through notification
authorize them for using powers of telegraph authority after fulfilling the
requirement as laid down in the rules thereof.
Forest (Conservation) This Act provides for the conservation of forests and regulates the
Act, 1980 diversion of forest land to non-forestry purpose. When any
transmission/distribution line traverses forest land, prior clearance is
mandatorily required from Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF),
GoI under the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980.
Page 134
Provisions/Law
Applicability
of Land/Rules
Environment It is an umbrella Act for the protection and improvement of environment.
(Protection) Act, 1986 This Act as such is not applicable to transmission/ distribution projects of
utilities. Project categories are specified under the schedule of the EIA
notification. EPA is an umbrella Act under which several pollution
prevention and control Acts and Rules such as Water (Prevention and
Control of Water Pollution) Act, 1974 (as amended in 1988); The Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, amended in 1987; The
Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000 (as amended in 2002);
Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary
Movement) Rules, 2008; Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Notification, 2011
(as amended) are prescribed under the Act. At all stages of the project, the
compliance against the applicable conditions of these key Acts and Rules
must be adhered to by the utilities.
The Water The purpose of this Act is to provide for the prevention and control of water
(Prevention and pollution and maintaining or restoring of wholesomeness of water. The Act
Control of Water asked for establishment of pollution control boards at central and state
Pollution) Act, 1974 level and assigned functions and powers to these boards for the prevention
(as amended in and control of water pollution and for matters connected therewith.
1988)
For the current project, labour will mainly be resorted from the local
sources and no significant of camp site is envisaged hence, no significant
sewage generation is anticipated.
The Air (Prevention The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 an Act of the
and Control of Parliament of India to control and prevent air pollution. It was amended in
Pollution) Act, 1981, 1987. The project implementing utility will need to ensure that any
amended in 1987 construction contractor setting up a labour camp takes consent to
establish/NOC prior to its set-up in case an air pollution source above
certain rated capacity is proposed to be installed at the camp site.
For the current project, labour will mainly be resorted from the local
sources and no significant of camp site is envisaged. Some of the activities
of the project that will generate fugitive emissions like dust will include
movement of vehicles, excavation of pits for tower erection, operation of
diesel generator sets at campsites or other construction activities among
others. Appropriate measure must be taken to contain these emissions.
The Noise Pollution Noise Control Rules, 2000 (as amended) were notified to prescribe the
(Regulation & ambient noise quality standards are have to be complied with in different
Control) Rules, 2000 areas/zones viz., residential, commercial etc. These rules also restrict the
(as amended in use of loud speakers and public addressal systems within certain time
2002) period. State Pollution Control Boards (SPCB) are provided with
responsibility to monitor the implementation of the Rules.
Page 135
Provisions/Law
Applicability
of Land/Rules
There will be generation of noise during the erection of transmission line
during the construction activities during the project phases. Based on the
land use classification, areas where the project phase is being executed
may be falling under various categories such as Residential, Commercial
etc. The day and night time noise limits as per the prescribed standards
must be complied with by the executing agencies. Noise pollution
generated from the project activities must stay within the prescribed limits
(viz., standards specified by CPCB for different categories). Andhra Pradesh
Pollution Control Board (APPPCB) and district administration will
enforcement agency for the current project location.
The Motor Vehicles The Motor Vehicles Act (MVA), 1988 regulates all aspects of road transport
Act, 1988 (as vehicles. The Act provides in detail the legislative provisions regarding
amended) and licensing of drivers/conductors, registration of motor vehicles, control of
Central Motor motor vehicles through permits, special provisions relating to state
Vehicle Rules, 1989 transport undertakings, traffic regulation, insurance, liability, offences and
(as amended) penalties, etc. For exercising the legislative provisions of the Act, the
Government of India made the Central Motor Vehicles Rules (CMVR), 1989.
Ministry of Road Transport and Highways /State Transport is the nodal
authority for the implementation and monitoring the provisions of the Act
and the Rules.
Vehicles will be required for movement of material and manpower at the

project sites. As per Rule 115(1) of CMVR, 1989: “Every motor vehicle shall
be maintained in such condition and shall be so driven so as to comply
with the standards prescribed in these rules….” The pollution standards
for in use vehicles have been prescribed under Rule 115(2) of Central Motor
Vehicles Rules, 1989 (CMVR, 1989). All vehicles used for the project
activities must have a valid Pollution under control (PUC) certificate. This
certificate is mandatory for every vehicle. The owner needs to carry a valid
pollution under control certificate and maintain vehicle in such a condition
that it complies with the prescribed emission norms.
Ozone Depleting As per the notification, certain control and regulation has been imposed on
Substances manufacturing, import, export, and use of these compounds. SF6 is used
(Regulation and as an alternative to any ODS substance for providing insulation in
Control) Rules, 2000 transformers.
Batteries As per notification, Being a bulk consumer utilities

(Management and (APTRANSCO/DISCOMS) to ensure that the used batteries are disposed to
Handling) Rules, registered recyclers only. A half-yearly return is to be filed as per Form-8
2001 of these Rules must be submitted to the Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control
Board (APPCB).
Page 136
Provisions/Law
Applicability
of Land/Rules
Hazardous Wastes As per notification, used oil is categorized as hazardous waste and require
(Management, proper handling, storage and disposed only to authorize disposal facility
Handling and (registered recyclers/ re-processors) Being a bulk user, utilities shall
Transboundary comply with provision of said rules and obtain authorization for disposing
Movement) Rules, off their used transformer oil to authorised recycler.
2008
As a bulk user of transformer oil which is categorized as Hazardous Waste,
utilities shall comply with the provisions of the said rules if the practice of
storing of used oil is maintained. In case it is decided to outsource the
process of recycle of used oil to registered recycler as per the provisions of
notification then utilities (APTRANSCO / APSPDCL / APEPDCL) shall submit
the desired return in prescribed form to APPCB at the time of disposal of
used oil.
E-waste As per notification, bulk consumers like APTRANSCO/DISCOMS (viz.,

(Management and APSPDCL, APEPDCL) is to dispose e-waste generated by them in
Handling) Rules, environmentally sound manner by channelizing to authorized collection
2011 centres/ registered dismantler/ recyclers/return to producers.
APTRANSCO/DISCOMS, being a bulk consumer of electrical and
electronics equipment’s shall obtain authorization under the Rules and
maintain record as per Form-2 of these Rules for scrutiny by APPCB.
Coastal Regulation Notification imposes restrictions on setting up and expansion of industries,

Zone (CRZ) operations or processes and the like in the CRZ: (i) the land area from high
Notification, 2011 tide line (HTL) to 500 meters on the landward side along the sea front. (ii)
(As amended) CRZ shall apply to the land area between HTL to 100 meters or width of the
creek whichever is less on the landward side along the tidal influenced
water bodies that are connected to the sea.
Some of the key sub-project activities are proposed to be undertaken by

the utilities (APTRANSCO/DISCOMS) in coastal areas. Hence, the
notification will apply to the project and all provisions specified under the
notification must be complied with throughout the stages of the project.
Biological Diversity This Act is not directly applicable to transmission projects because it deals
Act, 2002 with the conservation of biological diversity, sustainable use of its
components and fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of
the use of biological resources, knowledge and for matters connected
therewith. Utilities (APTRANSCO/DISCOMS) must abide by the provision
of the Act in case any component of transmission line passes through any
of these wildlife protected area (national park/sanctuary), all necessary
precautions will be required for sheltering scheduled wildlife under the Act.
Page 137
Provisions/Law
Applicability
of Land/Rules
Wildlife Protection The Act inter-alia deals with prohibition of hunting of wild animals except
Act, 1972 in certain cases; protection of specified plants; declaration and protection
of sanctuaries; restrictions on entry in sanctuary; prohibition on destruction
in sanctuary except under a permit; declaration of national parks; power of
central government to declare as sanctuaries. The state of Andhra Pradesh
has several protected areas including 13 wildlife sanctuaries, 3 national
parks and one tiger reserve including Nagarjuna Sagar–Srisailam Tiger
Reserve (NSTR) which is the biggest tiger reserve of India.
In case any component of transmission line passes through any of these

wildlife protected area (national park/sanctuary), all necessary precautions
will be required for sheltering scheduled wildlife under the Act.
Rights of Way In case of agricultural or private land the provisions of Section- 67 and or
(RoW) and Section-68 (5 & 6) of the Electricity Act, 2003 and Section-10 of the Indian
Compensation Telegraph Act, 1885 are followed for assessment and payment of
compensation towards such damages.
The Electricity Act, These Rules specify general safety requirements for construction,
2003 and Indian installation, protection, operation and maintenance of electricity supply
Electricity Rules, lines and apparatus.
1956 and 2005
International Conventions
Ramsar India has ratified Ramsar Convention, 1971 for protection of wetlands.
Convention, 1971 Kolleru Lake in Andhra Pradesh is identified Ramsar wetland and is added
to the list of protected wetlands in the year 2002. As understood during the
discussions with utilities, the proposed transmission and distribution
corridor is not expected to pass through the protected area and hence the
adverse impacts are not anticipated.
Convention on the India is contacting party to the convention on conservation of migratory

conservation of species of wild animals. India is a signatory to the convention since 1983.
migratory species
The coastline of Andhra Pradesh is one of the sporadic nesting habitats of
of wild animals
Olive Ridley turtles (Lepidochelys olivacea), which is popularly known as
(Bonn Convention,
“Samudram Tabelu” in Telugu. The species is known to nest on the
1979)
northern Andhra Pradesh coast which encompasses three districts namely
Srikakulam, Vizianagaram and Visakhapatnam.
Basel Convention Basel Convention was signed by India in March 1990 and ratified in June
on the Control of 1992. The import and export norms of the hazardous waste have been
Trans-boundary provided in conformance with Basel Convention.
Movements of
No Trans-boundary movement of hazardous waste is proposed during any
Hazardous Wastes
stage of the project hence, it is not applicable.
and their Disposal
Page 138
World Bank Safeguard policies triggered and explanation
Safeguard Policy Triggered

Explanation
Triggered (Y/N)
Environmental Yes The project will invest substantially in grid roll-out through
Assessment: the purchase of equipment including for MV-substations
(expansion of existing substations and new), MV/LV
OP/BP 4.01 transformers, MV and LV lines, household connections,
meters, and off-grid systems.
Environmental impacts for grid extensions are related to

works at substations and the installation of power lines,
which for instance may require safe disposal of
construction, old equipment and other waste. These
substations are small and impacts are expected to be
limited. In view of this, the project has been given a
Category B classification under OP4.01. This ESMF
provides for screening investments into the above
described limited scope and avoiding significant impacts.
The Project will focus on building the capacity of staff, with

strong mechanisms and procedures in place to screen,
assess, plan and monitor the implementation of
subprojects. This capacity will also be required to support
applicants with the efficient preparation of proposals for
subprojects. The implementation stage of the Project will
also include the design of subprojects based on approved
application for subprojects.
Given this need to establish institutional arrangements
and build implementation capacity first, all subprojects
and equipment purchases will be determined during
project implementation, this framework provides for the
modalities of selection and implementation of equipment
purchases and implementation of subprojects.
This ESMF also includes guidance in the form of an

Environmental Code of Practice, and health and safety
standards to be followed during project implementation
based on the World Bank Group's Environmental, Health
and Safety (EHS) Guidelines for Power Transmission and
Distribution and including provisions for beneficiaries and
worker health and safety. The ESMF provides guidelines
for screening of all subprojects including procurement of
goods that would result in investments, determination of
requirements for assessment and preparation of further
documentation in accordance with the World Bank
safeguard policies including site-specific environmental
and social management plans (ESMPs), Environmental
and Social Impact Assessments (ESIA) and the
implementation and monitoring of these.
Page 139
Safeguard Policy Triggered
Explanation
Triggered (Y/N)
Natural Habitats Yes Significant impacts on natural habitats are not expected
OP/BP 4.04 since it is a linear project and also the footprint is limited
to small area only. However as specific subprojects and
their locations are yet to be determined further
information may be needed during implementation to
ascertain specific impacts. This ESMF provides specific
screening provisions to determine if natural habitats are
an issue, and what environmental instrument is needed if
the level of significance of the impacts is unknown. If the
impacts were to be considered significant, the Project will
not finance the particular subproject.
Forests OP/BP 4.36 Yes This policy is triggered as the Project is expected to pass
through some of the forest areas and have some impacts
on the health and quality of forests, or affect the rights
and welfare of people and their level of dependence
upon or interaction with forests, nor aims to bring about
changes in the management, protection or utilization of
natural forests or plantations. This ESMF provides for
screening investments to avoid impacting the health and
quality of forests.
Pest Management No This policy is not triggered. It is not practice in India to

OP 4.09 include pesticides in maintaining the right of way under
transmission lines.
Physical Cultural Yes Since specific project investments are not known, it is not
Resources possible to rule out the presence of physical cultural
OP/BP 4.11 resources. However, based on the initial discussions with
the utilities, the project is expected to pass through some
tourist and places of religious importance so the policy
will be triggered.
Safety of Dams No The project interventions are not expected to require the
OP/BP 4.37 construction of dams or impoundment structures, nor is
it expected that they could cause impacts to existing
structures as governed by this policy.
Projects on No The project interventions are small in nature and in scale

International not expected to cause any drainage or discharges to
Waterways OP/BP surface waters, nor entail any significant usage of surface
7.50 water for cooling or other purposes, that would affect
international waterways.
Page 140
9. Institutional Arrangements
The power sector in Andhra Pradesh comprises four key state owned enterprises to focus
on the core operation power generation – Andhra Pradesh Power Generation Corporation
Ltd. (APGENCO), power transmission, The Transmission Corporation of Andhra Pradesh
(APTRANSCO) and distribution (Southern Power Distribution Company of Andhra Pradesh
Ltd. (APSPDCL) and Eastern Power Distribution Company of Andhra Pradesh Ltd.
(APEPDCL). These are corporatized entities with their own boards. The state also has New
and Renewable Energy Development Corporation of Andhra Pradesh Ltd. (NREDCAP) to
promote renewable energy deployment in the state. Lastly, Andhra Pradesh Electricity
Regulatory Commission (APERC) provides the regulatory overview to the sector.
AP State Power Sector
Generation Distribution
Regulation Transmission
(APGENCO) (APSPDCL &
(APERC) (APTRANSCO)
(NREDCAP) APEPDCL)
Additionally, the utilities coordinate with other administrative institutions, private players
and civil society organisations to manage the impacts. These institutional arrangements
for each utility are also provided below. These arrangements has been documented based
on consultations with the respective utilities:
9.1 APTRANSCO
A typical transmission project is commissioned after a Long Term Systems Study identifies
the need and a Feasibility Report is prepared by the Chief Engineer (CE) power systems.
Subsequently, a Field Feasibility report is prepared by the field staff (Executive Engineer
(EE), Assistant Divisional Engineer (ADE) and Divisional Engineer (DE)) which identifies the
load demand in their area of operation and a resource plan is prepared, which lists the
resources required to undertake the project. Based on these reports, the CE construction
prepares a scheme (project). The scheme is submitted for administration approval to a full
board (all directors and chairman). Once the scheme is approved, other relevant internal
approvals - the approval on BEE line, location for the substations, raw material required
etc. from CE (Civil), CE (Construction), CE (Telecom) and financial approval from Finance
Advisor & Chief Controller of accounts (FACCA) - are taken, following which tender is
Page 141
released for hiring a contractor to undertake the work. The EE oversees the work of the
contractor.
Once the contractor is selected and a purchase order is released, the approvals and
coordination is required with other external stakeholders like revenue department and
PTCC. The institutional arrangement to take these approvals is provided below:
 After the purchase order is issued, the contractor conducts a check survey of every point.
The Revenue Officer is informed by the EE and Superintendent Engineer (SE) regarding
the land requirements and the route is published in the gazette, an English daily and a
Telugu daily. The public can raise grievances at this point.
 Process to secure land:

- Once the probable sites have been identified, the field engineers (CE, SE ad DE),
request the Revenue Department (tahsildar/ mandal revenue officer (MRO)) for land.
- As a first preference, government land is identified.
- If the tahsildar certifies that no government land is available, then private land is
identified
 Right of Way (RoW): The contractor and the AE approach the farmers and negotiate the
RoW. Currently, the RoW compensation is provided for base of the tower and not for the
corridor.
- In the Kadapa Zone (comprising of Ananthapur, Kadapa, Kurnool, Chittoor)
compensation for 132 kV towers is INR 55,000 per tower and for 220 kV towers
compensation is INR 99,500 per tower.
- In the Vishakhapatnam Zone:
o Vizanagaram, Visakhapatnam- compensation for 132 kV towers is INR 55,000
and for 220 kV towers compensation is INR 99,500 per tower
o Sirakulam, East Godavari, West Godavari- compensation for 132 kV towers is
INR 43,900 and for 220 kV compensation is INR 79,600 per tower
- In the Vijayawada Zone (comprising of Krishna, Guntur, Prakasham, Nellore)
compensation for 132 kV towers is INR 55,000 and for 220 kV towers compensation
is INR 99,500 per tower
 Compensation for land:

- Government land allotted for the project might be assigned to some other people, in
which case appropriate compensation, as decided by the MRO, is given.
- In case, private land is purchased for the project, a negotiating committee consisting
of Govt. representative, State Board Officer, Local DE and a valuator from a private
party is constituted to negotiate price for securing private property
- It is made sure that no residential area is used for the project.
Page 142
- Compensation for damage to crops is decided by the Agriculture Officer under the
Revenue Department
- The compensations are paid through the Revenue Department
 Public consultations are undertaken in case of resistance from the community regarding
securing of land or the amount of compensation offered. The panchayats and local public
leaders may help in convincing the land owners.
 In case of grievances, the affected people can raise their concerns through the Consumer
Grievance Redressal Forum (CGRF). If people are still not convinced by the solution
provided throught the CGRF, they can approach the courts for a judicial settlement.
 During construction, police help is sought in case of any anticipated disruption to work
from the community.
 Approvals from Railways, Defence and telecommunication organisations:

- At the next step, a topographical map is prepared by the EE and the contractor. In
addition to providing the topography of the area, the map identifies the railway,
telecom and defence crossings.
- At the APTRANSCO headquarters the fault levels, if any, are calculated for 132 kV
lines and submitted for approval to the PTCC. Fault levels for 220kV line are calculated
at the PTCC.
- The PTCC coordinates with designated authorities in BSNL, private operators like
Reliance, Railways and Defence establishments to understand their concerns.
- Each department adds their lines on the topographical map and provides their
approval for the proposed scheme.
- In case, of any issue or compensation payable, the PTCC contacts the APTRANSCO
headquarters.
- The process of approval from PTCC and these departments takes a minimum of 2-3
months.
 Approvals from forest department:

- Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 restricts the use of forest land for any non-forestry
activities. The approval of the Chief Conservator of Forest, Forest Department, is
required to undertake any non-forestry activity.
- In case forest area has to be entered, the CE construction specifies the area that has
to be crossed to the Chief Conservator of Forest.
- As a compensation, 2 times the forest land secured for the project activity, has to be
handed over to the forest department.
- The District Collector (DC) identifies the appropriate land to be handed over to forest
department.
- Approval process takes a minimum of 6 months.
Page 143
 In cases the scheme is along or near any water channel like river, canal etc., approval from
Irrigation Department is required to certify the proposed scheme does not obstruct any
water ways.
APTRANSCO has established a corporate cell to implement the Environment and Social
Management Plans (ESMPs). The Environment and Social Management System (ESMS)
cell has following members:
1. SE/PM/400 kV/ APTRASNCO/VS/Hyderabad
2. SE/PM/Construction/APTRANSCO/VS/Hyderabad
3. EE/Civil/APTRANSCO/VS/Hyderabad
4. Concerned EE/Civil in field (covering the jurisdiction of the Transmission Project)
5. Concerned DE/Construction in Vidyutsoudha looking after the Transmission Project
The cell will also deal with redressal of grievances and requests for public information. The
implementation arrangements are summarised in the table below:
Page 144
Milestone Process Responsibility
Preparation Approval
Pre-Construction Phase
Formulation of Scheme  Feasibility Report prepared in line with State CE Power Systems Technical Committee of
Level Long Term Systems Study APTRANSCO
 Field Feasibility Report prepared to identify Field Staff (EE, AE, ADE) CE Power Systems
load demand in their area of operation
 Resource plan prepared by Field Staff listing Field Staff (EE, AE, ADE) CE Construction
the resources required to undertake the
project
 Preparation of Scheme including details of CE Construction Full Board – All Directors
land and other resources required and Chairman
Identify Sites for  Detailed Survey carried out to determine route Field Staff (EE, AE, ADE) Environment and Social
Substations and line Route of the transmission line. As part of the survey Management Cell
social and environment assessment
undertaken to determine whether there are CE/Zone and SE OMC
any residential areas, schools / hospitals,
historical sites, scheduled areas, forest areas,
water bodies railway crossings, identification
of vulnerable population including SCs, STs,
marginal farmers and women
 Three alternatives are determined and the
least problematic line is chosen
Securing Sites for the  Approach the Revenue Department for Land CE, SE and DE Revenue Department
Project for substations
 Identify Private Land in case Thasildar certifies CE, SE and DE Full Board of
no government land is available APTRANSCO
 In case of involuntary acquisition of private Refer to Annexure 8 for details
land is unavoidable, the provisions of the
RFCTLARRA, 2013 will be triggered:
Identify Sites for  Detailed Survey carried out to determine route Field Staff (EE, AE, ADE) Environment and Social
Substations and line Route of the transmission line. As part of the survey Management Cell
social and environment assessment
undertaken to determine whether there are CE/Zone and SE OMC
any residential areas, schools / hospitals,
Page 145
historical sites, scheduled areas, forest areas,
water bodies railway crossinggs etc.
 Three alternatives are determined and the
least problematic line is chosen
Contracting  Prepare cost estimates for the Schemes EE APTRANSCP HQ
- CE Civil for civil
works
- CE Telecom for
telecommunication
- ESMS cell (for
environment and
social safeguards)
 Consolidate estimates CE Construction Finance Advisor and
Chief Controller (FACCA)
 Prepare tender documents with the technical EE CE Construction
and financial specifications
Construction Phase
Transfer of Land  Contractor conducts a check survey to finalize Contractor EE
the sites
 Revenue officer informed about land EE SE
requirements
 Route details are disclosed through EE SE
publication in the AP Gazette, an English Daily
and a Telugu Daily
 The public can raise grievances in case of AE / ADE DE
issues with land securing ESMS Cell
Securing RoW  Approach farmers for RoW AE & Contractor SE OMC and EE
Construction
 Give RoW compensation for tower footing as Revenue Department
per District Collector’s directions
Compensation for Land  Compensation for government land is MRO District Collector
determined
 Compensation for private land is determined Negotiating Committee CE Construction
(Govt. Representative,
State Board Officer,
Page 146
Local DE, Evaluator from
Private Party)
 Compensation for crop damage determined Agriculture Officer under
Revenue Department
Grievance Redressal  Public consultations are undertaken in case of AE & Contractor SE OMC and EE
resistance Construction
 Negotiations regarding compensation AE & Contractor SE OMC and EE
Construction
 In case affected persons have grievances even CGRF CMD
after the public consultations, they can raise ESMS Cell
their concerns through CGRF
Approvals from other  Help from police department is sought in case AE/ADE SE OMC and EE
Departments of anticipated disruptions to traffic Construction
 Topographical map of the project area is EE SE OMC and EE
prepared. The map also identifies the railway, Construction
telecom and defence crossings.
 Determine the fault levels for 132 kV APTRANSCO Head PTCC
Quarter
 Determine fault levels for 220kV lines PTCC PTCC
 Approvals from appropriate departments PTCC Appropriate Department
(BSNL, Railway and Defence) (BSNL, Railway and
Defence)
 Chief conservator of forest is informed if any CE Construction Principal Chief
forest area is required Conservator of Forest
 Secure 2 times the forest land as a District Collector Full board of
compensation APTRANSCO
Page 147
The process to implement the ESMF is provided below:
Project Identification
• Long Term Systems Study

• Field Feasibility Report for load demand
• Resource planning
• Formulation of scheme
Site and Route Planning
• Detailed survey including Environment & Social Assessment to determine

substation site & line route
• 3 alternatives proposed & least problematic selected
• Identification of forest, railway, defence etc. land that may be required
Project Approvals
APTRANSCO Principal Chief PTCC Rail, Defence,

Revenue Dept. Telecom
Full Board for Conservator for Fault
for Land Depts. etc. for
Project for Forests Levels
Route
Detailed Project Planning

• Walk through survey of route
• Development of Environment and Social Framework, Resettlement Framework
and Tribal Peoples Framework
• Public disclosure of Frameworks
• Environment and Social Assessment based on Frameworks for developing
Environment and Social Management Plans, RAP and TPP
• Public Disclosure of Plans
• Include Frameworks and Plans in bidding document
Project Implementation
• Secure land for substations – ensure management as per ESMP. RFCTLARRA

2013 to be applied as needed
• Secure RoW as per ESMP
• Implement RAP and TPP if required
• Monitor construction for environmental & social impacts as per ESMP
Operation and Maintenance
• Monitor operations for environmental & social impacts as per ESMP
Page 148
9.2 APSPDCL/APEPDCL
The impacts of a distribution project are similar in nature to those of transmission projects.
However, as transmission substations and towers require more area then distribution
substations and poles; and as transmission lines carry very high voltage, the impacts
created by transmission projects are more critical than those created by the distribution
projects. The institutional arrangements to manage the impacts created by distribution
projects are as follows:
 Securing Land:
- In urban areas, the land is provided by Municipal Corporation
- The land allotted should not change the land use pattern in the city. For instance,
courts do not allow land allotted for parks to be used for setting-up substations.
- The District Collector can permit construction anywhere other than on forest land
and reserved areas
- Community consultations are undertaken in case transformers and lines are
situated close to houses / shops.
- Residential complexes usually have space for transformer installation in their floor
plan
- For setting-up transformers in commercial area, alternative sites are identified in
consultation with the people
- A negotiating committee consisting of a Govt. Representative, State Board Officer,
Local DE and a valuator from a private party is constituted to negotiate price for
securing private property
 Transformers are fenced or insulated to prevent the accidents. Caution boards are put
up at appropriate location to avoid accidents
 The ADE Construction and the DE construction coordinate with the municipal
corporation while digging for under-ground cabling to ensure that underground
drainage systems are not damaged
 The ADE Construction and the DE construction coordinate with the police department to
regulate traffic during construction
 The Superintending Engineer/Operations submits the design to the local railway
authority for approval in case Railway crossings are in or around the route of the
distribution line
 Filed Staff (AE/ADE) negotiate for RoW and clearance between conductor and trees
 Handling sick transformers:
− AE/Operations and ADE/operations identify and inspect the sick unit on field and
prepare a preliminary report.
− The sick unit along with the preliminary report is sent to the Special Maintenance
Unit, where the transformer is further inspected to determine the cause of the fault
Page 149
− In case, the unit cannot be repaired an estimate is prepared and sent to corporate
office of DISCOMS, where a committee of 5 to 6 officers is formed to supervise the
scraping of the transformer including removal of waste oil, scrapping of aluminum
and copper coil and scrapping of iron in the body of the transformer
− The oil is stored in sealed drums and all scrap, including oil, is devoluted to
DISCOMS stores, where the scraps are stored until auction to registered recyclers.
SPDCL and EPDCL have identified an Environment and Social Management member to
manage the potential social and environmental impacts from the proposed projects.
SPDCL: SE/Civil
EPDCL: EE/Civil
Page 150
10. Grievance Redressal Mechanism
The grievance redressal mechanism (GRM) provides the procedure to address/resolve the
concerns and grievances of people affected by the projects. All the three utilities have three
systematic and robust mechanism for addressing the grievances. The formal arrangements
existing for DISCOMS is quite exhaustive as the framework rests on consultative
mechanisms involving officials as well non-official representation:
APSPDCL/APEPDCL
Informal mechanisms to resolve grievances are described below:
 Any person with grievance can visit the local office of the utility for redressal. The DE is
the main officer to handle any complaints.
 Awareness camps are held in villages to inform about the new initiatives of the utilities
like the proposed project to replace existing irrigation pump sets with the energy-
efficient pump sets. People can raise their complaints during these camps.
SPDCL and EPDCL also have a formal framework in place to address the grievances. The
key mechanisms available are described below:
 Substation Advisory Committee
 District Electrical Coordination Committee
 Meet the CMD
 Online registration of complaints
 Registering complaints at a Toll-Free number
 Grievance Redressal in Scheduled Areas
 Grievance Redressal Forum
 Judicial intervention
Substation Advisory Committee

A Substation Advisory Committee has been constituted at each sub-station of the discoms.
The committee is headed by the local MLA (Member of Legislative Assembly) and meets
once every month. During the committee meetings the farmers and consumers can raise
their grievances to the MLA.
District Electrical Coordination Committee

District Electrical Coordination Committee are constituted for all Central Government aided
projects and is chaired by the District Collector (DC). The committee is a forum for
consumers to raise their concerns regarding the central Government aided-projects.
Page 151
Meet the CMD - Spandana
Consumer meetings are held at the corporate office of SPDCL (in Tirupati) and EPDCL (in
Vishakhapatnam) every Monday from 9:30 AM onwards. Consumers/public with
grievances can personally meet the CMD and other senior officials of SPDCL and EPDCL.
Apart from consumers, contractors can also participate in ‘Spandana’
Online registration of complaints

Consumers can register the complaints on the website of SPDCL and EPDCL
Registering complaints at a Toll-Free number

The consumers can call a toll-free number to register the complaint. A centralised call
centre has been established (Number #1912) to receive supply related complaints. Also, a
toll free number has been established where consumers can directly raise their concerns
to CMD of the utilities on every Monday 9 AM onwards.
Grievance Redressal in Scheduled Areas

A coordination committee consisting of the Project Officer from Integrated Tribal
Development Authority (ITDA) and the DE of the distribution utility is constituted to redress
grievances in Scheduled Areas.
Grievance Redressal Forum

In case people have any grievances, they can register a complaint with the utility. An
acknowledgement receipt is issued for every complaint registered and in cases where the
consumer receives inadequate/no response for the complaint filed, s/he can appraoach the
Consumer Grievance Redressal Forum (CGRF) referring to the acknowledgement receipt
number. CGRF provides a complaint copy to the utility for comments within five days.
Utility has to provide comments on the CGRF intimation within ten days. If case of no reply
from utility, the forum proceeds on the basis of the material available on record.
Page 152
 If any issues are identified by the consumer, s/he can register a complaint with call
center of the utility or on the website.
 The complaint must be mentioned in detail on a white paper along with the
following:--Contact details of the complainant (viz., address, cell phone details) and
Registration of support documents
Complaint
 Acknowledgement receipt is issued for every complaint registered.
 In case consumer receives inadequate/no response for the complaint filed, s/he can
approach the Consumer Grievance Redressal Forum (CGRF) referring to the
acknowledgement receipt number.
 CGRF provides a complaint copy to the utility for comments within five days.
Grievance Redressal  Utility has to provide comments on the CGRF intimation within ten days.
Forum  If case of no reply from utility, the forum proceeds on the basis of the material
available on record.

 CGRF intimates hearing date to all parties in writing.
 CGRF members record and document their opinion as evidence at forum office.
 Consumer may represent the case through an advocate or qualified person of his/her
choice duly at the hearing (after authorizing him/her).
Decision of the Forum  Decision of CGRF is recorded in writing and communicated to the complainant and
the utility for compliance within 45 days from the date of receipt of complaint.
Judicial Intervention
In case the grievances are not resolved at the utility level. The people can approach the
judicial authority and file a court case against the utilities.
Outreach and publicity

Consultations with the consumers revealed that consumers in rural areas are not aware of
most of the grievance redressal mechanisms. They approach local lineman (for
APTRASNCO and DISCOMS) in case of any complaint and the lineman either resolves it or
escalates the issue to appropriate level. There is a need to publicize various mechanisms
for GRM like the toll free number and SPANDANA.
APTRANSCO
APTRANSCO’s ROG mechanisms are bit different as they have very little to interact with
the consumers directly. Their interface is chiefly with the people on whose lands towers/
corridors are laid, contractors, labourers, and other departments and utilities. Currently, the
arrangements are as follows:
Page 153
office. For the World Bank Projects, the ESMS cell will support the DE in resolving any
project related grievances before escalation to ED Planning and HRD. Towards enabling
this support, the following supplementary measures are planned: (i) online registration
of complaints; (ii) registration of complaints on toll free numbers; (iii) receipt of
grievances through sub-station advisory as well as district electrical coordination
committees; (iv) receipt of grievances through ITDAs in schedule areas; and (v)
Spandana viz., regional meetings with the CMD.
Immediate Action
Complainant Local Divisional Engineer
Action within 30 days Not addressed

in 30 days
ED Planning & HRD at corporate

Grievance office
Redressed Action within 30 days & Supported by appropriate officer
Decision within 60 days in ESMS cell
Not addressed
Court of Law
The grievance redressal mechanism provides the mechanism to address/resolve the

concerns and grievances of people affected by the projects. The minor concerns of the
people are usually handled through the public consultations undertaken during the
construction phase. The GRM at each utility is elaborated below:
Page 154
APTRANSCO
The mechanism for grievance redressal is provided below:
office.
For the World Bank Projects, the ESMS cell will support the DE in resolving any project
related grievances before escalation to ED Planning and HRD.
Immediate Action

in 30 days
ED Planning & HRD at corporate

Grievance office
Redressed Action within 30 days & Supported by appropriate officer
Decision within 60 days in ESMS cell
Not addressed
Court of Law
Page 155
11. Monitoring Plan
This section details out the plan to monitor the implementation of social impact
management and mitigation measures and grievance redressal mechanism.
The ESMS cell of the APTRASNCO and the environment and social member of the project
team for Discoms has overall responsibility for achieving the environmental and social
performance. They will be responsible for monitoring the ESMF, including monitoring the
implementation of the ESMF and subsequent preparation, implementation and monitoring
of environmental and social safeguards for the sub-projects.
Utilities in coordination with forest/revenue officials will monitor timely implementation of

various activities such as compensatory afforestation, ROW maintenance, prevention of
fire hazards, natural regeneration of vegetation etc.
The environmental and social monitoring plan for each project will be integrated with
construction, operation and maintenance and shall be monitored by the ESMS
cell/designated environment and social member on a monthly basis.
The Environment and Social Member (Discoms) and the field staff (Concerned EE/Civil in
field - covering the jurisdiction of the Transmission Project, Concerned DE/Construction in
Vidyut Soudha, looking after the Transmission Project) of ESMS cell (APTRANSCO) will
also perform supervision site visits during the construction and operations phases of the
sub-projects to confirm that environmental and social safeguards are being effectively
implemented, and status of the same will be reported periodically in the site visit reports.
Participation of PAPs in the monitoring will also be ensured through regular consultation
and their active participation. Major monitoring indicator identified for regular monitoring
of activities will be carried out by different department at field and will be reviewed by the
designated officer (ESMS cell or designated environment and social member) on monthly
basis.
The quarterly and annual reports on the key steps, outputs and results of the environmental
and social management actions taken to support the implementation of the ESMF and the
sub-projects will be prepared. The Environment and Social Member (corporate members
of ESMS cell (SE / PM / 400 kV / APTRASNCO / VS / Hyderabad, SE / PM / Construction /
APTRANSCO / VS / Hyderabad, EE / Civil / APTRANSCO /VS / Hyderabad) will track the
overall status and any shortcomings in the implementation of the ESMF and of any
circumstances or occurrences that could adversely impact the environmental and social
performance of the project beyond the already anticipated impacts.
Page 156
Monitoring plan for a subproject
The primary objective of monitoring is to verify the absence of or record environmental
and social impacts resulting from the subproject activities and to ensure compliance with
the "mitigation measures" identified earlier under the ESIA/ESMP/RAP/TPPF/GAP in order
to prevent or reduce adverse impacts and enhance positive impacts from project activities.
Monitoring during pre-construction:

Before construction work on a sub-project begins, the environment and social member will
be responsible for monitoring and ensuring effective implementation of the environment
and social mitigation/management measures related to conducting of SIA, land securing
and payment of compensation as required for their respective subprojects. The following
table provides the general parameters to be monitored during the pre-construction phase.
Guidelines for social monitoring during pre-construction phase

Activity / Issues Parameter to be Measurement & Monitoring Applicability
monitored frequency Responsibility T* D*
Securing land for  SIA process  Monthly until  ESMS Cell √
substations carried out completed
 Distribution of  Monthly until  ESMS Cell

compensation / completed
entitlements for
land
 Implementation  Quarterly until  State Monitoring
of R&R Scheme completed Committee
 Consultation  Once  ESMS Cell

with local
authorities/
autonomous
councils and
land owners
Location of  Consultation  Once  CE Zone or SE √ √
overhead line with local OMC
towers/poles/ authorities/ (APTRANSCO)
laying of autonomous  DE Construction
underground councils and (Discoms)
distribution line & land owners on
location of
alignment and
overhead line
design
towers/poles/
laying of
underground
distribution line
Page 157
& alignment and
design
 Consultation  Once  CE Zone or SE √ √
with local OMC
authorities/ (APTRANSCO)
autonomous  DE Construction
councils and (Discoms)
land owners on
location of
overhead line
towers/poles/
laying of
underground
distribution line
& alignment and
design
 Payment of  Quarterly till  Concerned EE √
damages / process is Civil in the field
compensation completed (covering
jurisdiction of
APTRANSCO
project) (also a
member of
ESMS cell)
 DE Construction
(Discoms)
 PTCC Approval  Once  PTCC √
Guidelines for environmental monitoring during pre-construction phase

Parameter Frequency Responsibility
Completion of Environment One Time at start of sub-project  Environment and
assessment Social Member for
EPDCL and SPDCL
 ESMS cell for
APTRANSCO
Monitoring during construction:

During implementation of all subprojects, the environment and social member will be
responsible for monitoring and ensuring effective implementation of the environmental
and social mitigation/enhancement measures (including health and safety measures)
outlined in the ESIA/ESMP//RAP/TPPF/GAP for their respective subprojects.
Following table provides the general environmental parameters to be monitored during the
construction phase of the sub-projects.
Page 158
Guidelines for social monitoring during construction phase
Laying of  Discovery of  Quarterly  Concerned EE √ √
underground cultural property Civil in the field
cables or lines  Approval from (covering
near heritage / Department of jurisdiction of
tourist sites Archaeology APTRANSCO
and Museums, project) (also a
Andhra Pradesh member of
ESMS cell)
 DE Construction
(Discoms) under
supervision of
Environment
and Social
member
Construction of  Presence of  Daily for safety  Concerned EE √ √
substation and documented equipment Civil in the field
laying of lines health & safety  Weekly for other (covering
protocols measures jurisdiction of
 Safety manger APTRANSCO
present at site project) (also a
during member of
construction ESMS cell)
 Use of safety  Construction
equipment by contractor & DE
workers Construction
 Presence of (Discoms)
signboards at
appropriate
locations
 Adequate
sanitation /
safety standards
at camps
 Signboards /  Weekly for  Concerned EE √ √
instructions are signboards Civil in the field
displayed at  Monthly for (covering
appropriate compensation jurisdiction of
places APTRANSCO
 Use of insulated project) (also a
wires in member of
congested areas ESMS cell)
 Compensation is  Construction
paid contractor & DE
Page 159
Construction
(Discoms)
 Site is  Weekly  Concerned EE √ √

adequately lit at Civil in the field
night (covering
 Access roads are jurisdiction of
usable APTRANSCO
project) (also a
member of
ESMS cell)
 Construction
contractor & DE
Construction
(Discoms)
 Labour laws are  Monthly  Concerned EE √ √

being followed Civil in the field
 Welfare facilities (covering
are available jurisdiction of
APTRANSCO
project) (also a
member of
ESMS cell)
 DE Construction
(Discoms)
Guidelines for environmental monitoring during construction phase

Ambient air (dust levels with Once every week, particularly during Construction
respect to Respirable excavation and operation of heavy contractor, under
Particulate Matter – PM10) equipment guidance of the
respective Social and
Environment Member
Ambient noise levels Continuous for 24 hrs once in a week Construction
as per The Noise Pollution contractor, under
(Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, guidance of the
particularly during operation of heavy respective Social and
equipment Environment Member
Surface Water Quality (pH, Once before initiating the Construction contractor
TSS, BOD5, COD, oil & construction activities and once under the guidance of
grease) during the construction period (at a respective Social and
location downstream of the work Environment Member
area)
Page 160
Guidelines for environmental monitoring during construction phase
Storage and disposal of used Provision of a covered shed with Construction contractor
oil impervious floor for storage of waste under the guidance of
oil containers respective Social and
Monitoring once a week during the Environment Member
construction period, as and when
needed
Visual monitoring of drainage Weekly Construction contractor
congestion within around Monthly under the guidance of
subproject location respective Social and
Environment Member
Visual monitoring of traffic Daily basis as and when needed Construction contractor
within around sub project under the guidance of
location respective Social and
Environment Member
Monitoring and surveillance Once a week Construction contractor
for prevention of fire hazard under the guidance of
respective Social and
Environment Member
In addition to the above, routine monitoring will be carried-out to ensure that:

 All personnel at the project sites are provided with personal protective equipment
like helmets, goggles, safety shoes, ear plugs, hand gloves etc. by the contractor
 Dust suppression measures like sprinkling of water are ensured at all operations
areas by the contractor
 Suitable first aid facilities for handling emergency situation like fire, explosion,
electrocution, etc. are provided at the work and camp sites by the contractor.
 The storage areas of hazardous materials are provided with necessary facilities
to prevent spillage, percolation into the ground.
 Necessary permits for storage of inflammable / hazardous materials are obtained.
 The construction workers, supervisors and engineers are properly trained and
qualified.
 The construction sites are access controlled.
 Measures outlined in the RAP and/or TPPF, if any, are being implemented as
described in the plans (RAPs and TPPF will include specific monitoring
arrangements).
 Apart from general monitoring of mitigation/enhancement measures and health
and safety protocols (as outlined in the ESMF and Tender Document), important
environmental parameters to be monitored during the construction phase of the
subprojects include noise level, water quality, drainage congestion, and traffic
problems. However, the requirement and frequency of monitoring would depend
Page 161
on the type of subproject, the anticipated impacts and the field situation, and will
have to be determined during preparation of the ESMP.
Monitoring during operation

The following table presents guideline for monitoring of environmental parameters
during operation phase.
Guidelines for social monitoring during operation phase
Operation and  Use of safety  Weekly  Concerned EE √ √
maintenance of equipment by Civil in the field
substations and workers (covering
maintenance of  Presence of jurisdiction of
lines signboards at APTRANSCO
appropriate project) (also a
locations member of
 Adequate ESMS cell)
sanitation /  DE Operations
safety standards (Discoms)
 Signboards /  Weekly for  Concerned EE √ √

instructions are signboards Civil in the field
displayed at  Monthly for (covering
appropriate compensation jurisdiction of
places APTRANSCO
 Compensation is project) (also a
paid member of
ESMS cell)
 DE Operations
(Discoms)
Guidelines for environmental monitoring during operation phase

Parameter Monitoring Resource Required Comment
Frequency and responsibility
Unsafe Trees Once every month, Vehicle with Ladder Results to be reported
and as directed by and cutting to the Utility
Field Engineer accessories;
maintenance team’s
responsibility
Dielectric strength of Once in 6 months, Testing equipment, Results to be reported
Transformers and as directed by the Monitoring team to the Utility
Field Engineer
Tan – ð test Once in 10 years, and Testing equipment, Results to be reported
as directed by the Monitoring team to Utility
Field Engineer
Page 162
Water Pollution Once in 6 months, Testing equipment, Results to be reported
and as directed by the Monitoring team to Utility
Field Engineer
Soil / water During routine Visual inspection Results to be reported
contamination due to maintenance to Utility
spillage / leakage of
hazardous chemicals
and oil
Page 163
12. Training and Capacity Building
Training and development of employees is an integral part for implementation of ESMF
and ESMP. Training needs identification has been carried out at corporate and field level,
based on which focused training modules are suggested for:
 Strengthening in-house corporate level capacity and the capacities of the field
offices to implement the provision of ESMP.
 Creating Awareness, providing the tools for implementation of Environmental and
Social Policy, and accompanying set of management procedure
ESMS cell (for APTRANSCO), environment and social member (for EPDCL and SPDCL)
and Field office are key stakeholders identified for implementation of ESMPs. The training
programs, identified in the table below, are to be conducted with the help of local or
national training institutions and experts in various aspects of environmental and social
management.
Suggested Sessions Target Audience

EA & SA process including screening of Tribal Field Staff, ESMS cell (APTRANSCO),
population Environment and Social Member (EPDCL and
SPDCL)
Formulate and Implement ESMP, GAP & TPP Field Staff, ESMS cell (APTRANSCO),
Environment and Social Member (EPDCL and
SPDCL)
ESMF & project cycle ESMS cell (APTRANSCO), Environment and
Social Member (EPDCL and SPDCL)
Awareness of Central/State laws, policies on Field Staff, ESMS cell (APTRANSCO),
environment and social aspects Environment and Social Member (EPDCL and
SPDCL)
Monitoring the implementation of ESMP, TPP, ESMS cell (APTRANSCO), Environment and
GAP and RAP Social Member (EPDCL and SPDCL)
Redressing Greviances of Scheduled Tribes Field Staff, DE, ESMS cell (APTRANSCO),
Environment and Social Member (EPDCL and
SPDCL)
Page 164
13. Cost and Budget
The costs incurred to implement the various requirements of the ESMF are budgeted and
adequate financial provisions are required to meet the management measures to be
undertaken to mitigate the impacts as underlined in this ESMF document. The tentative
cost estimates for environmental and social management are provided below:
Environment Management: APTRANSCO and APSPDCL/APEPDCL
Item Cost (in INR) per sample

(on estimation)
Construction phase
1. Ambient air quality monitoring as per the NAAQ standards 5,000

(Particulate Matter – PM10)
2. Ambient noise levels testing 1,000
3. Water Quality testing as per the 5,000

IS 10500 standards
Operation phase
4. Water quality testing as per the IS 10500 standards. 5,000

Total: 16,000*
*Note: Our conservative estimate will be max 10 samples per scheme i.e a longitudinal
Transmission line laying project including receiving station.
Social Management Framework: APTRANSCO

1. Management of Social Impact 24,00,00,000 RoW – Compensatory Plan

for Temporary Damages.
2. Monitoring 0 Monitoring will be

undertaken by employees
of the utilities and hence no
additional cost
3. Training and Capacity Building 1,16,000  2-day training covering

all aspects
 4 resource persons (one
each for ESMF, GAP,
TPP, Monitoring). 8000
per resource person for
2-3 hr session
Page 165
 Trainings will be held at
offices of respective
utility so no venue cost
 Assuming INR 60,000
for logistics including
travel and food for
participants
 Assuming INR 24000 for
travel cost for resource
person
4. GRM (including spend on publicity) Part of overall project

management spend
Total: 24,01,16,000
Social Management Framework: APEPDCL/APSPDCL
1. Management of Social Impact 10,00,000 For crop damages during

HVDS work and Damage
to any structure, road, any
other public utility like
water pipes etc. during UG
cabling
2. Monitoring Monitoring will be

undertaken by employees
and hence no additional
cost
3. Training and Capacity Building 76,000  2-day training covering

all aspects
 4 resource persons
(one each for ESMF,
GAP, TPP, Monitoring).
8000 per resource
person for 2-3 hr
session
 Trainings will be held
at offices of respective
utility so no venue cost
 Assuming INR 20,000
for logistics including
travel and food
Page 166
 Assuming INR 24000
for travel cost for
resource person
4. GRM (including spend on Mechanism in place. Need

publicity) based expenditure will be
made as and when
required.
Total: 10,76,000
Page 167
14. Consultations and Disclousre
Consultations
This ESMF has been drafted in consultation with

the three utilities – APTRANSCO, APEPDCL and
APSPDCL. Input and feedback was sought from
key personnel in these utilities at regular
intervals during the drafting of the framework to
capture all major environmental and social risks
at different stages of the project; i.e. pre-
construction, construction, and operation and
maintenance. Through these consultations, the
relevant policies and laws were identified that
safeguard against social and environmental
risks and on the basis of these mitigation
measures were created. Further, the mechanisms for implementing the framework,
monitoring the progress and addressing grievances were also defined.
The draft ESMF that was created through these consultations was then shared with the
World Bank whose inputs further strengthened the framework. Details of consultations are
provided below:
S. Date Venue of Consultation Participants No. of person

No. attended
1 15th Distribution Transformers in Local staff of SPDCL, 6
March the urban areas of Tirupati Environment and Social
Member
2 March Multiple consultation at Representative from 30
and April Corporate office and field SPDCL, EPDCL and
office of utilities APTRANSCO
3 6th May Transmission Substation at Farmers 9 (including 3
Vayalpad women
farmers)
4 7th July to Multiple locations in East Farmers 226
13th July Godavari, West Godavari,
Vishakhapatnam, Vijaynagram
and Srikakulam district
5. 25th July Telephonic or office of Deputy Project Officer, ITDA Rampachoda;
to 29th respective stakeholder Monitoring officer, CEA; Joint Director,
July APERC; EE Kadapa and EE Kurnool,
Irrigation Department; Sub-collector,
Vijaywada; Section Officer Chennai, MoEF;
Deputy Conservator of Forest, Hyderabad;
APPCB Hyderabad
6 1st Aug to Multiple locations in Kurnool Farmers 15
5th Aug*
Page 168
7 4th Aug* East Godavari Tribals 10
*Planned
Broadly the following points emerged from the consultations:
 The respondents stated that the process

followed for erecting towers is as follows:
APTRANSCO surveyed the location a year
before and marked the tower locations; the
respondents upon discovering that their
land was to be used for the project
approached the AE / ADE present in the
field about their concerns; the AE / ADE
held discussions with the respondents to
address their concerns.
 The respondents stated that they received
compensation for crop and tree damage
though some claimed that they did not
receive compensation for cutting of Neem
trees. APTRANSCO had clarified to these
respondents that compensation was only
given for fruit-bearing tress as per
decision of the Agriculture Department.
 Some respondents stated that they did not
receive RoW compensation for the tower
footing. APTRANSCO clarified that as the
project was undertaken before the
issuance of guidelines by the A.P.
Government RoW compensation for tower
footing was not given. In projects initiated
after the issuance of the guidelines,
APTRANSCO has been paying RoW compensation for the tower footing as well. This
was confirmed by a farmer affected by an ongoing project of APTRANSCO, who stated
he had received INR 55,000 as RoW compensation for the tower footing and INR 39,000
for crop damage.
 Respondents felt that the value of their land diminishes due to overhead high-tension
wires passing over their land, as it is difficult to change the land use and sell the land
for real estate purposes.
 One of the groundnut farmers stated that initially after construction of the tower, she
did not sow below the tower because of the fear of electric shock. But now she uses that
land and her yield has gone up to the level prior to construction of tower.
Page 169
 Women land right owners confirmed that the
amount of compensation was transferred to their
bank account.
 Respondents are not aware of the GRM
mechanism. They usually approach the lineman in
case of any problem.
From the consultations, it was concluded that there is

a need to strengthen the outreach activities and
ensure that the affected population are aware of the
applicable government policies/rules regarding
compensation and the GRM. Further, their concerns
regarding health and safety should be addressed to
avoid misconceptions like threat of electric shock from
tower footing.
Disclosure
The final draft of the ESMF, RPF, TPPF and GAP were disclosed on the websites of the three
utilities, i.e. APTRANSCO, APEPDCL and APSPDCL for the information of the general
public. Following the online publication of the documents, each utility held a public
disclosure workshop to solicit the feedback / comments / recommendations of key
stakeholders including: other government departments, academic institutes, NGOs and
community based organisations, media, and members of the general public.
During these workshops, the utilities informed the participants of the different components
of the World Bank supported schemes, the potential social and environmental impact that
these schemes may have, and the proposed management and mitigation measures that
will be put in place. This was followed by a detailed presentation on the ESMF, RPF, TPPF
and GAP documents. The floor was then thrown open for the participants to ask questions
and provide their feedback on the documents. This feedback was documented and the
relevant comments / suggestions have been incorporated into this ESMF document. The
subsequent tables provide information regarding the workshops held, the main points
raised and the response / action taken to address these points; the complete minutes of all
three disclosure workshops can be found in Annexure 11.
Details of Disclosure Workshops Held
S.No. Utility Location Date No. of Participants
1. APEPDCL Eluru 19.08.2016 --
2. APSPDCL Tirupati 29.08.2016 81
3. APTRANSCO Vijayawada 03.09.2016 67
Page 170
Summary of Key Discussion Points from Disclosure Workshops
S.No. Query / Comment / Feedback Response / Action Taken
Discussions regarding Distribution Projects
The utilities said that this option will be
Under the HVDS works, if proposed
examined. Further the ESMF recommends
lines are to pass through tree
1. avoiding such plantations where possible
plantations such as oil palm fields
and that utilities are to minimize damage /
should be shifted to adjacent roads
inconvenience caused by the proposed works
Under the HVDS works, where it is not
The utilities said that this option of covered
possible to avoid tree plantations,
conductors will be examined and that that
2. insulated conductors may be used to
old conductors will be replaced wherever
avoid accidents. Also old conductors
necessary
should be replaced to avoid accidents
Existing single phase 15 KVA
transformers for agricultural services The utilities responded that single phase
3.
should be converted to HVDS in order to transformers will also be converted to HVDS
limit power supply to 7 hours
Under the HVDS works, AB switches are
The utilities confirmed that under the World
required so that line faults can be
4. Bank supported works AB switches have
rectified during the 7 hours when three
been proposed
phase power is available
The utilities stated that the required
Under the smart meter scheme, care precautions would be taken and that e-waste
should be taken of the e-waste will be disposed through MSTC by e-auction.
5.
generated in the process of replacing The ESMF has been updated to include
electronic meter with smart meters management of e-waste in the environmental
impacts and mitigation measures chapter.
The utilities responded that in the majority of
the cases government lands are being
Where new substations are being
selected for substations. In the unlikely
constructed, if land is procured from
chance that private land is procured, the rate
6. private parties rate should be paid at
will be determined as per government policy
market rate as the government rate is
and employment on contract basis will be
very low
provided to any one of the family members
of land owners.
Discussions regarding Transmission Projects
Compensation for diminution of land
7.
value should be paid for RoW corridor
APTRANSCO clarified that the compensation
100% of land value should be
8. rates are determined by the Revenue
compensated for tower footing
Department as per prevailing government
Higher compensation should be paid for
rules and policies and that the utility has no
crop damage. This should be calculated
9. role to play in calculating the compensation.
based on the per square yard market
value of the crop rather than the current
Page 171
S.No. Query / Comment / Feedback Response / Action Taken
practice of considering market value per
acre of crop
Compensation should be based on the
location of the project area; higher
10. compensation should be paid for
locations closer to urban centers relative
to those in rural areas
The ESMF already recommends careful route
While designing the route plan,
alignment to avoid settlements wherever
APTRANSCO should consider the
possible. APTRANSCO coordinates with a
11. layouts approved by the Revenue
number of other governmebt departments
Department so as to avoid any areas
including the Revenue Department while
with any planned construction
selecting the most appropriate route
The final ESMF, RPF, TPPF and GAP will be disclosed to the general public as well. The
following mechanisms are suggested for disclosure:
 Upload the final documents on the website of each utility

 A copy of the documents is made available at panchayat and municipal
corporation office
 A copy of the documents is made available at the local offices of the utilities
Page 172
Annexure 1 – Definitions
The definitions provided below are as per Chapter 1 Section 3 of the Right to Fair
Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act,
2013 (RFCTLARRA 2013).
An officer appointed for the purpose of rehabilitation and resettlement of
Administrator
affected families under sub-section 1 of section 43 of the RFCTLARRA 2013
Such area as may be notified by the Appropriate Government for the purposes
Affected Area
of land acquisition
Includes:
(i) A family whose land or other immovable property has been acquired;
(ii) A family which does not own any land but a member or members of
such family may be agricultural labourers, tenants including any form of
tenancy or holding of usufruct right, share-croppers or artisans who
may be working in the affected area for three years prior to the
acquisition of the land, whose primary source of livelihood stand
affected by the acquisition of land’
(iii) The Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers who have
lost any of their forest rights recognized under the Scheduled Tribes
and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act,
Affected
2006 due to acquisition of land;
Family
(iv) Family whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the
acquisition of the land is dependent on forests or water bodies and
includes gatherers of forest produce, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen
and such livelihood is affected due to acquisition of land;
(v) A member of the family who has been assigned land by the State
Government or the Central Government under any of its schemes and
such land is under acquisition;
(vi) A family residing on any land in the urban areas for preceding three
years or more prior to the acquisition of the land or whose primary
source of livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition of the land is
affected by the acquisition of such land
Means:
(i) In relation to acquisition of land situated within the territory of a State,
the State Government;
(ii) In relation to acquisition of land for public purpose in more than one
Appropriate
State, the Central Government, in consultation with the concerned State
Government
Governments or Union territories;
Provided that in respect of a public purpose in a District for an area not
exceeding such as may be notified by the Appropriate Government, the
Collector of such District shall be deemed to be the Appropriate Government
Means the Collector of a revenue district, and includes District Commissioner
Collector and any officer specially designated by the Appropriate Government to
perform the function of a Collector under the RFCTLARRA 2013
Page 173
Means the Commissioner for Rehabilitation and Resettlement appointed under
Commissioner
sub-section (1) of section 44 of the RFCTLARRA 2013
Includes:
(i) Amount of compensation which includes solatium, any enhanced
compensation ordered by the Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Authority or the Court and interest payable thereon and
any other amount determined as payable to the affected families by
such Authority or Court;
(ii) Demurrage to be paid for damages caused to the land and standing
corps in the process of acquisition
(iii) Cost of acquisition of land and building for settlement of displaced or
adversely affected families;
Cost of (iv) Cost of development of infrastructure and amenities at the resettlement
Acquisition areas;
(v) Cost of rehabilitation and resettlement as determined in accordance
with the provisions of the RFCTLARRA 2013
(vi) Administrative cost for (a) acquisition of land, including both in the
project site and out of the project area lands, not exceeding such
percentage of the cost of compensation as may be specified by the
Appropriate Government; and (b) rehabilitation and resettlement of
owners of the land and other affected families whose land has been
acquired or proposed to be acquired or other families affected by such
acquisition;
(vii) Cost of undertaking Social Impact Assessment Study
Displaced Means any family, who on account of acquisition of land has to be relocated
Family and resettled form an affected area to the resettlement area
Includes a person, his or her spouse, minor children, minor brothers and
Family minor sisters depended on him: provided that widows, divorces and women
deserted by families shall be considered separate families
Holding of Means the total land held by a person as an owner, occupant or tenant or
Land otherwise
Includes benefits to arise out of land, and things attached to the ear or
Land
permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth
Means such persons or class of persons who may be:
(i) Considered or specified as such under any State law for the time being
Landless in force; or
(ii) In a case of landless not being specified as above, as may be specified
by the Appropriate Government
Page 174
Includes any person:
(i) Whose name is recorded as the owner of the land or building or part
thereof, in the records of the authority concerned; or
(ii) Any person who is granted forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and
Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act,
Land Owner
2006 or under any other aw for the time being in force; or
(iii) Who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any law of
the State including assigned lands; or
(iv) Any person who has been declared as such by an order of the court or
Authority
Includes a town planning authority (by whatever name called) set up under
Local
any law for the time being in force, a Panchayat as defined in article 243 and a
Authority
Municipality as defined in article 243P of the Constitution
Means the value of land determined in accordance with section 26 of the
Market Value
RFCTLARRA 2013
Means:
(i) All persons claiming an interest in compensation to be made on
account of the acquisition of land under the RFCTLARRA 2013
(ii) The Scheduled Tribe and other traditional forest dwellers, who have lost
any forest rights recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other
Person
Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006;
Interested
(iii) A person interested in an easement affecting the land;
(iv) Persons having tenancy rights under the relevant State laws including
share-croppers by whatever name they may be called; and
(v) Any person whose primary source of livelihood is likely to be adversely
affected;
Means a company, a body corporate, an institution, or any other organisation
or person form whom land is to be acquired by the Appropriate Government,
and includes the Appropriate Government, if the acquisition of land is for such
Requiring
Government either for its own use or for subsequent transfer of such land is
Body
for public purpose to a company, body corporate, an institution, or any other
organisation, as the case may be, under lease, licence or through any other
mode of transfer of land
Resettlement Means an area where the affected families who have been displaced as a
Area result of land acquisition are resettled by the Appropriate Government
Scheduled Means the Scheduled Areas as defined in section 2 of the Provision of the
Areas Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996.
Page 175
Annexure 2 – SIA Process
The process of carrying out the SIA is provided for in Section 10 of the A.P. RFCTLARRR
2014. The process is as follows:
(1) The SIA team shall collect and analyse a range of quantitative and qualitative data,
undertake detailed site visits, use participatory methods such as focused group
discussions, participatory rural appraisal techniques and informant interviews in preparing
the Social Impact Assessment report.
(2) All relevant project reports and feasibility studies shall be made available to the SIA
team throughout the SIA process, as required. Any request for information from SIA team
shall be met at the earliest but not exceeding seven days. The District Collector shall be
responsible for providing the information requisitioned by the SIA team.
(3) A detailed assessment based on a thorough analysis of all relevant land records and
data, field verification, review and comparison with similar projects shall be conducted by
the SIA team. The assessment shall determine the following, namely:-
(a) Area of impact under the proposed project, including both land to be acquired and
areas that will be affected by environmental, social or other impacts of the project;
(b) Area and location of land proposed to be acquired for the project;
(c) The land proposed for acquisition is the bare minimum required;
(d) Possible alternative sites for the project and their feasibility;
(e) Whether the land proposed for acquisition is irrigated multi-cropped land and if so,
whether the acquisition is a demonstrable last resort;
(f) Land, if any, already purchased, alienated, leased or acquired, and the intended use
for each plot of land required for the project;
(g) The possibility of use of any public, unutilised land for the project and whether any
of such land is under occupation;
(h) Nature of the land, present use and classification of land and if it is an agricultural
land, the irrigation coverage for the said land and the cropping pattern;
(i) The special provisions with respect to food security have been adhered to in the
proposed land acquisition;
(j) Size of holdings, ownership patterns, land distribution, number of residential
houses, and public and private infrastructure and assets; and
(k) Land prices and recent changes in ownership, transfer and use of lands over the last
three years.
(4) Based on the land assessment, land records and field verification, the SIA team shall
provide an accurate estimate of the number of affected families and the number of
displaced families among them and ensure that, as far as possible, all affected families are
enumerated:
Provided that where enumeration is not possible, a representative sample shall be done.
Page 176
(5) A socio-economic and cultural profile of the affected area must be prepared, based on
available data and statistics, field visits and consultations as per FORM-III:
Provided that in projects where resettlement is required, the identified resettlement sites
shall be visited and a brief socio-economic profile of the land and its current resident
population shall be indicated.
(6) Based on the data collected in processes listed above and in consultation with the
affected communities and key stakeholders, the SIA team shall identify and assess the
nature, extent and intensity of the positive and negative social impacts associated with the
proposed project and land acquisition as per FORM-III.
(7) The SIA process includes the preparation of a Social Impact Management Plan (SIMP),
which will present the ameliorative measures to be undertaken to address the social
impacts identified in the course of the assessment. The SIA team must assess the viability
of impact mitigation and management strategies with clear indication of costs, timelines
and capacities. The Social Impact Management Plan(SIMP) shall include the following
measures-
(a) That have been specified in the terms of Rehabilitation and Resettlement and
compensation for all the categories of affected families as outlined in the Act;
(b) That the Requiring Body has stated that it will undertake in the project proposal and
other relevant project documents; and
(c) That additional measures being undertaken by the Requiring Body, which have been
undertaken by it in response to the findings of the SIA process and public hearings.
(8) The SIA team must provide a conclusive assessment of the balance and distribution of
the adverse social impacts and social costs and benefits of the proposed project and land
acquisition, including the mitigation measures, and provide an assessment as to whether
the benefits from the proposed project exceed the social costs and adverse social impacts
that are likely to be experienced by the affected families or even after the proposed
mitigation measures, the affected families remained at risk of being economically or
socially worse, as a result of the said land acquisition and resettlement.
Page 177
Annexure 3 – Structure of SIA
The structure provided below is as per Form III in the Annexure to the Andhra Pradesh Right
to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation & Resettlement Rules 2014.
I. Part-A: List of socio-economic and cultural parameters to be covered by the SIA
1. Demographic details of the population in the project area

 Age, sex, caste, religion
 Literacy, health and nutritional status
2. Poverty levels
 Vulnerable groups - Women, children, the elderly, women-headed households,
the differently abled
 Kinship patterns and women's role in the family
 Social and cultural organisation
 Administrative organisation
 Political organisation
 Civil society organisations and social movements
3. Land use and livelihood

 Agricultural and non-agricultural use
 Quality of land - soil, water, trees, etc.
 Livestock
 Formal and informal work and employment
 Household division of labour and women's work
 Migration
 Household income levels
 Livelihood preferences
 Food security
4. Local economic activities

 Formal and informal, local industries
 Access to credit
 Wage rates
 Specific livelihood activities women are involved in
5. Factors that contribute to local livelihoods

 Access to natural resources
 Common property resources
 Private assets
 Roads, transportation
 Irrigation facilities
 Access to markets
 Tourist sites
 Livelihood promotion programmes
Page 178
 Co-operatives and other livelihood-related associations
6. Quality of the living environment

 Perceptions, aesthetic qualities, attachments and aspirations
 Settlement patterns
 Houses
 Community and civic spaces
 Sites of religious and cultural meaning
 Physical infrastructure (including water supply, sewage systems etc.)
 Public service infrastructure (schools, health facilities, anganwadi centres,
public distribution system)
 Safety, crime, violence
 Social gathering points for women
II. Part-B: Key impact areas Impacts on land, livelihoods and income
− Level and type of employment Intra-household employment patterns Income
levels
− Food security
− Standard of living
− Access and control over productive resources
− Economic dependency or vulnerability
− Disruption of local economy
− Impoverishment risks
− Women's access to livelihood alternatives
1. Impacts on physical resources

 Impacts on natural resources, soil, air, water, forests
 Pressures on land and common property natural resources for livelihoods
2. Impacts on private assets, public services and utilities

 Capacity of existing health and education facilities
 Capacity of housing facilities
 Pressure on supply of local services
 Adequacy of electrical and water supply, roads, sanitation and waste
management system
 Impact on private assets such as bore wells, temporary sheds etc.
3. Health impacts
 Health impacts due to in-migration
 Health impacts due to project activities with a special emphasis on
 Impact on women's health
 Impact on the elderly
4. Impacts on culture and social cohesion

 Transformation of local political structures
 Demographic changes
 Shifts in the economy-ecology balance
Page 179
 Impacts on the norms, beliefs, values and cultural life
 Crime and illicit activities
 Stress of dislocation
 Impact of separation of family cohesion
 Violence against women
5. Impacts at different stages of the project cycle

The type, timing, duration, and intensity of social impacts will depend on and relate
closely to the stages of the project cycle. Below is an indicative list of impacts:
Pre-construction phase
 Interruption in the delivery of services
 Drop in productive investment
 Land speculation
 Stress of uncertainty
Construction phase
 Displacement and relocation
 Influx of migrant construction workforce
 Health impacts on those who continue to live close to the construction site
6. Operation phase
 Reduction in employment opportunities compared to the construction phase
 Economic benefits of the project
 Benefits on new infrastructure
 New patterns of social organisation
7. De-commissioning phase
 Loss of economic opportunities
 Environmental degradation and its impact on livelihoods
8. Direct and indirect impacts

 "Direct impacts" will include all impacts that are likely to be experienced by the
affected families
 "Indirect impacts" will include all impacts that may be experienced by those not
directly affected by the acquisition of land (i.e. Direct land and livelihood
losers), but those living in the project area
9. Differential impacts
 Impact on women, children, the elderly and the different abled
 Impacts identified through tools such as Gender Impact Assessment
 Checklists, and Vulnerability and Resilience Mapping
Page 180
10. Cumulative impacts
 Measureable and potential impacts of other projects in the area along with the
identified impacts for the project in question.
 Impact on those not directly in the project area but based locally or even
regionally.
III. PART-C. Table of Contents for SIA Report and Social Impact Management Plan
Chapter Contents
1. Executive Summary - Project and public purpose Location
- Size and attributes of land acquisition
- Alternatives considered
- Social Impacts
- Mitigation measures
- Assessment of social costs and benefits
2. Detailed Project - Background of the project, including developers
Description background and governance/ management structure,
- Rationale for project including how the project fits the
public purpose criteria listed in the Act
- Examination of alternatives
- Phases of project construction
- Core design features and size and type of facilities
- Need for ancillary infrastructural facilities
- Work force requirements (temporary and permanent)
- Details of SIA/EIA if already conducted and any technical
feasibility reports
- Applicable legislations and policies
3. Team Composition, - List of all team members with qualifications. Gender experts
Approach, Methodology to be included in team
and Schedule of SIA - Description and rationale for the methodology and tools
used to collect information for the SIA
- Sampling methodology used
- Overview of information/data sources used. Detailed
reference must be included separately in the forms
- Schedule of consultations with key stakeholders and brief
description of public hearings conducted. Details of the
public hearings and the specific feedback incorporated into
the Report must be included in the forms
4. Land Assessment - Describe with the help of the maps, information from land
inventories and primary sources
- Entire area of impact under the influence of the project (not
limited to land area for acquisition)
- Total land requirement for the project
- Present use of any public, unutilised land in the vicinity of
the project area
- Land (if any) already purchased, alienated, leased or
acquired, and the intended use for each plot of land
required for the project
- Quantity and location of land proposed to be acquired for
the project
Page 181
Chapter Contents
- Nature, present use and classification of land and if
agricultural rand, irrigation coverage and cropping patterns
- Size of holdings, ownership patterns, land distribution, and
number of residential houses
- Land prices and recent changes in ownership, transfer and
use of lands over the last 3 years
5. Estimation and - Estimation of the following types of families that are (where
Enumeration required) of affected (a) Directly affected (own land that is
proposed to be Families and assets acquired):
- Are tenants/occupy the land proposed to be acquired
- The Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers
who have lost any of their forest rights
- Depend on common property resources which will be
affected due to acquisition of land for their livelihood
- Have been assigned land by the State Government or the
Central Government under any of its schemes and such
land is under acquisition;
- Have been residing on any land in the urban areas for
preceding three years or more prior to the acquisition of the
land
- Have depended on the land being acquired as a primary
source of livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition
(b) Indirectly impacted by the project (not affected directly
by the acquisition of own lands) (c) Inventory of productive
assets and significant lands
6. Socio-economic and Profile - Demographic details of the population in the project area
(affected area and - Income and poverty levels
resettlement area) - Vulnerable groups
- Land use and livelihood
- Local economic activities
- Factors that contribute to local livelihoods
- Kinship patterns and social and cultural organisation
- Administrative organization
- Political organisation
- Community-based and civil society-organisations
- Regional dynamics and historical change processes
- Quality of the living environment
7. Social Impacts - Framework and approach to identifying impacts
- Description of impacts at various stages of the project cycle
such as impacts on health and livelihoods and culture. For
each type of impact, separate indication of whether it is a
direct / indirect impact, differential impacts on different
categories of affected families and where applicable
cumulative impacts
- Indicative list of impacts areas include: impacts on land,
livelihoods and income, physical resources, private assets,
public services and utilities, health, culture and social
cohesion and gender based impacts
Page 182
Chapter Contents
8. Analysis of Costs and - Final conclusions on: assessment of public benefits
Recommendation on purpose, less-displacing alternatives minimum on
Acquisition requirements of land, the nature and intensity of social
impacts, the viability of the mitigation measures and the
extent to which mitigation measures described in the SIMP
will address the full range of social impacts and adverse
social costs.
- The above analysis will use the equity principle as a criteria
of analysis for presenting a final recommendation on
whether the acquisition should go through or not
9. References and Forms - For reference and further information
Structure of Social Impact Management Plan
The structure provided below is as per Form IV in the Annexure to the Andhra Pradesh Right
to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation & Resettlement Rules 2014.
a) Approach to mitigation
b) Measures to avoid, mitigate and compensate impact
c) Measures that are included in the terms of R&R and compensation as outlined in the
Act
d) Measures that the Requiring Body has stated it will introduce in the Project Proposal
e) Additional measures that the Requiring Body has stated it will undertake in response
to the findings of the SIA process and public hearings
f) The SIMP must include a description of institutional structures and key person
responsible for each mitigation measure and timelines and costs for each activity
Page 183
Annexure 4 – EIA Process
Power transmission and distribution projects do not require an EIA/ Environmental
Clearance as per the EIA notification, 2009 by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF),
Govt. of India (GoI). However, these sub-projects requires Environmental Assessment as
per World Bank’s OP 4.01: Environment Assessment. The consolidated Environmental
Impact Assessment Report is prepared with a basic objective to collate and analyze the
addressal of environmental impacts and environmental management measures. The report
also covers the project compliance with environmental regulations of Government of India
(GoI) and the environmental safeguards requirements of the World Bank.
The EIA team reviews the available documents and assesses the compliance of the
subproject with the respect (i) regulatory clearances (like environmental clearance, forest
clearance, CRZ clearance etc.); (ii) applicable operational policies of WB (iii) analysis of
alternatives; (iv) identifying environmental impacts and integration of environmental
management measures; (v) public consultations and information disclosure etc. The EIA
process involves a number of steps, which are listed below;
a) Assessment of the environmental baseline: This includes the establishment of both

the present and future state of the environment, in the absence of the project, taking
into account the changes resulting from natural events and from other human
activities.
b) Identification of key impacts: This brings together the previous steps with a view to
ensuring that all potentially significant environmental impacts (adverse and
beneficial) are identified and taken into account in the process. The following
impacts of the project shall be assessed by EIA team;
i. Air: The changes in ambient levels and ground level concentrations due to
total emissions from point, line and area sources, effects on soils, materials,
vegetation and human health are to be assessed.
ii. Noise: The changes in ambient levels, due to noise generated from equipment
and movement of vehicles, and their impact on fauna and human health are
to be assessed.
iii. Water: The availability to competing users, changes in quality, sediment
transport and ingress of saline water are to be assessed.
iv. Land: The changes in land use and drainage pattern, land quality including
effects of waste disposal, shoreline/riverbank and their stability are to be
assessed.
v. Biological: The level of deforestation/tree-cutting and shrinkage of animal
habitat, the impact on fauna and flora (including aquatic species, if any) due
Page 184
to contaminants/pollutants and the impact on rare and endangered species,
endemic species, and migratory path/route of animals are to be assessed.
c) The prediction of impacts: This step aims to identify the likely magnitude of the
change (i.e., impact) in the environment when the project is implemented in
comparison with the situation when the project is not carried out.
d) Mitigation: This involves the introduction of measures to avoid, reduce, remedy or
compensate for any significant adverse impacts.
e) A mitigation plan supplemented with an environmental management plan (EMP)
shall be drawn up for the selected option to guide the proponent towards
environmental improvements.
Page 185
Annexure 5 – Sample SMP
An illustrative Social Management Plan is presented below:
Typical “general impacts” during “pre-construction phase” and corresponding mitigation measures for transmission and distribution
projects.
Activity / Potential Applicability Proposed Mitigation and Parameter to be Measurement Monitoring Implementation
Issues Impacts T* D* Enhancement Measures monitored & Responsibility Schedule
frequency
Securing  Loss of √  In case of land acquisition:  SIA process  Monthly  ESMS Cell  On filing of land
land for land, assets − The land should be carried out until requisition by
substation and obtained as per the completed utility
s income; provisions of the
 Change in RFCTLARRA, 2013 and
social the APRFCTLARRR, 2014.  Distribution  Monthly  ESMS Cell  Prior to start of
status − An SIA should be of until substation
 Social conducted and an Expert compensatio completed construction
Inequities Group established to n /
evaluate the same. entitlements
−A Rehabilitation & for land
Resettlement Scheme has  Implementat  Quarterly  State  Prior to start of
to be drafted in ion of R&R until Monitoring substation
accordance with the Scheme completed Committee construction
Resettlement Policy
Framework.
− Compensation and  Consultation  Once  ESMS Cell  Prior to start of
entitlements should be with local substation
paid as per the provisions authorities/ construction
of the RFCTLARRA, 2013 autonomous
− Careful route selection to councils and
avoid existing land owners
settlements and sensitive
locations
Page 186
 Careful selection of site to
avoid existing settlements
and sensitive locations
 Careful selection of site to
avoid encroachment of
socially, culturally and
archaeological sensitive
areas (e.g. sacred groves,
graveyards, religious
worship place, monuments
etc.)
 Ensure women receive
compensation for land in
cases where land rights are
with women
Location  Social √ √  Careful route selection to  Consultation  Once  CE Zone or  At time of
of inequities avoid existing settlements with local SE OMC detailed survey
overhead and sensitive locations authorities/ (APTRANS for route
line  Ensure women receive autonomous CO) alignment
towers/pol compensation for RoW, councils and  DE
es/ and damage to crops, trees land owners Constructio
etc. in cases where land on location n
laying of
rights are with women of overhead (Discoms)
undergrou
line
nd
towers/poles
distributio
/ laying of
n line & undergroun
alignment d
and distribution
design line &
alignment
and design
 Damage to √ √  Careful selection of site  Consultation  Once  CE Zone or  At time of
socially / and route alignment to with local SE OMC detailed survey
Page 187
culturally avoid encroachment of authorities/ (APTRANS for route
sensitive socially, culturally and autonomous CO) alignment
and archaeological sensitive councils and  DE
historical areas (e.g. sacred groves, land owners Constructio
sites graveyards, religious on location n
worship place, monuments of overhead (Discoms)
etc.) line
towers/poles
/ laying of
undergroun
d
distribution
line &
alignment
and design
 Loss of √  Use existing tower or  Payment of  Quarterly  Concerned  Prior to the start
agricultural footings wherever damages / till process EE Civil in of construction
production/ possible. compensatio is the field
change in  Avoid sitting new towers n completed (covering
cropping on farmland wherever jurisdiction
pattern possible of
 Payment for damages APTRANSC
during construction and O project)
compensation for tower (also a
footing member of
ESMS cell)
 Interferenc √  Proposed projects which  PTCC  Once  PTCC  At time of
e with involve lines over 132kV to Approval detailed survey
communica get approval from Power & for route
tion Telecommunication alignment
channel Coordination Committee
(PTCC) before commission
Page 188
Typical “general impacts” during “construction phase” and corresponding mitigation measures for transmission and distribution projects.
Laying of  Damage to √ √  If any cultural property is  Discovery of  Quarterly  Concerned  During

undergrou socially / found during construction, cultural EE Civil in construction
nd cables culturally the work will be stopped property the field
or lines sensitive immediately and  Approval (covering
near and contractor will intimate from jurisdiction
heritage / historical utilities about availability Department of
sites of cultural property of APTRANSC
tourist
 Implementing Agency will Archaeology O project)
sites
intimate to Department of and (also a
Archaeology & Museums, Museums, member of
Andhra Pradesh for Andhra ESMS cell)
approval on how to Pradesh  DE
proceed Constructio
n
(Discoms)
under
supervisio
n of
Environme
nt and
Social
member
Constructi  Impact on √ √  Contractor should follow  Presence of  Daily for  Concerned  During
on of worker defined protocols for documented safety EE Civil in construction
substation health and health & safety health & equipment the field
and laying safety –  Electric Safety Officer to be safety  Weekly for (covering
of lines possibility appointed protocols other jurisdiction
of  Safety manger to be  Safety measures of
electrocutio deployed during manger APTRANSC
n, falling construction present at O project)
from site during (also a
height, and construction
Page 189
exposure to  Construction camps should  Use of safety member of
magnetic have adequate sanitation / equipment ESMS cell)
fields safety facilities by workers  Constructio
 Safety equipment should  Presence of n
be provided to workers signboards contractor
 Signboarding of hazardous at & DE
areas / materials should be appropriate Constructio
done locations n
 Adequate (Discoms)
sanitation /
safety
standards at
camps
 Impact on √ √  Display danger signs at  Signboards /  Weekly for  Concerned  During
community appropriate locations instructions signboards EE Civil in Construction
health and  Display boards with are  Monthly the field
safety due precautions to be adopted displayed at for (covering
to exposure by consumers, owners, appropriate compensat jurisdiction
to electric occupiers, electrical places ion of
currents, contractors, electric  Use of APTRANSC
hazardous workmen and suppliers insulated O project)
materials,  Display of instructions for wires in (also a
electromag resuscitation of persons congested member of
netic fields suffering from electric areas ESMS cell)
etc. shock.  Compensati  Constructio
 Use of insulated wires in on is paid n
highly congested contractor
residential areas & DE
 Compensation is paid to Constructio
non-departmental persons n
in the case of fatal (Discoms)
accidents due to
electrocution.
Page 190
 Safety and √ √  Construction sites are  Site is  Weekly  Concerned  During
security properly lit adequately EE Civil in construction
concerns of  Minimize blockage of lit at night the field
women and access roads  Access (covering
other roads are jurisdiction
population usable of
around the APTRANSC
constructio O project)
n site (also a
member of
ESMS cell)
 Constructio
n
contractor
& DE
Constructio
n
(Discoms)
 Violation of √ √  Contractor should follow  Labour laws  Monthly  Concerned  During
labour labour standards as per are being EE Civil in Construction
standards applicable laws such as followed the field
minimum wages, equal  Welfare (covering
pay for equal work, no child facilities are jurisdiction
labour etc. available of
 Provision of welfare APTRANSC
measures such as O project)
canteens, first aid facilities, (also a
housing accommodation member of
for workers near the work ESMS cell)
place etc.  DE
Constructio
n
(Discoms)
Page 191
Typical “general impacts” during “operation and maintenance phase” and corresponding mitigation measures for transmission and
distribution projects.
Operation  Impact on √ √  Safety equipment should  Use of safety  Weekly  Concerned  During running
and worker be provided to workers equipment EE Civil in of the substation
maintenan health and  Sign boarding of by workers the field
ce of safety – hazardous areas / materials  Presence of (covering
substation possibility should be done signboards jurisdiction
s and of  Careful design at of
electrocutio  Safety awareness appropriate APTRANSC
maintenan
n, falling  Emergency planning locations O project)
ce of lines
from  Sanitation and medical  Adequate (also a
height, and facilities sanitation / member of
exposure to safety ESMS cell)
magnetic standards  DE
fields Operations
(Discoms)
 Impact on √ √  Display danger signs at  Signboards /  Weekly for  Concerned  During running
community appropriate locations instructions signboards EE Civil in of the substation
health and  Display boards with are  Monthly the field
safety due precautions to be adopted displayed at for (covering
to exposure by consumers, owners, appropriate compensat jurisdiction
to electric occupiers, electrical places ion of
current contractors, electric  Compensati APTRANSC
workmen and suppliers on is paid O project)
 Display of instructions for (also a
resuscitation of persons member of
suffering from electric ESMS cell)
shock.  DE
 Compensation is paid to Operations
non-departmental persons (Discoms)
in the case of fatal
accidents due to
electrocution.
Page 192
Annexure 6 – Compensation plan for Temporary
Damages
Unlike in case of substations, for the construction of transmission towers / distribution
poles and the transmission / distributions lines, ownership of the land remains with the
existing owner and is not transferred to the requesting body. The Electricity Act 2003,
provides utilities with powers under the Telegraph Act 1885 which in turn states that land
for the lines and poles (towers) will not be acquired. The utility will have the right of user
only in the property under, over, along, across in or upon which the lines and poles / towers
are placed.
Further affected families will receive compensation for temporary damage as well as for
the land under the tower footing. Thus the compensations are made for following:
 Land under the tower footing
 Damage to trees
 Damage to crops
 Damage to constructed structure
Process to assess temporary damages:

APTRANSCO
Preparation Approval
Pre-Construction Phase
Identify Sites  Detailed Survey carried out Field Staff (EE, AE, Environment and
for to determine route of the ADE) Social Management
Substations transmission line. As part of Cell
and line Route the survey social and
environment assessment CE/Zone and SE OMC
undertaken to determine
whether there are any
residential areas, schools /
hospitals, historical sites,
scheduled areas, forest
areas, water bodies railway
crossings, identification of
vulnerable population
including SCs, STs,
marginal farmers and
women, extent of
temporary damage to
crops, trees, structures etc.
 Three alternatives are
determined and the least
problematic line is chosen
Contracting  Prepare cost estimates for EE APTRANSCP HQ
the Schemes - CE Civil for civil
works
Page 193
- CE Telecom for
telecommunication
- ESMS cell (for
environment and
social safeguards)
 Consolidate estimates CE Construction Finance Advisor and
Chief Controller
(FACCA)
 Prepare tender documents EE CE Construction
with the technical and
financial specifications
Construction Phase
Securing RoW  Approach farmers for RoW AE & Contractor SE OMC and EE
Construction
 Give RoW compensation for Revenue Department
tower footing as per District
Collector’s directions
 RoW compensation for Revenue Department
damage to constructed
Structure
Grievance  Public consultations are AE & Contractor SE OMC and EE
Redressal undertaken in case of Construction
resistance
 Negotiations regarding AE & Contractor SE OMC and EE
compensation Construction
 In case affected persons CGRF CMD
have grievances even after ESMS Cell
the public consultations,
they can raise their
concerns through CGRF
The process to calculate compensation to be paid for transmission projects is provided

below:
 Compensation towards temporary crop and tree damage will be paid as stipulated in
the Electricity Act 2003 and Telegraph Act 1885. The value of compensation for fruit
bearing trees is determined by the horticulture department and this is revised from time
to time. The value of compensation for crop damage is determined by the agriculture
officer and is determined on a case by case basis
 Over and above the normal crop and tree damage, the land owner is compensated for
the land taken up by the tower base. The value of compensation is determined by the
District Collector and is set on the basis of voltage. The compensation is determined
separately for each zone.
− In the Kadapa Zone (comprising of Ananthapur, Kadapa, Kurnool, Chittoor)
− In the Vishakhapatnam Zone
Page 194
o Vizanagaram, Visakhapatnam- compensation for 132 kV towers is INR
55,000 and for 220 kV towers compensation is INR 99,500 per tower
− In the Vijayawada Zone (comprising of Krishna, Guntur, Prakasham, Nellore)
 As of now, RoW compensation is not paid for corridor. Govt. of AP and APTRANSCO
are yet to decide on payment of RoW compensation for corridor.
APEPDCL/APSPDCL
The assessment of temporary damages are undertaken during pre-construction stage when
probable location of poles and route of the distribution line are being decided. As the
location of poles is flexible, efforts are made to avoid the damages to public and private
property. In cases, where damages are unavoidable following mechanism is used:
- Community consultations are undertaken in case transformers and lines are situated
close to houses / shops to assess the damages. The consultations are undertaken by
ADE Construction and the DE construction
- The ADE Construction and the DE construction coordinate with respective authority
– Municipal Corporation or revenue department for calculating compensation and
payment of damages.
- The assessment of damage and calculation and payment of compensation is
supervised by the environment and social member of the project implementation
unit.
Preparation of CPTD
The outline of CPTD is provided below:
 Project Description: Description of project context and background, benefits of the
project and objective of compensation plan
 Project Impacts: Highlight the anticipates positive and negative impacts of the project
including the expected temporary damages due to the project activities
 Compensation Framework: Description of compensation plan and procedure for
tree/crop compensation
 Stakeholder Participation and Consulations: Public consulations undertaken during
preconstruction activities and details of planned consultations during construction
phase
 Institutional Arrangements for Implementation and Monitoring: Describe the
implemenation schedule, monitoring mechanism, grievance redressal mechanism and
budgetary allocations.
Page 195
Annexure 7 – Tribal People Planning Framework
As a part of the project preparation a number of analytical studies on environment and
social aspects are conducted, including with a focus on any potential impacts on the tribal
population as has also been detailed out in OP 4.10, of the World Bank. These studies
include (some of them are on-going):
 a screening survey to identify whether tribal people are present in or have collective
attachment to the tentative list of sub-project areas already identified
 an environment and social impact assessment for a sub-set of schemes identified and
resultant Environment and Social Management Plans
 Preparation of Environment and Social Management Framework
 Preparation of a Tribal Peoples Planning Framework
In particular, the Social Assessment included the following:

a. A review, on a scale appropriate to the project, of the legal and institutional framework
applicable to tribal people.
b. Gathering of baseline information on the demographic, social, cultural, and political
characteristics of the affected tribal communities, the land and territories that they
have traditionally owned or customarily used or occupied, and the natural resources
on which they depend.
c. Taking the review and baseline information into account, the identification of key
project stakeholders and the elaboration of a culturally appropriate process for
consulting with the tribal people at each stage of project preparation and
implementation.
d. An assessment, based on free, prior, and informed consultation, with the affected tribal
communities, of the potential adverse and positive effects of the project. Critical to the
determination of potential adverse impacts is an analysis of the relative vulnerability
of, and risks to, the affected tribal communities given their distinct circumstances and
close ties to land and natural resources, as well as their lack of access to opportunities
relative to other social groups in the communities or regions in which they live.
e. The identification and evaluation, based on free, prior, and informed consultation with
the affected tribal communities, of measures necessary to avoid adverse effects, or if
such measures are not feasible, the identification of measures to minimize, mitigate,
or compensate for such effects, and to ensure that the tribal receive culturally
appropriate benefits under the project.
During the course of social screening and social assessment, if any tribal people are
identified, the impacts (both positive and negative) of the subproject component on the
affected communities/groups will be addressed as per this framework. This framework sets
out:
 The types of programs and subprojects likely to be proposed for financing under the
project
 A plan for carrying out the screening and social assessment for such projects
Page 196
 Socio-economic profile and baseline
 The potential positive and adverse effects of such programs or subprojects on tribal
people
 A framework for ensuring free, prior, and informed consultation with the affected tribal
communities at each stage of project preparation and implementation
 Institutional arrangements (including capacity building where necessary) for screening
project supported activities, evaluating their effects on tribals, preparing Tribal People
Plan (TPP), and addressing any grievances.
 Monitoring and reporting arrangements, including mechanisms and benchmarks
appropriate to the project
 Disclosure arrangements for TPPs to be prepared under the TPPF
Identification of Tribal People

The term “Indigenous Peoples” or “Tribal People” is used in a generic sense to refer to a
distinct, vulnerable, social and cultural group possessing the following characteristics in
varying degrees:
a. Self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition
of this identity by others;
b. Collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the
project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories;
c. Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from
those of the dominant society and culture; and
d. An indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or
region.
The term ‘Scheduled Tribe’ is defined in Article 366 (25) of Indian constitution as, “such
tribes or tribal communities or parts of or groups within such tribes or tribal communities
as are deemed under Article 342 to be Scheduled Tribes for the purposes of this
Constitution".
Article 342 prescribes the procedure to be followed in the matter of specification of
Scheduled Tribes. The criterion followed for specification of a community as a Scheduled
Tribe, as per Ministry of Tribal Affairs, Government of India, are:
 Indications of primitive traits
 Distinctive Culture
 Geographical isolation
 Shyness of contact with the community at large, and
 Backwardness
Scheduled Areas
The Scheduled Areas are established in the country under the Article 244 and 5th Schedule
of the Indian Constitution. Certain special provisions for the administration of these areas
have been provided with the key objective to provide protection to the tribals living in the
Scheduled Areas from alienation of their lands and natural resources to non-tribals.
Page 197
Need for TPPF
Initial screening has indicated that some of the sub-project will be undertaken in districts
in Andhra Pradesh that have scheduled tribes. However, the exact sub-projects, their exact
location and hence, the exact nature of impacts thereof, is yet to be determined. Thus, at
this stage of project preparation, a Tribal People Planning Framework (TPPF) is being
prepared which shall form the basis of preparation of Tribal People Plan (TPP), once the
sub-projects are identified and if the presence of tribal people impacted by the project is
ascertained in the sub-project areas. The content sheet for TPP is provided below:
 Description of the sub-projects and implications for the scheduled tribes

 Social, cultural and economic profile of the affected tribal households including land
tenure information20
 A summary of the social assessment
 A summary of the results of free, prior and informed consultations with the affected
Scheduled Tribes
 Documentation of positive and negative impacts on the Scheduled Tribes based on
consultations with them
 Relevant national, state and world bank policies and laws
 Impact management and mitigation methods
 Modalities to ensure regular and ongoing consultation with community on
implementation of mitigation methods
 Institutional arragements and linkage with other national and state level
programmes/departments
 Greivance Redressal Mechanism to address the grievances of the tribal people
arising from project implementation
 Mechanisms and benchmarks for monitoring, evaluating and reporting on the
implementation of TPP
 Implementation schedule and cost estimate
Socio-Economic Profile
Andhra Pradesh (AP) is the 10th largest state in India with a population of 4.94 Cr (4.08% of
India’s population) and a population density of 304 persons per Sq. Km. There are 126.65
lakh households in the State and the average size of the household is 3.95. AP is largely
rural with 70.42% of the population living in rural areas and 29.58% living in urban areas.
concentration of STs with 14.42% of the total ST population, while Kurnool with 2.04% has
the lowest concentration.
20
Land holding among scheduled tribes is very less compared to other caste and ethnic groups. Scheduled
tribes use public land and forest land. Therefore, details on the land tenure and usage pattern has to be
collected in order to measure the dependency of Scheduled Tribes on the land.
Page 198
The growth rate of population has slowed from 11.89% in 2001 to 9.21% in 2011 while the
sex ratio rose from 983 in 2001 to 997 in 2011 (as per census data). In absolute terms, 2.47
Cr (50.1%) of the total population is male and 2.46 Cr (49.9%) female. The districts of
Visakhapatnam, East Godavari, West Godavari and Guntur, have registered a progressive
sex ratio moving from less than 1000 category to more than 1000 from 2001 to 2011. The
SCs and STs have registered a sex ratio of 1007 and 1009 respectively. However, despite
the overall improvement in sex ratio, there was a troubling decline in child sex ratio from
964 in 2001 to 944 in 2011 (census data).
Literacy Rate in the state has increased and was 67.35% as per the 2011 population census
as against 62.07% in the 2001 census; however this is still lower than India’s overall literacy
rate, which was 72.98% in 2011. The literacy rate is much higher for urban areas (79.2%)
than rural areas (62.4%). Also, while male literacy is 74.8%, female literacy is only 59.96%.
Among the districts West Godavari has the highest literacy (74.63% in 2011), while
Vizianagaram has the lowest (58.89% in 2011).
District-wise Demographic Data
According to the Socio Economic and Caste Census 2011, there are 13 districts in the State of
Andhra Pradesh, 670 tehsils, 14,514 gram panchayats/police stations. The total number of villages
in Andhra Pradesh are 17,521 and additionally there are 94 towns. The number of rural households
is 93.44 lakh (76.15%) and urban households is 29.26 lakh (23.85%). The district with the highest
density of population is Krishna district (518), while Kadapa district has the lowest density (118).
District wise demographic data is provided below:
District wise Demographic Data
District Area Population Male Female Sex Literacy Density /

(Sq. Km.) Population Population Ratio (%) Sq. Km.
Srikakulam 5,837 27,03,114 13,41,738 13,61,376 1015 61.74 463
East Godavari 10,807 51,54,296 25,69,688 25,84,608 1006 70.99 477
Guntur 11,391 48,87,813 24,40,521 24,47,292 1003 67.4 429
Krishna 8,727 45,17,398 22,67,375 22,50,023 992 73.74 518
Visakhapatnam 11,161 42,90,589 21,38,910 21,51,679 1006 66.91 384
Chittoor 15,152 41,74,064 20,90,204 20,83,860 997 71.53 275
Anantapur 19,130 40,81,148 20,64,495 20,16,653 977 63.57 213
Kurnool 17,658 40,53,463 20,39,227 20,14,236 988 59.97 230
West Godavari 7,742 39,36,966 19,64,918 19,72,048 1004 74.63 509
Nellore 13,076 29,63,557 14,92,974 14,70,583 985 68.9 227
YSR (Kadapa) 15,359 28,82,469 14,51,777 14,30,692 985 67.3 188
Prakasam 17,626 33,97,448 17,14,764 16,82,684 981 63.08 193
Vizianagram 6,539 2,344,474 1,161,477 1,182,997 1019 58.89 359
Source: Census 2011
Scheduled Tribes in Andhra Pradesh
Page 199
Scheduled tribes form 5.53 % (Census 2011) of Andhra Pradesh’s total population. Out of
the total scheduled tribes in Andhra Pradesh, approximately 50% reside in four districts
Vishakhapatnam (23%), East Godavari (11%), Nellore (10%) and Vizianagaram (9%). The
district-wise distribution of scheduled tribes is provided below:
Scheduled Tribe Population in Andhra Pradesh per district
State/ District ST Population Total Population

ST population as
%age of total
Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Tota Rura Urba
l l n
Andhra 2631145 2293102 338043 49386799 34776389 14610410 5.33 6.59 2.31
Pradesh
Srikakulam 166118 160438 5680 2703114 2266411 436703 6.1 7.1 1.3
Vizianagaram 235556 226130 9426 2344474 1853563 490911 10.0 12.2 1.9
Visakhapatna 618500 579968 38532 4290589 2254667 2035922 14.4 25.7 1.9
m
East Godavari 213195 198698 14497 5154296 3840324 1313972 4.1 5.2 1.1
West 109072 99659 9413 3936966 3128189 808777 2.8 3.2 1.2
Godavari
Krishna 132464 93915 38549 4517398 2673738 1843660 2.9 3.5 2.1
Guntur 247089 190905 56184 4887813 3235075 1652738 5.1 5.9 3.4
Prakasam 151145 124386 26759 3397448 2732866 664582 4.4 4.6 4.0
Sri Potti 285997 240972 45025 2963557 2105927 857630 9.7 11.4 5.2
Sriramulu
Nellore
Y.S.R 75886 58181 17705 2882469 1903337 979132 2.6 3.1 1.8
Kurnool 82831 64735 18096 4053463 2904177 1149286 2.0 2.2 1.6
Anantapur 154127 126362 27765 4081148 2935437 1145711 3.8 4.3 2.4
Chittoor 159165 128753 30412 4174064 2942678 1231386 3.8 4.4 2.5
Over 9% 4%-8% 0%-4%

Source: Census 2011
The list of notified Scheduled Tribes in Andhra Pradesh under the Scheduled Castes and
Scheduled Tribes Orders (Amendment) Act are provided below:
Scheduled Tribes of Andhra Pradesh
S. No. Scheduled Tribe S .No. Scheduled Tribe

1 Andh, Sadhu Andh 18 Koya, Doli Koya, Gutta Koya, Kammara
Koya, Musara Koya, Oddi Koya, Pattidi
Koya, Rajah, Rasha Koya, Lingadhari
Koya (ordinary), Kottu Koya, Bhine
Koya, Raj Koya
2 Bagata 19 Kulia
3 Bhil 20 Malis
4 Chenchu 21 Manna Dhora
5 Gadabas, Bodo Gadaba, Gutob Gadaba, 22 Mukha Dhora, Nooka Dhora
Kallayi Gadaba, Parangu Gadaba,
Kathera Gadaba, Kapu Gadaba
Page 200
6 Gond, Naikpod, Rajgond, Koitur 23 Nayaks
7 Goudu 24 Pardhan
8 Hill Reddis 25 Proja, Parangiperja
9 Jatapus 26 Reddidora
10 Kammara 27 Rona, Rena
11 Kattunayakan 28 Savaras, Kapu Savaras, Maliya Savaras,
Khutto Savaras
12 Kolam 29 Sugalis. Lambadis, Banjara
13 Konda Dhoras, Kubi 30 Valmiki
14 Konda Kapus 31 Yenadis, Chella Yenadi, Kappala
Yenadi, Manchi Yenadi, Reddi Yenadi
15 Kondareddis 32 Yerukulas, Koracha, Dabba Yeukula,
Kunchapuri Yeukula, Uppu Yeukula
16 Kondhs, Kodi, Kodhu, Desaya Kondhs, 33 Nakkala, Kurvukaran
Dongria Kondhs, Kuttiya Kondhs, Tikiria
Kondhs, Yenity Kondhs, Kuvinga
17 Kotia, Bentho Oriya, Bartika, Dulia, 34 Dhulia
Holva, Sanrona, Sidhopaiko
Source: Census 2011
Further, tribal dominated areas in Andhra Pradesh have been declared as “Scheduled
Areas” as specified by the fifth schedule of the constitution. The list of Scheduled Areas in
Andhra Pradesh is provided below21:
 Visakhapatnam Agency area (excluding the areas comprised in the villages of Agency
Lakshmipuram, Chidikada, Konkasingi, Kumarapuram, Krishnadevipeta,
Pichigantikothagudem, Golugondapeta, Gunupudi, Gummudukonda,
Sarabhupalapatnam, Vadurupalli, Pedajaggampeta)
 Sarabhupathi Agraharam, Ramachandrarajupeta Agraharam, and Kondavatipudi
Agraharam in Visakhapatnam district.
 East Godwari Agency area (excluding the area comprised in the village of
Ramachandrapuram including its hamlet Purushothapatnam in the East Godavari
district)
 West Godawari Agency area in West Godavari district.
 Data includes the Submergence of Sch. Villages of 7 mandals from Khamman district
to AP State (as per Reorganization Act, 2014):
 Nellipapaka, Kunavaram, Chintoor and V.R.Puram in East Godavari district and
Burgampad, Kukunoor and Valaipadu in West Godavari district.
Scheduled Tribes are amongst the most marginalized and vulnerable segments of the
society. Literacy rate among the males and females among Scheduled Tribes at the state
level is respectively 47.66% and 26.11%. The aggregate percentage of literacy rate for
schedule tribes is around 37% which is significantly lower than literacy rate of 67.35% at
the state level. The STs have registered a sex ratio of 1009 which is higher than the state
21
http://aptribes.gov.in/pdfs/table9.pdf
Page 201
average (997). Therefore, this document has been developed to manage and mitigate the
possible project impacts to the Scheduled Tribes. The next section provides the objectives
of this document.
As discussed earlier, this TPPF would be applicable only for the project interventions that
may be undertaken in the scheduled areas and may impact the tribal populations.
Objectives of TPPF
The objectives of the TPPF are to ensure that if indigenous peoples22 (referred to as tribal
in India) are affected by a project/scheme, they:
i. are adequately and fully consulted;
ii. receive benefits and compensation equal to that of the mainstream population:
iii. are provided with special assistance as per laws and policies because of their
vulnerabilities vis-à-vis the mainstream population; and
iv. receive adequate protection against project adverse impacts on their culture
identities.
There are several policies which provide a legal framework for ensuring dedicate attention
to the tribals. The relevant policies are provided in the section below.
Policy and Legal Framework

Government of India has framed many polices and laws to safeguard the interest of the
Scheduled tribes. The applicable legal and policy framework is provided below:
Policy and Legal Framework
Acts/Rule/Policy Objective Applicability to this project
5th Schedule of Provides for the administration and control For sub-projects
Constitution of Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes. (transmission lines and
(Article 244) towers) passing through
Article 244(1) and Article 244 (2) of the
Scheduled Areas
constitution of India enables the
government to enact separate laws for
governance and administration of the tribal
areas. In pursuance of these articles,
President of India had asked each of the
state to identify tribal dominated areas.
Areas thus identified by the states were
declared as Fifth schedule areas
22
Indigenous People (IP) referred as tribal in India are the distinct groups identified based on their social, cultural,
economic, and political traditions and institutions, which are distinct from the mainstream or dominant society and
culture. Tribal with similar cultural characteristics are known as ‘Adivasi’ in Hindi and are recognized as Schedule
Tribes (STs) as per the Indian Constitution.
As per OP-4.10 definition these are Members of a distinct indigenous cultural group, Collective attachment to
geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these
habitats and territories, Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those
of the dominant society or culture, An indigenous language, often different from the official language of the
country or region
Page 202
73rd Amendment of Enables participation of Panchayat level For any sub-project located
Constitution, 1992 institutions in decision-making and in panchayat area
Panchayats The provisions of PESA Act extends the For approval of any sub-
(Extension to provisions of Part IX of constitution relating project located in
Scheduled Areas) to Panchayats to the Scheduled Areas. As Scheduled Areas
Act, 1996 per the provisions, every village in Schedule
V areas will have Gram Sabha which would
approve of the plans, programmes and
projects for social and economic
development before such plans,
programmes and projects are taken up for
implementation at village level.
The Scheduled The act recognizes and vests the forest For sub-projects
Tribes and Other rights and occupation in forest land in forest (transmission lines and
Traditional Forest dwelling Scheduled Tribes and other towers) passing through
Dwellers traditional forest dwellers who has been forest land
(Recognition of residing in such forests for generations but
Forest Rights) Act, whose rights could not be recorded. The act
2006 provides a framework for recording forest
rights so vested and the nature of evidence
required for such recognition and vesting in
respect of forest land.
The Right to Fair Fair compensation for acquisition of In cases of involuntary

Compensation and movable assets; Resettlement and acquisition of land
Transparency in economic rehabilitation of displaced
Land Acquisition, population due to involuntary land
Rehabilitation and acquisition.
Resettlement Act
(RFCTLARRA),
2013
Andhra Pradesh These rules have been notified by the In cases of involuntary
Right to Fair Government of Andhra Pradesh in exercise acquisition of land
Compensation and of the powers conferred by Section 109 of
Transparency in the RFCTLARRA, 2013.
Land Acquisition,
As per Chapter V Sections 25, 26 and 27 of
Rehabilitation and
the Andhra Pradesh Rules, awards and
Resettlement
compensations are in line with the
Rules, 2014
provisions of the RFCTLARRA, 2013. Section
28, further specifies the following that were
to be notified by the State Government:
 The multiplication factor mentioned in

RFCTLARRA, 2013 is set at 1.25 for rural
Page 203
areas other than scheduled areas and
1.50 for scheduled (tribal) areas
 The one-time grant to artisan, small
traders and certain others is set at INR
25,000
 The payment of compensation shall be
made expeditiously through account
payee cheques / electronic mail transfer
In addition, to the National and state laws, bank financed projects should also comply with
World Bank Operational Policies. The World Bank Policy on indigenous people (IP) is
provided below:
Applicable World Bank Operational Policies
OP 4.10: The policy aims to protect the dignity, right and cultural uniqueness of
Indigenous indigenous people, to ensure that they do not suffer due to development and
People that they receive social and economic benefits.
This policy contributes to the Bank's mission of poverty reduction and

sustainable development by ensuring that the development process fully
respects the dignity, human rights, economies, and cultures of Indigenous
Peoples. The Bank provides project financing only where free, prior, and
informed consultation results in broad community support to the project by the
affected Indigenous Peoples.
Applicability The policy is triggered if there are indigenous /tribal people in the project area,
potential adverse impacts on indigenous people are anticipated and if
indigenous people are among the intended beneficiaries.
OP 4.12: This policy covers direct economic and social impacts that both result from
Involuntary Bank-assisted investment projects, and are caused by the involuntary taking of
Resettlement land. To avoid or minimize involuntary resettlement and, where this is not
feasible, assist displaced persons in improving or at least restoring their
livelihoods and standards of living in real terms relative to pre-displacement
levels or to levels prevailing prior to the beginning of project implementation,
whichever is higher.
Applicability The policy is triggered if there is involuntary acquisition of land for project
activities
Thus adequate provisions exists in the country to address the issues related to tribals.
Potential Impacts
The most important component of the TPPF is to lay down a mechanism to assess the type
and magnitude of impacts, both positive and negative on the tribal communities. The
assessment of impacts on tribal population in the projects shall focus on the probable
Page 204
consequences of the project according to specific criteria / indicators. The indicators are
provided below:
 Changes in access to natural resources (such as forest, grazing land, weekly markets,
etc.)
 Loss of land due to project activities
 Increase or decrease in the number of job opportunities through wage labour within or
outside agriculture
 Change in employment and income generating opportunities in agriculture, trades,
services and business
 Threat to tribal community rights, institutions, values and way of life
 Increased or decreased access to social infrastructure and public services such as
sources of water, health facilities, schools, etc.
 Reduction in political power and increased marginalization
 Change in farming methods, cropping pattern, crop yield, income, expenditure pattern,
etc.
The potential impacts of the proposed projects are highlighted below:

Positive Impacts:
 Improved and reliable power supply: Andhra Pradesh is one of the few states in India
to provide 100% rural electrification23. However, about 18.4%24 of rural households do
not have electricity connections in Andhra Pradesh. The proposed project aims to
ensure 24x7 power for all. Furthermore, the focus of the activities planned under the
project is also to provide power at consistent voltage (at least 220V for household
consumption), thereby reducing dependence on other sources of energy.
Negative Impacts:
 Loss of land: There is loss of land during setting up substations. The land requirement
for setting-up substation:
Voltage Land required Sub-station25
132/33 kV and 220/33 kV 5 acre
33/11 kV 0.5 acre
*As per information received from Utilities
Note: The land for the proposed investments in APTRANSCO (132/33 kV and 220/33 kV
substations) has been secured either from the Discoms where they have provided extra land
available in their existing substations to APTRANSCO or government land has been identified. The
status of sites for the proposed 12 substations as on 5th May 2016 is provided below:
23
http://www.cea.nic.in/reports/monthly/dpd_div_rep/village_electrification.pdf
24
www.ap.gov.in/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/12-AP-Households.pdf
25
Page 205
Extra land available in existing substations 4
Secured after transfer of payment to government 1
Identified government land – approved 3
Government land Identified – approval in-process 1
Yet to be identified (proposed through transfer of government land) 3
No involuntary acquisition is expected for securing land and the projects are not expected to result
in any physical or economic displacement of people.
The land required for distribution substation is comparatively small and will be secured either
through transfer of government land or purchase of land on willing-buyer willing-seller basis
 Restricted use of land and RoW: The ownership of land is not transferred to the utilities
for construction of transmission towers / distribution poles and laying of power lines.
The utility will have the right of user only in the property under, over, along, across in
or upon which the lines and poles / towers are placed. Further, the construction of the
tower may restrict the use of land under the tower footing for transmission towers. For
distribution projects a pole is erected and there is no restriction on land use.
In addition, the MoEF provides guidelines for maintaining a Right of Way (RoW) corridor
which shall be kept clear of any obstruction. The width of the RoW corridor depends on
the voltage of the lines as depicted in the table below:

132 kV 27
33 kV 15
11 kV 7
However, the impact on environment is minimal as trees are cut or pruned to the extent
required for preventing electrical hazards by maintaining the following limited
clearances:
Voltage Minimum clearance between
conductor and trees (in meters)
132 kV 4.0
33 kV 2.8
11 kV 2.6
Note: RoW requirements are very low for 33 kV and 11 kV lines. Generally, there is no need to cut
trees for electrical clearances. Furthermore, in urban areas, the lines will be laid along the roads or
the streets to minimize RoW issues.
Page 206
 Change in land use: The land use pattern will change due to project activities, for
instance, the proposed site for the substation or tower footing might be used for farming
or might have trees.
Impact Mitigation
Securing land
Land is required for construction of transmission and distribution substations and erecting
transmission towers and distribution poles. Land secured for construction of substations is
no longer accessible to the existing owner and hence in such cases ownership is transferred
from the existing owner to the respective utility. There are four ways in which land can be
secured; these are:
(vi) Transfer of Government land to utility
(vii) Voluntary donation
(viii) Purchase of land on willing buyer and willing seller basis on negotiated price
(ix) Involuntary acquisition of land
In order to avoid the loss of private / community lands or agriculture and forest lands, the
transmission and distribution utilities will endeavor, wherever possible, to secure
Government land for their projects and avoid private or community lands, even if this
requires realignment of the proposed route. Only in rare cases that Government land is not
available will other methods of securing land be pursued. Further, only the minimal amount
of land required for substations will be allotted. The following steps are to be followed
depending on the method of securing land:
(v) Transfer of Government land: The Andhra Pradesh Land Allotment Policy (G.O. Ms.
No. 571 issued 14.09.2012) prescribes that only waste lands will be allotted and
environmentally sensitive / fragile areas such as tank beds, river, beds, hillocks with
afforestation shall not be allotted. Similarly, lands assigned to poor people for
agriculture purpose should not be resumed for other purposes, and if it is
unavoidable then the assignees should be provided with alternate land in addition to
rehabilitation. In all cases, a NOC from the Urban Local Body, Urban Development
Authority, or Department for Town and Country Planning (DT&CP) is required before
any allotment is made. The allotted land may be given free of cost or on payment
basis. When land is allotted on payment basis, the cost of the land will be determined
as per market value recommended by the Collector and the A.P. Land Management
Authority (APLMA). APLMA will also ensure that only the minimum amount of land
needed is allotted and the allotted land is used only for the stated purpose.
(vi) Voluntary donation: In the case of voluntary donation of land, there should not be
any undue pressure on the land owner / user(s) to transfer ownership of their land.
Apart from this following shall also be ensured:
a. The donation will not cause significant impacts on the livelihood of the donor
b. The donor fully understands the value of their donated land
Page 207
c. The donation will not cause any economical or physical displacement of the
current land users
d. The land donations does not come from coercion or asymmetrical power
relation between the land owner and the government
e. The land in question must be free of squatters, encroachers, or other claims or
encumbrances.
f. Verification of the voluntary nature of land donations must be obtained from
each of the persons donating land.
g. In case of any loss of income or physical displacement is envisaged, verification
of voluntary acceptance of mitigation measures must be obtained from those
expected to be adversely affected.
h. Subsequently title of land shall be transferred in the name of the utility.
(vii) Purchase of land on willing buyer and willing seller basis on negotiated price:
When land is purchased from a willing seller, the utility shall ensure:
a. Consultation with the affected person has to be carried out and documented.
b. All negotiations have to be carried out in a transparent manner
c. That land owners are aware of the basis on which compensation is calculated
d. The land in question must be free of squatters, encroachers, or other claims or
encumbrances.
e. Subsequently title of land shall be transferred in the name of the utility.
(viii) Involuntary acquisition of land: Involuntary acquisition of land will be the last
resort and be undertaken only in the case of non-availability of Government lands
in the area. In the case of involuntary acquisition, the provisions of RFCTLARRA,
2013 and the A.P. RFCTLARRR, 2014 shall be applicable. The land acquisition and
resettlement policy is provided in the section below.
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Policy

Whenever after initial screening it is found that some land belonging to tribal community/
communities is to be involuntary acquired for setting up of a substation, it is required to
demonstrate/substantiate that such acquisition is done only as a last resort by completing
the technical investigation including assessment of alternatives and detailed surveys. The
detailed report along with land requirement is submitted to the Government of Andhra
Pradesh (GoAP) for further processing as per provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013. GoAP then
initiates a SIA through an Independent Agency with a project specific terms of reference.
The SIA agency shall first consult the concerned Panchayat, Municipality, District/Village
Council at village level or ward level in the affected area to carry out SIA study. SIA shall
assess the purpose of acquisition and estimate the affected families, gender, social group
carry out analysis regarding impact on community properties, assets and infrastructure
particularly roads, public transport, drainage, sanitation, sources of drinking water, sources
of water for cattle, community ponds grazing land, plantations, public utilities electricity
Page 208
supply and health care facilities. The SIA agency shall also prepare a Social Impact
Management Plan (SIMP) listing ameliorative measures required for addressing the likely
impact vis-à-vis intended benefit of the project. The SIA report and SIMP shall be subject
to public hearing in the affected area after giving adequate publicity for the venue, time etc
to ascertain the views of affected families/communities which shall be included in the SIA.
The final SIA report shall be published including its translation in local language and shall
also be made available to Panchyats, District/Village Councils & Deputy Collector/District
Magistrate office for wider circulation. Detailing of the same is provided below:
i. the prior consent of the concerned Gram Sabha or the Panchayats at the appropriate
level in Scheduled Areas under the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution, shall be
obtained in all cases of land acquisition in such areas, before issue of a notification
under this Act, or any other Central Act or a State Act for the time being in force.
ii. Provided that the consent of the Panchayats shall be obtained in cases where the
Gram Sabha does not exist or has not been constituted.
iii. In the case of a project involving land acquisition on behalf of a Requiring Body
which involves involuntary displacement of the Scheduled Tribes, a Tribal People
Development Plan (TPDP) shall be prepared in such a form as may be prescribed.
Laying down the details of procedure for settling land rights due, but not settled and
restoring titles of the Scheduled Tribes on the alienated land by undertaking a
special drive together with land acquisition.
iv. TPDP also contain a program for development of alternate fuel, fodder and non-
timber forest produce resources on non-forest lands within a period of five years
sufficient to meet the requirements of tribal communities.
v. In the case of land being acquired from the members of the Scheduled Tribes, at
least one-third of the compensation amount due shall be paid to the affected families
initially as first instalment and the rest shall be paid after taking over of the
possession of the land.
vi. The affected families of' the Scheduled Tribes shall be resettled preferably in the
linguistic and cultural identity.
vii. The resettlement areas predominantly inhabited by the Scheduled Tribes shall get
land, to such extent as may be decided by the appropriate Government free of cost
for community and social gatherings.
viii. Any alienation of tribal lands or lands belonging to members of the Scheduled
Tribes in disregard of the laws and regulations for the time being in force shall be
treated as Null and void. In the case of acquisition of such lands, the rehabilitation
and resettlement benefits shall be made available to the original tribal land owners
ix. The affected Scheduled Tribes having fishing rights in a river or pond or dam in the
affected area shall be given fishing rights in the reservoir area of the irrigation or
hydel projects.
Page 209
x. Where the affected families belonging to the Scheduled Tribes are relocated outside
of the district, then they shall be paid an additional 25% rehabilitation and
resettlement benefits to which they are entitled in monetary terms along with a
onetime entitlement of Rs. 50,000/-.
xi. All benefits, including the reservation benefits available to the Scheduled Tribes in
the affected areas shall continue in the resettlement area.
xii. Whenever the affected families belonging to the Scheduled Tribes who are residing
in the Scheduled Areas referred to in the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution are
relocated outside those areas, than, all the statutory safeguards. entitlements and
benefits being enjoyed by them under this Act shall be extended to the area to which
they are resettled regardless of whether the resettlement area is a scheduled Area
referred to in the said Fifth Schedule or not.
xiii. Where the community rights have been settled under the provisions of the
Scheduled 'tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest
Rights) Act, 2006. The same shall be quantified in monetary amount and be paid to
the individual conceded who has been displaced.
Special provisons of the RFCTLARRA, 2013 as applicable to the land acquisition in

Tribal/Scheduled Areas are provided below:
Process to acquire Tribal Land as per RFCTLARRA, 2013
S.No Aspects Actions Special provisons for

tribal/scheduled areas
1 Preliminary Notification for the As far as possible, no
Investigation for commencement of Social acquisition of land shall be
determination of Impact assessment study to be made in the Scheduled Areas
Social Impact and made available in local Where such acquisition does
public purpose. language to concerned take place it shall be done only
Panchayat/Municipality and to as a demonstrable last resort
offices of district collector/sub-
divisional
magistrate/tehsil (hereinafter
referred to as local bodies)
Consultation with the Land for traditional tribal
concerned Panchayat, institutions and burial and
Municipality or Municipal cremation grounds taken into
Corporation, as the case may consideration while conducting
be and carry out a social impact the SIA
assessment (SIA) study
SIA study to be made public in
manner specified in the Act
Preparation of Social Impact In case of a project involving
Management Plan (SIMP) land acquisition /involuntary
displacement of the Scheduled
Castes or the Scheduled Tribes
Page 210
Families, a Development Plan
shall be prepared laying down
the details of procedure for
settling land rights due but not
settled and restoring titles of
the scheduled Tribes as well as
the Scheduled Castes on the
alienated land by undertaking a
special drive together with land
acquisition
b) The Development Plan shall
also contain a programme for
development of alternate fuel,
fodder and non-timber forest
produce resources on non-
forest lands within a period of
five years sufficient to meet
the requirements of tribal
communities as well as the
Scheduled Castes.
Public hearing for Social Impact
Assessment (when prepared
under section-4 of the act)
2 Appraisal of SIA SIA report is evaluated by an
by expert group independent multi-disciplinary
Expert Group, as may be
constituted by appropriate
Govt.
Recommendations of the
expert group made available to
the local bodies and in the
affected areas in local language
The appropriate govt. would
recommend the such area for
acquisition after examining the
expert group report (and report
from the collector if any)
3 Publication of Notification (hereinafter ln case of acquisition or
preliminary referred to as preliminary alienation of any land in the
notification notification) to that effect along Scheduled Areas, the prior
with details of the land to be consent of the concerned Gram
acquired in rural and urban Sabha or the Panchayats or the
areas shall be published ITDA, at the appropriate level in
(Notification to be issued within Scheduled Areas under the
12 months from DoA of SIA) Fifth Schedule to the
Constitution, as the case may
be, shall be obtained. In all
cases of land acquisition in
such areas, including
acquisition in case of urgency,
before issue of a notification
under this Act, or any other
Page 211
Central Act or a State Act for
the time being in force.
Immediately after issuance of
the notification, the concerned
Gram Sabhas at the village
level, municipalities in case of
municipal areas and the ITDA
in case of the areas referred to
in the Fifth Schedule to the
Constitution, shall be informed
of the contents of the
notification issued under the
said sub-section in all cases of
land acquisition at a meeting
called especially for this
purpose.
After issuance of notice, the
Collector shall, before the issue
of a declaration under section
19, undertake and complete the
exercise of updating of land
records as prescribed within a
period of two months.
Preliminary survey of land
Payment for damage (if any)
during survey
4. Preparation of Upon the publication of the
Rehabilitation preliminary notification by the
And Resettlement Collector, the Administrator for
Scheme by the Rehabilitation and
Administrator Resettlement shall conduct a
survey and undertake a census
of the affected families
The Administrator shall, based The affected families of the
on the survey and census Scheduled Tribes shall be
prepare a draft Rehabilitation resettled preferably in the same
and Resettlement Scheme Scheduled Area in a compact
(including time limit) block so that they can retain
their ethnic, linguistic and
cultural identity.
The resettlement areas

predominantly inhabited by the
Scheduled Castes and the
Scheduled Tribes shall get
land, to such extent as may be
decided by the appropriate
Government free of cost for
community and social
gatherings.
Page 212
The affected Scheduled Tribes,
other traditional forest dwellers
and the Scheduled Castes
having fishing rights in a river
or pond or dam in the affected
area shall be given fishing
rights in the reservoir area of
the irrigation or hydel projects.
The draft Rehabilitation and
Resettlement scheme referred
to in sub-section (2) shall be
made known locally by wide
publicity in the affected area
and discussed in the concerned
Gram Sabhas or Municipalities
A public hearing shall be Provided further that the
conducted in such manner as consultation with the Gram
may be prescribed, after giving Sabha in Scheduled Areas shall
adequate publicity about the be in accordance with the
date, time and venue for the provisions of the Provisions of
public hearing at the affected the Panchayats (Extension to
area: the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996.
The Administrator shall, on
completion of public hearing
submit the draft Scheme for
Rehabilitation and
Resettlement along with a
specific report on the claims
and objections raised in the
public hearing to the Collector.
The Collector shall review the
draft Scheme submitted by the
Administrator with the
Rehabilitation and
Resettlement
Committee at the Rehabilitation
project level constituted under
section 45.
The Collector shall submit the
draft Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Scheme with his
suggestions to the
Commissioner Rehabilitation
and Resettlement for approval
of the Scheme.
Approved Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Scheme to be
made public
Publication of declaration and
summary of Rehabilitation and
Resettlement.
Page 213
5 Land to be marked The Collector shall thereupon
out, measured and cause the land to be marked
Planned including out and measured, and a plan
marking of specific to be made of the same.
areas
6 Notice to persons The Collector to publish the
interested and public notice on his website
making of and cause public notice to be
statements given at convenient places, to
stating that the Government
intends to take possession of
the land, and that claims to
compensations and
rehabilitation and resettlement
for all interests in such land
may be made to him
The collector may require a
statement containing the name
of every person possessing any
interest in the land and nature
of interest for three years
preceding the date of statement
7. Enquiry and The Collector shall proceed to
land acquisition enquire into the objections (if
award by any) which any person
Collector interested has stated
The Collector shall make an
award within a period of twelve
months from the date of
publication of the declaration
under section 19
8. Determination of Determination of market value In case of land being
amount of of the land by the collector acquired from members of
compensation the Scheduled Castes or the
Scheduled Tribes, at least
one-third of the compensation
amount due shall be paid to the
affected families initially as first
instalment and the rest shall be
paid after taking over of the
possession of the land.
The market value is multiplied
by a factor as described in the
first schedule of the Act
Determination of value of
things attached to land or
building
Determination of value of
things attached to land or
building
9. Rehabilitation The Collector shall pass Where the affected families
Page 214
and Resettlement Rehabilitation and belonging to the Scheduled
Award for Resettlement Awards for each Castes and the Scheduled
affected families affected family in terms of the Tribes are relocated outside of
entitlements provided the district, then, they shall be
in the Second Schedule paid an additional twenty-five
per cent R&R benefits to which
they are entitled in monetary
terms along with a one-time
entitlement of fifty thousand
rupees.
Where the community rights

have been settled under the
provisions of the Scheduled
Tribes and Other Traditional
Forest Dwellers (Recognition
of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, the
same shall be quantified in
monetary amount and be paid
to the individual concerned
who has been displaced due to
the acquisition of land in
proportion with his share in
such community rights.
Provision of infrastructural All benefits, including the
amenities in resettlement area reservation benefits available
to the Scheduled Tribes and the
Scheduled Castes in the
affected areas shall continue in
the resettlement area
b) Whenever the affected
families belonging to the
Scheduled Tribes who are
residing in the Scheduled Areas
referred to in the Sixth
Schedule to the Constitution
are relocated outside those
areas, than, all the statutory
safeguards. Entitlements and
benefits being enjoyed by them
under this Act shall be
extended to the area to which
they are resettled regardless of
whether the resettlement area
is a tribal area referred to in the
said Sixth Schedule or not.
Adapted from Environment and Social Policy and Procedures Framework (ESPPF) prepared for Assam Electricity Grid Corporation Limited
(AEGCL) and Assam Power Distribution Company Limited (APDCL). Document no. AEGCL/APDCL/Final-ESPPF/2015
Page 215
Following entitlement matrix shall be the basis for providing compensation and compatible
R&R measures for tribal peoples:
a. Comprehensive Compensation Package

Eligibility for Entitlement Provisons
Affected family. Determination of Compensation:
Affected family is defined as 5. Determine market value of land:

 A family whose land or other Whichever of the following is higher:
immovable property has been  Market value, if any, specified in the Indian Stamp
acquired; or Act, 1889 or
 A family which does not own any  The average sale price for similar type of land
land but a member or members of situated in the nearest vicinity; or
such family may be agricultural  Consented amount of compensation as agreed in
case of acquisition of lands for private companies
labourers, tenants including any
or for public private partnership project
form of tenancy or holding of
usufruct right, share-croppers or 6. Multiplier** (Factor by which market value is
artisans or who may be working in multiplied)
the affected area for three years  In case of rural areas (other than Scheduled Areas)
prior to the acquisition of the land, a multiplication factor of 1.25 will be applied
whose primary source of  In case of Scheduled (Tribal) Areas, a
livelihood stand affected by the multiplication factor of 1.50 will be applied
acquisition of land; or  In case of urban areas, a multiplication factor of
1.00 will be applied
 The Scheduled Tribes and other
traditional forest dwellers who
7. Value of asset attached to land:
have lost any of their forest rights Building/Trees/Wells/Crop etc. as valued by relevant
recognized under the Scheduled govt. authority
Tribes and Other Traditional
Forest Dwellers (Recognition of 8. Solatium: 100% of total compensation
Forest Rights) Act, 2006 due to
Total Compensation = Market value of land mentioned
acquisition of land or
against (1) X relevant multiplier (2) + Value of assets (3) +
 Family whose primary source of Soaltium (4)
livelihood for three years prior to
the acquisition of the land is (**)As determined by Government of Andhra Pradesh
dependent on forests or water
bodies and includes gatherers of
forest produce, hunters, fisher folk
and boatmen and such livelihood
is affected due to acquisition of
land; or
 A member of the family who has
been assigned land by the State
Government or the Central
Government under any of its
Page 216
schemes and such land is under
acquisition; or
 A family residing on any land in
urban areas for preceding three
years or more prior to the
acquisition of the land or whose
primary source of livelihood for
three years prior to the acquisition
of the land is affected by the
b. R&R Package
S.No Elements of R&R Provisons
Entitlements
1. Provision of housing units in  If a house is lost in rural areas, a constructed house
case of displacement shall be provided as per Indira Awas Yojana
specifications; or if the family opts not to take the
house, the equivalent cost of the house may be
offered instead
 If a house is lost in urban areas, a constructed house
shall be provided, which will be no less than 50 sq mts
in plinth area; or if the family opts not to take the
house offered, it shall get a one-time financial
assistance for house construction which shall not be
less than INR 1,50,000 / -
family which is without homestead land and which
has been residing in the area continuously for not less
than three years preceding the date of notification of
the affected area
No family shall be given more than one house
Employment options:
employment to at least one member per affected
family in the project or arrange a job in such other
project as maybe required. The wages for the job
shall not be less than the minimum wages provided
for in any law for the time being in force
Or
 Onetime payment of INR 5,00,000 / - per affected
family
Page 217
Or
 Annuity policies that shall pay not less than INR 2,000
per month per family for twenty years, with
appropriate indexation to the Consumer Price Index
for Agricultural Labourers
3. Subsistence grant for Each affected family which is displaced form the land
displaced families for a acquired shall be given a monthly subsistence allowance
period of one year equivalent to INR 3,000 per month for a period of year
4. Transportation cost for Each affected family which is displaced shall get a
5. Cattle shed / petty shops Each affected family having cattle or having a petty shop
cost shall get onetime financial assistance of such amount as
minimum of INR 25,000 /- for the construction of cattle
shed or petty shop
6. Onetime grant to artisan, Each affected family of an artisan, small trader or self-
small traders and certain employed person or an affected family which owned
others non-agricultural land or commercial, industrial or
institutional structure in the affected area, shall get a one-
time financial assistance of INR 25,000 /-
7. Onetime resettlement Each affected family shall be give a onetime
allowance Resettlement Allowance of INR 50,000 /-
8. Stamp duty and registration  The stamp duty and any other fees payable for
fee registration of the land or house allotted to the affected
families shall be borne by the requiring body
 The land for house allotted to the affected family shall
be free from all encumbrances
The land or house allotted may be in the joint names
of wife and husband of the affected family
Special provisions for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes
In addition to the R&R package, SC/ST families will be entitled to the following additional benefits:
 One time financial assistance of INR 50,000 /- per family
 Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an additional 25% R&R benefits
 Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very outset
 Preference in relocation and resettlement in area in same compact block
 Free land for community and social gatherings
 In case of displacement, a Development Plan is to be prepared
 Continuation of reservation and other Schedule V area benefits from displaced area to
resettlement area
Page 218
Right of Way
Right of Way (ROW) does require lands for two purposes: (i) one, for tower footing; and (ii)
the other, transmission/ distribution lines (corridor). Unlike in case of substations, for the
construction of transmission towers / distribution poles and the transmission / distributions
lines, there is no permanent loss of lands. Lands under the tower and/ corridor can continue
to be used. So, ownership of the land remains with the existing owner and is not transferred
to the requesting body. The utility will have the right of user only in the property under,
over, along, across in or upon which the lines and poles / towers are placed.
Further affected families will receive compensation for temporary damage as well as for
the land under the tower footing. Thus the compensations are made for following:
 Land under the tower footing
 Damage to trees
 Damage to crops
 Damage to constructed structure
The process to calculate compensation to be paid for transmission projects is provided

below:
 Compensation towards temporary crop and tree damage will be paid as stipulated in
the Electricity Act 2003 and Telegraph Act 1885. The value of compensation for fruit
bearing trees is determined by the horticulture department and this is revised from time
to time. The value of compensation for crop damage is determined by the agriculture
officer and is determined on a case by case basis
 Over and above the normal crop and tree damage, the land owner is compensated for
the land taken up by the tower base. The value of compensation is determined by the
District Collector and is set on the basis of voltage. The compensation is determined
separately for each zone.
− In the Kadapa Zone (comprising of Ananthapur, Kadapa, Kurnool, Chittoor)
− In the Vishakhapatnam Zone
o Vizianagaram, Visakhapatnam- compensation for 132 kV towers is INR
55,000 and for 220 kV towers compensation is INR 99,500 per tower
− In the Vijayawada Zone (comprising of Krishna, Guntur, Prakasham, Nellore)
 As of now, RoW compensation is not paid for corridor. Govt. of AP and APTRANSCO
are yet to decide on payment of RoW compensation for corridor.
Page 219
Consultation and Participation
In line with the World Bank operation policy on Indigenous People (OP 4.10), the affected
Scheduled Tribes will be consulted in preparation of the tribal people plan (TPP).
Consultations will be undertaken to ensure that needs, priorities and preferences of
Scheduled Tribes are adequately reflected and considered in the TPP. The implementation
agency should ensure that free, prior and informed consultations are undertaken with the
affected Scheduled Tribes at each stage of the project. The key points to remember while
undertaking consultations are:
 Scheduled Tribes should be informed about the potential impact and proposed
mitigation methods and their views will be taken into account in finalizing the plan.
 Sufficient time should be provided to the stakeholder groups to participate in the
consultations.
 The consultation should be undertaken in a manner accessible to project affected
people where there are differing levels of literacy skills.
 The consultations will be undertaken by field staff of the utility with support from
external experts/NGOs if required.
In this project, however, the process will go beyond consultations, as it is mandatory for
the project to seek consent for all plans from the Gram Sabhas.
Disclosure
The final TPPF and TPP should be disclosed to the general public. The plan will be
translated in local language and made available to the project affected people before
implementation.
Following mechanisms are suggested for disclosure:
 Upload the final TPP and periodic monitoring reports on the website of each utility
 A copy of the documents will be made available at panchayat and municipal
corporation office
 A copy of the documents will be made available at the local offices of the utilities
 A copy of the documents will be made available at the offices of any NGO and
informal group working in the project area
Page 220
Implementation and Institutional Arrangements
The implementing agencies (utilities) will have overall cooridination, implementation and
financing responsibilities. The implementing agencies will formulate, implement and
monitor the TPP through the environment and social systems (ESMS) cell within the project
implementation unit. Since the tribal issues are sensitive, the ESMS cell will ensure that a
social specialist or consultant or designated official responsible for TPP has knowledge and
experience of working among the tribal groups.
Flow of activities to design and implement TPP

A. Preliminary Screening
Based on the findings of

Subproject components Field Staff at ESMS cell to
screening, ESMS cell to
requiring TPP conduct preliminary screening
recommend SIA
B. Social Impact Assessment (SIA)

ESMS cell field staff to Based on the findings of SA,
ESMS cell corporate team to
conduct Social ESMS cell to recommend
monitor SA survey.
Assessment (SA) preparation of TPP
C. Preparation of TPP
ESMS cell to arrange for
ESMS cell field staff to ESMS cell corporate team to
disclosure meetings to finalize
prepare TPP monitor preparation activities
TPP at community level
D. Implementation of TPP
Local NGO will Officer in ESMS cell with
ESMS cell field staff to
implement TPP experience in handling tribal
supervise implementation
activities affairs to monitor implementation
Page 221
Monitoring and Grievance Redressal Mechanism
The budgetary implications and monitoring mechanism for activities identified in TPP are
provided below:
 Each Tribal Development Plan (TPP) will have its own budget. The implementing
agencies (power utilities in this case) will provide sufficient resources to formulate TPP
for each sub-project which impacts Scheduled Tribes. A detailed budget will be
prepared by the social and environment cell within the project implementation unit,
after taking into account all activities associated with formulation and implementation
of TPP.
 The ESMS cell will be responsible to implement and monitor all the activities specified
in this document with support from the field staff of the utilities (AE and ADE).
 For projects with significant adverse impacts26 on Scheduled Tribes, participatory
monitoring mechanism will be established involving the staff of project implementation
unit, people from social and environment cell within implementation unit,
representatives of affected Scheduled tribes and local community.
 The implementation of TPP will be monitored regularly and periodic monitoring reports
will be submitted to World Bank. The monitoring reports will be prepared by social and
environment cell.
 The implementing agency can hire an external expert agency/individual or an NGO to
formulate and implement TPP and/or to monitor the implementation of TPP.
 The costs of monitoring requirement will be reflected in project budgets.

Apart from the project Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) established by the utilities
a multilevel grievance redressal mechanism will be established for TPP implementation.
 The first level of grievances will be resolved by the Divisional Engineer (DE) immediately
through on-site consultations
 For World Bank Projects, the ESMS cell will support the DE in resolving any project
related grievances before escalation to ED Planning and HRD.
 If grievance is not addressed at field level, it will be escalated to the ED Planning and
HRD at corporate office
 Grievances of immediate and urgent nature should be resolved at ESMS cell level within
30 days of the registration of grievance
 Major grievances that cannot be resolved at ESMS cell level or Corporate office level
will be forwarded to the coordination committee consisting of the Project Officer from
Integrated Tribal Development Agency (ITDA)27, the DE of the utility, District collector
and one expert in tribal affairs
26
Involves displacement of Tribal people, affects their association to land or threatens their cultural identity
27
Integrated Tribal Development Projects (ITDP) were conceived during fifth five year plan in India (and have
continued ever since) to delineate projects for welfare of tribal population. Andhra Pradesh has opted for
“Agency” model under the Registration of Societies Act and the ITDP are called Integrated Tribal Development
Agencies (ITDA) in the state.
Page 222
 In case the grievances are not resolved at the utility level. The people can approach the
The grievance redressal process is provided in the Figure 3.

Grievance Redressal Process
Immediate Action
Supported by appropriate officer
in ESMS cell

in 30 days
Grievance ED Planning & HRD at corporate

Redressed Action within 30 days & office
Decision within 60 days
Not addressed
Court of Law
Page 223
Annexure 8 – Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF)
Land is required for construction of substations and erecting transmission and distribution
towers. Land secured for construction of substations is no longer accessible to the existing
owner and hence in such cases ownership is transferred from the existing owner to the
respective utility. However, ownership of land used for erecting towers remains with the
existing land owner and the utility only receives rights to use the land. Therefore when we
talk of loss of land, it refers to land secured for substation construction. There are four ways
in which this land can be secured; these are:
(x) Transfer of Government land to utility
(xi) Voluntary donation
(xii) Purchase of land on willing buyer and willing seller basis on negotiated price
(xiii) Involuntary acquisition of land
The RPF is applicable in instances where securing of land results in the need to rehabilitate
and resettle affected families.
The proposed project includes the establishment of new of new sub-stations, the
construction of which requires securing of land by the concerned utility. For a 132 / 33 kV
sub-station 5 acres of land is required. While the majority of the land required for sub-
station construction will be secured through transfer of Government lands, there is a
possibility that some private land may need to be acquired. However, this will be done only
as a demonstrable last resort in the case of non-availability of Government lands in the
area.
Objective of the policy framework
The objective of the RPF is to appropriately identify, address and mitigate adverse socio-
economic impacts that may occur due to the implementation of projects that involve the
securing of land and subsequent resettlement of affected families. Without proper planning
and management, resettlement may result in long-term hardship for affected people.
Hence, the RPF aims to avoid resettlement wherever possible and in cases where it is
unavoidable, the RPF requires the Appropriate Government to develop of a robust
rehabilitation and resettlement plan to effectively manage the social impacts crated by the
project. The plan would identify the full range of people affected by the project and justify
their displacement after consideration of alternatives that would avoid or minimize
displacement.
Basic Principles
The basic principles on the basis of which the RPF has been developed are:
 Avoidance: wherever possible, securing of land that leads to displacement of people
should be avoided
Page 224
 Least disturbance: where displacement is not avoidable, efforts will be made to
minimize displacement, damage to / loss of property, loss of livelihood and any other
negative social impact the project may have. Only the minimum amount of land
required for a project is to be secured
 Public purpose: the land secured must be found to serve a legitimate and bonafide
public purpose and the social benefits should outweigh and potential social costs
 Participative: the process of land securing should be done through a humane,
participative, informed and transparent process in which local self-government and
Gram Sabhas are consulted and interested parties are fully informed and have a
chance to air their grievances
 Fair compensation: the affected families will receive fair compensation for any loss
of land along with a compensation award for resettlement
 Maintaining the social and economic status of families: the RPF is based on the
principle that there should be minimal possible negative impacts on the livelihoods
of the affected families. Where resettlement is unavoidable, the resettlement plan
should attempt to ensure that affected families are able to maintain the same social
and economic status as they did before displacement. Affected families will be
provided appropriate compensation and where possible jobs in the project.
Resettlement Entitlement Matrix
 Compensation for Land Acquisition
The compensation shall be calculated by the Collector on the basis of the provisions laid
down under section 26 to section 30 and the First Schedule of the RFCTLARRA 2013. The
compensation shall be paid to all parties whose land or other immovable property or assets
attached to the land or building have been acquired. As per the Act, land owners are defined
as any person:
 Whose name is recorded as the owner of the land or building or part thereof, in the
records of the authority concerned; or
 Who is granted forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest
Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 or under any other law for the time
being in force; or
 Who is entitled to be granted Patta rights on the land under any law of the State
including assigned lands; or
 Who has been declared as such by an order of the court or Authority
The Collector shall determine the market value of the land to be acquired on the
basis of whichever of the following is higher:
Page 225
 Market value, if any, specified in the Indian Stamp Act, 1889 for the registration of
sale deeds or agreements to sell in the area where the land is situated; or
 The average sale price for similar type of land situated in the nearest village or
nearest vicinity area; or
 Consented amount of compensation as agreed in case of acquisition of lands for
private companies or for public private partnership project
The Collector having determined the market value of the land to be acquired shall calculate
the total amount of compensation to be paid to the land owner by including all assets
attached to the land. This will be done as follows:
Component of Compensation Manner of Determination of Value
1. Market value of land Whichever of the following is higher:
 Market value, if any, specified in the Indian Stamp Act,
1889 for the registration of sale deeds or agreements to
sell in the area where the land is situated; or
 The average sale price for similar type of land situated
in the nearest village or nearest vicinity area; or
 Consented amount of compensation as agreed in case
of acquisition of lands for private companies or for
public private partnership project
2. Factor by which the market value  In case of rural areas (other than Scheduled Areas) a
is to be multiplied multiplication factor of 1.25 will be applied
 In case of Scheduled (Tribal) Areas, a multiplication
factor of 1.50 will be applied
 In case of urban areas, a multiplication factor of 1.00
will be applied
3. Value of assets attached to land
or building
a. Market value of the building  The Collector shall use the services of a competent
and other immovable property engineer, or any other specialist in the relevant field,
or assets attached to the land as may be considered necessary
or building that is to be
acquired
b. Damage sustained to standing  For fruit bearing trees, the value of compensation per
trees and plats tree will be determined from time to time by the
Horticulture Department based on the species of tree
 For non-fruit bearing trees, the value of compensation
will be determined by the Forest Department
c. Damage sustained to standing  For standing crops, the compensation will be
crops determined by the Agricultural Officer on a case by
case basis
Page 226
4. Solatium  The solatium shall be equivalent to one hundred
percent of the market value of the land mentioned
against serial number 1 multiplied by the relevant
factor mentioned against serial number 2 plus the
value of assets attached to land or building mentioned
against serial number 4a, 4b and 4c.
5. Total Compensation  The total compensation = Market value of land
mentioned against serial number 1 X relevant factor
mentioned against serial number 2 + Value of assets as
mentioned against serial number 3 + Soaltium
mentioned against serial number 4
In addition to the market value of the land provided, the Collector shall, in every case, award
an amount calculated at the rate of twelve per cent per annum on the market value for the
period commencing on and from the date of the publication of the notification of the SIA
till the date of the award of the Collector or the date of taking possession of the land,
whichever is earlier.
 Compensation for Rehabilitation and Resettlement
In addition to the compensation detailed above, the Collector shall pass Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Awards for each affected family. According to the RFCTLARRA 2013, affected
family is defined as:
 A family whose land or other immovable property has been acquired;
 A family which does not own any land but a member or members of such family
may be agricultural labourers, tenants including any form of tenancy or holding of
usufruct right, share-croppers or artisans or who may be working in the affected
area for three years prior to the acquisition of the land, whose primary source of
livelihood stand affected by the acquisition of land;
 The Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest dwellers who have lost any of their
forest rights recognized under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest
Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 due to acquisition of land
 Family whose primary source of livelihood for three years prior to the acquisition of
the land is dependent on forests or water bodies and includes gatherers of forest
produce, hunters, fisher folk and boatmen and such livelihood is affected due to
acquisition of land;
 A member of the family who has been assigned land by the State Government or
the Central Government under any of its schemes and such land is under
acquisition;
Page 227
 A family residing on any land in urban areas for preceding three years or more prior
to the acquisition of the land or whose primary source of livelihood for three years
prior to the acquisition of the land is affected by the acquisition of such land
The elements of the rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements are as follows:

Elements of R&R Entitlements Entitlement / Provision
1. Provision of housing units in  If a house is lost in rural areas, a constructed house shall
case of displacement be provided as per Indira Awas Yojana specifications; or if
the family opts not to take the house, the equivalent cost
of the house may be offered instead
 If a house is lost in urban areas, a constructed house shall
be provided, which will be no less than 50 sq mts in plinth
area; or if the family opts not to take the house offered, it
shall get a one-time financial assistance for house
construction which shall not be less than INR 1,50,000 / -
family which is without homestead land and which has
been residing in the area continuously for not less than
three years preceding the date of notification of the
affected area
 No family shall be given more than one house
Employment options:
employment to at least one member per affected family in
the project or arrange a job in such other project as
maybe required. The wages for the job shall not be less
than the minimum wages provided for in any law for the
time being in force
Or
 Onetime payment of INR 5,00,000 / - per affected family
Or
 Annuity policies that shall pay not less than INR 2,000 per
month per family for twenty years, with appropriate
indexation to the Consumer Price Index for Agricultural
Labourers
3. Subsistence grant for  Each affected family which is displaced form the land
displaced families for a period acquired shall be given a monthly subsistence allowance
of one year equivalent to INR 3,000 per month for a period of year
4. Transportation cost for  Each affected family which is displaced shall get a
Page 228
5. Cattle shed / petty shops cost  Each affected family having cattle or having a petty shop
shall get onetime financial assistance of such amount as
minimum of INR 25,000 /- for the construction of cattle shed
or petty shop
6. Onetime grant to artisan,  Each affected family of an artisan, small trader or self-
small traders and certain employed person or an affected family which owned non-
others agricultural land or commercial, industrial or institutional
structure in the affected area, shall get a one-time financial
assistance of INR 25,000 /-
7. Onetime resettlement  Each affected family shall be give a onetime Resettlement
allowance Allowance of INR 50,000 /-
8. Stamp duty and registration  The stamp duty and any other fees payable for registration
fee of the land or house allotted to the affected families shall
be borne by the requiring body
 The land for house allotted to the affected family shall be
free from all encumbrances
 The land or house allotted may be in the joint names of
wife and husband of the affected family
9. Special provisions for  Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes displaced from
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Areas shall receive an amount equivalent to
Scheduled Tribes INR 50,000 /- per family
 Families settled outside the district shall be entitled to an
additional 25% R&R benefits;
 Payment of one third of the compensation amount at very
outset;
 Free land for community and social gatherings;
Institutional and Implementation Arrangements

The following institutional arrangements have been provided for in the RFCTLARRA 2013
and the A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014 for the management of rehabilitation and resettlement of
affected parties:
1) Commissioner for Rehabilitation and Resettlement: As per section 44(1) of the

RFCTLARRA 2013, the State Government shall appoint an officer of the rank of
Commissioner or Secretary of that Government for rehabilitation and resettlement of
affected families. The Commissioner shall be responsible for supervising the
formulation of rehabilitation and resettlement schemes or plans and proper
implementation of such schemes or plans. The Commissioner shall also be responsible
for the post-implementation social audit in consultation with the Gram Sabha in rural
areas and municipality in urban areas.
Page 229
2) Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement: As per section 43(1) of the
RFCTLARRA 2013, where the Appropriate Government is satisfied that there is likely to
be involuntary displacement of persons due to acquisition of land, then the State
Government shall, by notification, appoint in respect to that project, an officer not below
the rank of Joint Collector or Additional Collector or Deputy Collector or equivalent
official of Revenue Department to be Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement.
3) Powers of the Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement: As per section 30 of
the A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014, the Administrator shall exercise the following powers and
have the following responsibilities:
a. To conduct a survey and undertake a census of the affected families in the
manner and within the time provided under the A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014;
b. To prepare a draft Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme;
c. To publish the draft scheme by the mode provided under the A.P. RFCTLARRR
2014;
d. To make the draft scheme available to the concerned persons and authorities;
e. To organize and conduct public hearings on the draft scheme;
f. To provide an opportunity to the Requiring Body to make suggestions and
comments on the draft scheme;
g. To submit the draft scheme to the Collector;
h. To publish the approved Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme in the affected
area;
i. To assist the Collector in preparing the Rehabilitation and Resettlement award;
j. To monitor and supervise the implementation of the Rehabilitation award;
k. To assist in post-implementation audit of Rehabilitation and Resettlement; and
l. Any other work required to be done for Rehabilitation and Resettlement
4) Project Level Rehabilitation and Resettlement Committee: As per section 45(1 & 2) of
the RFCTLARRA 2013, where land proposed to be acquired is equal to or more than one
hundred acres, the Appropriate Government shall constitute a Committee under the
chairmanship of the Collector to monitor and review the progress of implementation of
the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme and to carry out post-implementation
audits in consultation with the Gram Sabha in rural areas and municipality in urban
areas. The Committee shall include the following members:
a. Officers from the Appropriate Government;
b. A representative of women residing in the affected area;
Page 230
c. A representative each of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes residing
in the affected area;
d. A representative of a voluntary organization working in the area;
e. A representative of a nationalized bank;
f. The Land Acquisition Officer of the project;
g. The Chairperson of the panchayats or municipalities located in the affected area
or their nominees;
h. The Chairperson of the District Planning Committee or his nominee;
i. The Member of Parliament and Member of the Legislative Assembly of the
concerned area or their nominee;
j. A representative of the Requiring Body; and
k. Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement as the Member-Convenor
As per section 31(2) of the A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014, the Committee shall have its first
meeting when a draft Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme has been prepared by
the Administrator. The Committee shall discuss the scheme and make suggestions and
recommendations. Thereafter the Committee shall meet and review and monitor the
progress of Rehabilitation and Resettlement once in a month till the process is
completed. For the post-implementation social audits, the Committee shall meet once
in three months. In order to monitor the progress, the Committee may visit the affected
area and hold discussions with the affected families and also visit the resettlement area.
Implementation Arrangements
The RPF is follows the strategy of avoidance, minimization and mitigation. This means that
preference is given to avoiding displacement and resettlement wherever possible. If it is
not possible to avoid this, utilities will strive to minimize the extent of displacement and
take appropriate mitigation measures for all social impacts caused by such displacement.
In order to avoid the loss of land and subsequent need for resettlement, the following
safeguards are put in place:
 The Appropriate Government will endeavour, wherever possible, to secure
Government land for projects even if this requires realignment of the proposed route
 Only the minimal amount of land required for substations will be secured; the land
required for a 132kV / 33kV substation is approx. 5 acres.28
28
Page 231
 Only in rare cases that Government land is not available will other methods of
securing land be pursued (voluntary donation or willing buyer and willing seller)
with involuntary acquisition being the last resort
 Even, when Government lands are used, lands assigned to poor people for
agriculture purpose will not be resumed unless unavoidable
 In case of voluntary donation, no undue pressure will be put on the land owner / user
to transfer ownership of the land; and in the case of willing buyer and willing seller,
the compensation shall not be less than the rate provided for under RFCTLARRA
2013
 There should be no unutilized land which has been previously acquired in the area
where land is sought for the project. Further, any land acquired earlier and remaining
unutilized is to be used for the purpose of the project before additional land is
allotted
 The Appropriate Government shall ensure that a Social Impact Assessment (SIA)
study is carried out in consultation with the concerned Panchayat, Municipality or
Municipal Corporation in the affected area and also hold public hearings in the
process
 An Expert Committee will be required to review the SIA and certify that the requested
land serves a legitimate public purpose; that the social benefits of the proposed
project outweigh any potential social costs; that only the minimum amount of land
required is being utilized; and that no other less displacing option was available
Where it is not possible to avoid the acquisition of land and displacement of affected
families, the provisions of RFCTLARRA, 2013 and the A.P. RFCTLARRR, 2014 shall be
applicable.
The table below provides a snapshot of the process involved in land acquisition and
determining the awards for rehabilitation and resettlement along with details who the
competent authority responsible at each step of the process. Following the table, the
implementation process is elaborated in detail.
Competent Authority Responsible at Various Stages
Involuntary Acquisition of Land – Process as per APRFCTLARRR, 2014
1. Request for  Requisition for land: Requiring body files  Principal Secretary
Land requisition to the concerned District Energy Department or
Collector and the Commissioner any Person authorised
Rehabilitation and Resettlement by him
 Preliminary inquiry about the correctness  Team of Revenue and
of particulars furnished in the requisition Agriculture Officers
 Report on preliminary inquiry submitted along with
to the District Collector Representative of
Requiring Body
Page 232
 Preliminary estimate of the cost: If the  District Collector
District Collector is satisfied that the
requisition is consistent with the
provisions of the RFCTLARRA, 2013, he
shall make a preliminary estimate of the
cost of acquisition
 The requiring body will deposit the  Requiring body
estimated cost of acquisition in District
collector’s office
2. Social Impact  Notification to undertake SIA  District Collector
Assessment  Disclosure of the notification  District Collector
 Select team to carryout SIA from the  Commissioner,
individuals and institutions registered or Rehabilitation and
empanelled in the state database of Resettlement acting
Qualified SIA Resource Partners and as state Social Impact
Practitioners Assessment Unit
 Undertake SIA in consultation with  Appointed team to
concerned Gram Panchayat, Mandal conduct SIA
Parishad, Municipality or Municipal
Corporation, followed by a public hearing
to ascertain the views of the affected
families
 Submit SIA report to Commissioner,  Appointed team to
Rehabilitation and Resettlement within a conduct SIA
period of six months from the date of
commencement
 Submit Social Impact Management Plan  Appointed team to
listing the ameliorative measures conduct SIA
required to be undertaken for addressing
the impacts
 Disclosure of SIA report and Social  Commissioner,
Impact Management Plan Rehabilitation and
Resettlement
Validation of  Constitute an expert group consisting of  AP State Government
SIA by Expert two non-official social scientists, two
Group representatives of panchayats, Gram
Shabha, municipality or municipal
corporation, two experts on
rehabilitation and a technical expert in the
subject related to the project
 Recommendations of the expert group,  Expert Group
within two months of its constitution, on
whether the proposed project should be
implemented or not
 Disclosure of recommendations of the  AP State Government
expert group
3. Decision by  Decide area for acquisition based on the  AP State Government
appropriate Social Impact Assessment report and the
Government recommendations of the expert group
Page 233
 Obtain consent from the affected people,  AP State Government
where required
 Disclosure of the decision  AP State Government
 Create public website to upload and  Commissioner,
disclose each acquisition case Rehabilitation and
Resettlement
4. Publication of  Preliminary notification shall be issued,  AP State Government
Preliminary after conclusion of SIA and consent of the
Notification affected persons or Gram Sabha, as the
case may be, when it appears to the
Government that land is required or likely
to be required in any area for any public
purpose
 Update land records within 2 months of  District Collector
the notification
5. Preliminary  Officer authorized by District collector to  Officer authorized by
survey of land conduct preliminary survey and shall District collector
proposed for have powers as provided under the
acquisition Section 12 of the RFCTLARRA 2013
6. Disposal of  Every objection shall be made to the  Collector / District
objections Collector in writing and the Collector shall Collector
give the objector an opportunity of being
heard in person or by any person
authorized by him in this behalf
 After hearing all such objections and
making further inquiries as he thinks
necessary, the Collector shall submit a
report along with his recommendations
on the objections to the District Collector
for decision
7. Preparation of  The Administrator for Rehabilitation and  Administrator for
Rehabilitation Resettlement shall conduct a survey and Rehabilitation and
and undertake a census of the affected Resettlement
Resettlement families within a period of two months  Commissioner of
Scheme and from the date of publication of such Rehabilitation and
Public preliminary notification. Resettlement
Hearing:  The Administrator shall prepare
comprehensive and detailed draft
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme
and give publicity in the affected area
 The Commissioner of Rehabilitation and
Resettlement shall publish the approved
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme
in the affected area
8. Development  Prior consent of the concerned Gram  Concerned Utility
Plan for Sabha or the Panchayats at the
Scheduled appropriate level in the Scheduled Areas
Castes or under the Fifth Schedule to the
Scheduled Constitution shall be obtained before
Page 234
Tribes issue of a notification for acquiring land
Families: in Scheduled Areas
 In case there is involuntary displacement
in Scheduled areas, a Development Plan
will be prepared by the requiring body
9. Publication of  A declaration for acquisition of the land  Appropriate
Declaration along with the summary of the Government
Regarding Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme
Acquisition of
shall be made by the appropriate
Land
Government in the prescribed format.
10. Payment of  The award for land acquisition shall be  Collector
Compensation made within 12 months of the public
and declaration of the acquisition
Entitlements
 The compensation shall be calculated on
the basis of provisions laid down under
section 26 to section 30 and \ the First
Schedule of the RFCTLARRA 2013.
 In addition to the compensation for land
acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Awards will also be
provided to each affected family
The detailed implementation process is as follows:

1) Request for Land: Any Requiring Body, or its representative duly authorized by it, for
whom land is to be acquired shall file the Requisition to the concerned District Collector
and to the Commissioner, Rehabilitation & Resettlement as per Form I found in the
annexures of the A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014. In case of acquisition for Government, the
requisition shall be filed by concerned Secretary of the Department or a person
authorized by him.
The District Collector upon receiving requisition shall constitute a team of revenue and
agriculture officers to make field visit along with the representative of the requiring
body to make a preliminary enquiry about the correctness of the particulars furnished
in the requisition including the enquiry whether the requisition is consistent with the
provisions of the Act, and submit a report to the District Collector
If the District Collector, based on the report of the team, other information available with
him and instructions issued by the State Government in this regard, is satisfied that the
requisition is consistent with the provisions of the RFCTLARRA 2013; he shall make a
preliminary estimate of the cost of the acquisition as defined under Section 3 (i) of the
Act. The administrative cost under item (A) of Section 3 (i) (vi) of the Act, shall be at the
rate of 10% of the cost of compensation as provided in item (i) of Section 3 (i) of the Act.
The District Collector will ask the Requiring Body to deposit the estimated cost of
acquisition in his office within a period as may be specified by him.
Page 235
2) Set up Social Impact Assessment Unit: The Commissioner, Rehabilitation &
Resettlement shall be the state Social Impact Assessment Unit to arrange to carry out
Social Impact Assessment Study (SIA). The Commissioner, Rehabilitation &
Resettlement shall select the SIA team for each project from the individuals and
institutions registered or empanelled in the State Database of Qualified SIA Resource
Partners and Practitioners. The size and selection criteria for the SIA team shall be as
per the project-specific ToR developed by the State SIA Unit. The SIA team may be
constituted by appointing individuals or an organization with experience in conducting
SIAs or related field-based assessments and the team may include:
 A combination of independent practitioners, qualified social activists, academics,
technical experts, who are not directly connected with the requiring body; and
 At least one woman member
The Requiring Body shall not be involved in any way in the appointment of the SIA team
and while selecting the team it shall be ensured that there is no conflict of interest
involving the team members appointed to assess the concerned project. If any team
member is found to have a conflict of interest, the said member shall be disqualified.
3) Conduct Social Impact Assessment: A Social Impact Assessment (SIA) will be carried
out for all land acquisition proposals except for when land is proposed to be acquired
invoking urgency provisions under section 40 of RFCTLARRA 2013. In such cases, the
District Collector, where he is not the Appropriate Government, shall submit a report to
the State Government to issue appropriate directions. In other cases, the District
Collector shall take the decision.
The District Collector shall, within a period of fifteen days from the date of deposit of
the processing fee for carrying the SIA study by the Requiring Body, issue a notification
for carrying out SIA in as per Form II found in the annexures of the A.P. RFCTLARRR
2014. The notification shall be made available in Telugu language to the Gram
Panchayat, Mandal Parishad, Municipality or Municipal Corporation, as the case may
be, and in the offices of the District Collector, the Sub-Divisional Magistrate and the
Tahsildar at Mandal level.
The notification shall be published in the form of posters and pamphlets circulated in
the affected area and by affixing the posters at some conspicuous places in the affected
areas and shall be uploaded on the website of the State Government and the revenue
district concerned. Provided that such notification shall be issued within thirty days after
the deposit of the processing fee for carrying Social Impact Assessment by the
Requiring Body.
The SIA shall be conducted in consultation with concerned Gram Panchayat, Mandal
Parishad, Municipality or Municipal Corporation, as the case may be, at village level or
ward level in the affected areas. This will be followed by a public hearing at the affected
Page 236
areas to ascertain the views of the affected families; these views shall be recorded in
writing. Adequate publicity about the date and time and venue for the public hearing
shall be given.
The SIA report shall be submitted as per Form III found in the annexures of A.P.
RFCTLARRR 2014 to the Commissioner, Rehabilitation & Resettlement within a period
of Six months from the date of commencement and shall include the views of the
affected families recorded in writing. The SIA Report including summaries shall be
prepared and divided into three parts;
 The Project Feasibility Report;
 The Project Impact Report, and
 The Social Impact Management Plan
4) Develop Social Impact Management Plan: A Social Impact Management Plan listing the
ameliorative measures required to be undertaken for addressing the impact of the
project shall be submitted as per Form IV found in the annexures of A.P. RFCTLARRR
2014 along with the SIA report to the Commissioner, Rehabilitation & Resettlement.
The SIA team must provide a conclusive assessment of the balance and distribution of
the adverse social impacts and social costs and benefits of the proposed project and
land acquisition, including the mitigation measures, and provide an assessment as to
whether the benefits from the proposed project exceed the social costs and adverse
social impacts that are likely to be experienced by the affected families or even after the
proposed mitigation measures, the affected families remained at risk of being
economically or socially worse, as a result of the said land acquisition and resettlement.
5) Publicizing the SIA Report and Social Impact Management Plan: The SIA Report and
the Social Impact Management Plan shall be made available in the Telugu language to
the concerned Gram Panchayat, Mandal Parishad, Municipality or Municipal
Corporation, at village level or ward level in the affected areas and in the Offices of the
District Collector, the Sub-Divisional Officer and Tahsildar. It shall also be published by
way of a public notice by affixing at some conspicuous places in the affected areas and
shall be uploaded on the website of the State Government and the revenue district
concerned.
6) Validation of SIA by Expert Group: The Appropriate Government shall ensure that the
SIA report is validated by an independent multi-disciplinary Expert Group, as may be
constituted by it. The Expert Group shall have:
 Two non-official social scientists;
 Two representatives of Panchayat, Gram Sabha, Municipality or Municipal
Corporation;
Page 237
 Two experts on rehabilitation, and a technical expert in the subject relating to the
project
If the Expert Group determines that the project does not serve any public purpose, or
the social costs and adverse social impacts of the project outweigh the potential
benefits, it shall make a recommendation within two months from the date of its
constitution and the project shall be abandoned forthwith and no further steps to
acquire land will be initiated in respect of the same.
If the Expert Group believes that there is a public purpose and that the benefits
outweigh social costs, it shall make recommendations within two months of its
constitution as to whether the extent of land proposed to be acquired is the absolute
bare-minimum extent needed for the project and whether there are no other less
displacing options available.
All recommendations of the Expert Group shall be recorded in writing along with details
and reasons for their decisions. The recommendations shall be made available in the
Telugu language to the Panchayat, Municipality, or Municipal Corporation; and the
offices of the District Collector, the Sub-Divisional Magistrate and the Tehsil; and shall
be published in the affected areas and also uploaded on the website of the Appropriate
Government.
7) Decision by Appropriate Government: The Appropriate Government shall examine the
Social Impact Assessment report, the recommendations of the Expert Group, if any, and
decide such area for acquisition which would ensure minimum displacement of people,
minimum disturbance to the infrastructure, ecology and minimum adverse impact on
the individuals affected. Before taking a decision the appropriate Government shall
ensure that consent is obtained the cases where such consent is required.
The decision of the Appropriate Government shall be made available in the local
language to the Panchayat, Municipality, or Municipal Corporation; and the offices of
the District Collector, the Sub-Divisional Magistrate and the Tehsil; and shall be
published in the affected areas and also uploaded on the website of the Appropriate
Government.
Each acquisition case will be uploaded, on a public website that is to be created by the
Commissioner, Rehabilitation & Resettlement. All details regarding the case beginning
with the notification of the SIA and tracking each step of decision making,
implementation and audit will be made available on the website.
8) Publication of Preliminary Notification: After conclusion of the SIA and consent of the
affected persons or Gram Sabha, as the case may be, when it appears to the appropriate
Government that land is required or likely to be required in any area for any public
purpose, a preliminary notification shall be issued as per Form VI (a & b) found in the
annexures of A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014.
Page 238
The notification shall be published in the following manner:
 In the Andhra Pradesh Gazette;
 In two daily newspapers circulating in the locality of such area of which one shall
be in the Telugu language
 In the Telugu language in the Panchayat, Municipality or Municipal Corporation,
as the case may be and in the offices of the District Collector, the Sub-divisional
Magistrate and the Tehsil;
 Uploaded on the website of the Appropriate Government;
 In conspicuous places in the affected areas and shall also be informed to the
public by beat of Tom-tom.
After issuing the preliminary notification, the Collector shall updated land records
within a period of two months.
9) Preliminary survey of land proposed for acquisition: The officer authorized by the
District Collector to conduct preliminary survey shall have all the powers as provided
under section 12 of the RFCTLARRA 2013.
10) Disposal of objections: Any person interested in any land which has been notified as
being required or likely to be required for a public purpose, may within sixty days from
the date of the publication of the preliminary notification object to:
 The area and suitability of land proposed to be acquired;
 Justification offered for public purpose;
 The findings of the SIA report
Every objection shall be made to the Collector in writing and the Collector shall give the
objector an opportunity of being heard in person or by any person authorized by him
in this behalf or by an Advocate and shall, after hearing all such objections and making
such further inquiry, if any, as he thinks necessary, shall submit a report along with his
recommendations on the objections to the District Collector for decision. The decision
of the District Collector shall be final.
11) Preparation of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme and Public Hearing: On
publication of the preliminary notification by the Appropriate Government, the
Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall conduct a survey and
undertake a census of the affected families within a period of two months from the
date of publication of such preliminary notification.
For the survey and the census of the affected families the Administrator shall collect
data based on the SIA report as well as data from secondary sources such as Panchayat
and Government records and verify that data by door visit of the affected families and
by site visits in case of infrastructure in the affected area.
Page 239
The draft Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme prepared by the Administrator shall
include particulars of the rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements of each land
owner and landless whose livelihoods are primarily dependent on the lands being
acquired: Where resettlement of affected families is involved the scheme shall contain
the following:
 List of Government buildings to be provided in Resettlement Area
 Details of public amenities and infrastructural facilities which are to be provided
in Resettlement Area
 List of likely to be displaced families;
 List of infrastructure in the affected area;
 List of land holdings in the affected area;
 List of trades/business in the affected area;
 List of landless people in the affected area;
 List of persons belonging to disadvantageous groups like persons belonging to
Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes, handicapped persons in the affected area;
 List of landless agricultural labourers in the affected area;
 List of unemployed youth in the affected area.
The Administrator shall prepare comprehensive and detailed draft Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Scheme, as per Form VIII found in the Annexures of the A.P. RFCTLARRR
2014, and give wide publicity in the affected area. The Administrator or an officer
authorized by him shall conduct a public hearing in the affected areas on such date,
time and venue as decided by giving advance notice of fifteen days.
The Commissioner of Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall publish the approved
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme in the affected area by affixing in conspicuous
places in addition to making it public by other means as described above in the case of
the preliminary notification.
12) Development Plan for Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes Families: As far as
possible, no acquisition of land shall be made in Scheduled Areas; and where this is
done, it shall be only as a demonstrable last resort. Further the prior consent of the
concerned Gram Sabha or the Panchayats at the appropriate level in the Scheduled
Areas under the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution shall be obtained before issue of a
notification. This prior consent shall be taken in all cases, even in the case of urgency.
In cases of a project involving land acquisition on behalf of a requiring body which
involves involuntary displacement of the Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes
families, a Development Plan shall be prepared in the prescribed format. The
Development Plan shall lay down the details of the procedure for settling land rights
Page 240
due, but not settled and restoring titles of the Scheduled Tribes as well as he Scheduled
Castes on the alienated land by undertaking a special drive together with land
acquisition.
The Development Plan shall also contain a programme for development of alternate
fuel, fodder and non-timber forest produce resources on non-forest lands within a
period of five years, sufficient to meet the requirements of tribal communities as well
as the Scheduled Castes.
The affected families of the Scheduled Tribes shall be resettled preferably in the same
Scheduled Area in a compact block so that they can retain their ethnic, linguistic and
cultural identity. Further, the resettlement areas predominantly inhabited by the
Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes shall get land, to such extent as may be
prescribed by the Appropriate Government free of cost for community and social
gatherings.
All the benefits, including the reservation benefits available to the Scheduled Tribes and
Scheduled Castes in the affected areas shall continue in the resettlement area.
Any alienation of tribal lands or lands belonging to members of the Scheduled Castes
in disregards of the laws and regulations for the time being in force shall be treated as
null and void.
13) Publication of declaration for acquisition: A declaration for acquisition of the land along
with the summary of the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme shall be made by the
appropriate Government in the prescribed format. However, no such declaration shall
be made unless the requiring body has deposited an amount in full towards the cost of
acquisition of the land. Every declaration shall be published in the same manner as
described above in the case of the preliminary notification.
14) Land acquisition award: The Collector shall make an award for land acquisition within
a period of twelve months from the date of publication of the declaration for
acquisition. If no award is made within this period, the entire proceedings for the
acquisition of the land shall lapse.
15) Mode of payment of compensation: The payment of compensation shall be made
expeditiously through account payee cheques/electronic mail transfer.
Dispute Settlement
As per section 51(1) of the RFCTLARRA 2013, the Appropriate Government shall, for the
purpose of providing speedy disposal of disputes relating to land acquisition,
compensation, rehabilitation and resettlement, establish one or more Authorities to be
known as “the Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Authority”.
Section 52(1, 2 & 3) specifies that the Authority shall consist of one person only (Presiding
Officer) who will be appointed by the Appropriate Government in consultation with the
Chief Justice of a High Court in whose jurisdiction the Authority is proposed to be
Page 241
established. The Presiding Officer must be, or have been, a District Judge; or a qualified
legal practitioner who has been practicing for not less than seven years. The Presiding
Officer shall hold office for a term of three years or until the age of sixty-five, whichever is
earlier.
The Appropriate Government shall also provide the Authority with a Registrar and such
other officers and employees as it deems fit. As per section 33 of the A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014,
the salaries, allowances, and conditions of service of the Registrar and other Officers and
employees of the Authority shall be the same as applicable to the officers and employees
of similar grades working in the Judicial Department of the State Government; while the
salaries and allowances of the Presiding Officer shall be the same as that applicable to a
District Judge working in the State.
Any person interested who has not accepted the rehabilitation and resettlement award
may, by written application to the Collector, require that the matter be referred by the
Collector to the Authority for determination. The objection of the interested person may
concern:
a. Measurement of the land;
b. The amount of the compensation;
c. The person who is payable;
d. The rights of Rehabilitation and Resettlement; or
e. The appointment of the compensation among the interested persons
The application objecting to the award will be accepted if the application is made:
a. Within six weeks from the date of Collector’s award, in the case that the person
making the application was present or represented before the Collector at the
time when the award was made; or
b. In other cases, within six weeks of receipt of the notice from the Collector, or
within six months from the date of the Collector’s award, whichever period shall
expire first
However, the Collector may entertain an application within a further period of one year
after the expiry of the stipulated period if there is sufficient cause for not filing it within the
specified time period.
Once the Collector receives the application, he shall refer it to the Authority within a period
of thirty days from the date of receipt of the application. If the Collector fails to refer the
matter within the stipulated time period, the applicant may apply to the Authority,
requesting it to direct the Collector to make the reference.
While making the reference to the Authority, the Collector shall specify:
a. The situation and extent of the land, with particulars of any tress, buildings or
standing crops on it;
b. The names of the persons interested in the land;
c. The amount awarded for damages and paid or tendered, and the amount of
compensation awarded;
d. The amount paid or deposited under any other provisions of the RFCTLARRA
2013; and
Page 242
e. If the objection is to the amount of the compensation or the grounds on which
the amount of compensation was determined.
On receiving the reference, the Authority shall issue a notice specifying the day on which
the objection will be determined and direct that the applicant and all interested persons
appear on the notified date. The proceedings shall take place in public and all persons
entitled to appear in any Civil Court in the State shall be entitled to appear, plead and act
in such proceedings.
In determining whether the amount of compensation awarded for land acquisition and
rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements is appropriate, the Authority shall take into
consideration whether the Collector has followed the parameters set under section 26 to
section 30 of the RFCTLARRA 2013. If the Collector’s award is not upheld by the Authority,
the cost of the proceedings shall be paid by the Collector.
If the Authority believes that the compensation should have been in excess of that awarded
by the Collector, the Authority may direct the Collector to pay interest on such excess at
the rate of nine percent per annum from the date on which the Collector took possession
of the land to the date of payment of the excess amount. If the payment of the excess
amount is after the expiry of one year form the date the Collector took possession, the
interest rate applied will be fifteen percent per annum for the period after the expiry of one
year to the time the excess payment is made.
In such cases where the Authority awards compensation in excess of the amount awarded
by the Collector, any person interested in any other land covered by the same preliminary
notification, may submit a written application to the Collector to re-determine the amount
of compensation made to them. Such applications should be made within three months of
the Authority’s awards.
If the Requiring Body or any person aggrieved by the Authority’s award may file an appeal
to the High Court within sixty days from the date of the award. This period maybe
extended by a further sixty days if the High Court determines that the appellant was
prevented by sufficient cause from filing the appeal in the stipulated period. The high Court
will be require do dispose of any such appeal within six months from the date on which
the appeal is presented to the High Court.
Monitoring Mechanism
As per section 50(1 & 2) of the RFCTLARRA 2013, the State Government shall constitute a
State Monitoring Committee for reviewing and monitoring the implementation of
rehabilitation and resettlement schemes or plans. The Committee may, besides having
representatives of the concerned Ministries and Departments of the State Government,
associate with eminent experts from the relevant fields.
Further, as per section 32(1) of the A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014, the State Monitoring Committee
shall have its first meeting for review and monitoring the implementation of the
rehabilitation and resettlement scheme within a month of the date that the said scheme is
approved and published by the Commissioner for Rehabilitation and Resettlement.
Thereafter, the meetings of the Committee shall be held once in three months to review
and monitor the implementation of the rehabilitation and resettlement schemes.
Page 243
Section 32(2) of the A.P. RFCTLARRR 2014 prescribes that the experts associated with the
State Monitoring Committee shall be paid an amount of INR 1,000 as sitting fee and
travelling and daily allowance at the rate admissible to the Class-I rank Officers of the State
Government for journeys outside headquarters.
Page 244
Annexure 9 – Implementation Arrangements for RTFCTLARRA

Involuntary Acquisition of Land – Process as per APRFCTLARRR, 2014
1. Request for Land  Requisition for land: Requiring body files requisition to the  Principal Secretary
concerned District Collector and the Commissioner Energy Department or
Rehabilitation and Resettlement any Person Authorised
by him
 Preliminary inquiry about the correctness of particulars  Team of Revenue and
furnished in the requisition Agriculture Officers
 Report on preliminary inquiry submitted to the District along with
Collector Representative of
Requiring Body
 Preliminary estimate of the cost: If the District Collector is  District Collector
satisfied that the requisition is consistent with the provisions
of the RFCTLARRA, 2013, he shall make a preliminary estimate
of the cost of acquisition
 The requiring body will deposit the estimated cost of  Requiring body
acquisition in District collector’s office
2. Social Impact Assessment  Notification to undertake social impact assessment  District Collector
 Disclosure of the notification  District Collector
 Select team to carryout SIA from the individuals and  Commissioner,
institutions registered or empanelled in the state database of Rehabilitation and
Qualified SIA Resource Partners and Practitioners Resettlement acting as
state Social Impact
Assessment Unit
 Undertake SIA in consultation with concerned Gram  Appointed team to
Panchayat, Mandal Parishad, Municipality or Municipal conduct SIA
Corporation, followed by a public hearing to ascertain the
views of the affected families
 Submit SIA report to Commissioner, Rehabilitation and  Appointed team to
Resettlement within a period of six months from the date of conduct SIA
commencement
Page 245
 Submit Social Impact Management Plan listing the  Appointed team to
ameliorative measures required to be undertaken for conduct SIA
addressing the impacts
 Disclosure of SIA report and Social Impact Management Plan  Commissioner,
Rehabilitation and
Resettlement
Validation of SIA by Expert  Constitute an expert group consisting of two non-official social  AP State Government
Group scientists, two representatives of panchayats, Gram Shabha,
municipality or municipal corporation, two experts on
rehabilitation and a technical expert in the subject related to
the project
 Recommendations of the expert group, within two months of  Expert Group
its constitution, on whether the proposed project should be
implemented or not
 Disclosure of recommendations of the expert group  AP State Government
3. Decision by appropriate  Decide area for acquisition based on the Social Impact  AP State Government
Government Assessment report and the recommendations of the expert
group
 Obtain consent from the affected people, where required  AP State Government
 Disclosure of the decision  AP State Government
 Create public website to upload and disclose each acquisition  Commissioner,
case Rehabilitation and
Resettlement
4. Publication of Preliminary  Preliminary notification shall be issued, after conclusion of SIA  AP State Government
Notification and consent of the affected persons or Gram Sabha, as the
case may be, when it appears to the Government that land is
required or likely to be required in any area for any public
purpose
 Update land records within 2 months of the notification  District Collector
5. Preliminary survey of land  Officer authorized by District collector to conduct preliminary  Officer authorized by
proposed for acquisition survey and shall have powers as provided under the Section District collector
12 of the RFCTLARRA 2013
6. Disposal of objections  Every objection shall be made to the Collector in writing and  Collector / District
the Collector shall give the objector an opportunity of being Collector
Page 246
heard in person or by any person authorized by him in this
behalf or by an Advocate
 After hearing all such objections and making further inquiries
as he thinks necessary, the Collector shall submit a report
along with his recommendations on the objections to the
District Collector for decision
7. Preparation of Rehabilitation  The Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall  Administrator for
and Resettlement Scheme conduct a survey and undertake a census of the affected Rehabilitation and
and Public Hearing: families within a period of two months from the date of Resettlement
publication of such preliminary notification.  Commissioner of
 The Administrator shall prepare comprehensive and detailed Rehabilitation and
draft Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme and give wide Resettlement
publicity in the affected area
 The Commissioner of Rehabilitation and Resettlement shall
publish the approved Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme
in the affected area
8. Development Plan for  Prior consent of the concerned Gram Sabha or the Panchayats  Concerned Utility
Scheduled Castes or at the appropriate level in the Scheduled Areas under the Fifth
Scheduled Tribes Families: Schedule to the Constitution shall be obtained before issue of
a notification for acquiring land in Scheduled Areas
 In case there is involuntary displacement in Scheduled areas, a
Development Plan will be prepared by the requiring body
9. Publication of Declaration  A declaration for acquisition of the land along with the  Appropriate
Regarding Acquisition of summary of the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme shall Government
Land be made by the appropriate Government in the prescribed
format.
10. Payment of Compensation  The award for land acquisition shall be made within 12 months  Collector
and Entitlements of the public declaration of the acquisition
 The compensation shall be calculated on the basis of
provisions laid down under section 26 to section 30 and \ the
First Schedule of the RFCTLARRA 2013.
 In addition to the compensation for land acquisition,
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Awards will also be provided
to each affected family
Page 247
Annexure 10 – Implementation of RTI Act
The Government of India has enacted Right to Information Act 2005 to provide for setting
out the practical regime of right to information for citizens and to secure access to
information under the control of Public Authorities29 in order to promote transparency
and accountability in the working of any public authority.
The right to information includes an access to the information which is held by or under
the control of any public authority and includes the right to inspect the work, documents,
records, taking notes, extracts or certified copies of documents/ records and taking certified
samples of the materials and obtaining information which is stored in electronic form
Any citizen can request for information by making an application in writing in English /
Telugu / official language of the areas, in which the application is being made together with
the prescribed fees.
Procedure for Request of Information:

 Any request by any person seeking information shall be made in writing in any
Official Language to the State Public Information Officer (SPIO)/SPIOs specifying
the particulars of information sought by him either in English or in any Official
language of the local area along with the prescribed fee.
 The person requesting for information need not give any reasons.
 The State Public Information Officer (SPIO) at Corporate Office of the utilities will
receive the requests for information from the public and the State Asst. Public
Information Officers (SAPIO) in all Operation Circle/Regional Offices and arrange
for providing necessary information to the public as permitted under the
Act. Response time to provide the information are provided below:
48 hours From the time of receipt of application concerning the life and
liberty of person
30 days From the date of application
29
“Public Authority” means any Authority or Body or Institution of Self- Government established or
constituted:-
a) by or under the constitution;
b) by any other law made by the Parliament;
c) by any other law made by the State Legislature;
d) by notification issued or order made by the appropriate Government, and includes any:-
i. body owned, controlled or substantially financed;
ii. non-Government organization substantially financed directly or indirectly by funds provided by
the appropriate Government;
Page 248
5 days If the information sought for by the public relates to another
Public Authority the request should be transferred to such Public
Authority not later than 5 days of receipt of such request.
40 days If the interest of a third party is involved.
 Appeal Provision: Any person who, does not receive a decision within the time specified,
or is aggrieved by a decision of the Central Public Information Officer or State Public
Information Officer, as the case may be, may within thirty days from the expiry of such
period or from the receipt of such a decision prefer an appeal to such officer who is
senior in rank to the Central Public Information Officer or State Public Information Officer
as the case may be, in each public authority:
 An appeal shall be disposed of within thirty days of the receipt of the appeal or within
such extended period not exceeding a total of forty five days from the date of filing
thereof, as the case may be, for reasons to be recorded in writing. The details of the
Public Information Authority and Appellate authority for each of the utility is provided
below:
APTRANSCO
Designation under RTI Act 2005 Designation of the officer
1st Appellate Authority Director(Projects)
State Public Information Officer Executive Director(General) (Corporate
Communications)
Appellate Authority, Vijayawada Chief Engineer,(FAC) of the respective zone
Visakhapatnam and Kadapa zone
Public Information Officer, Vijayawada Superintending Engineer/OMC of the
Visakhapatnam and Kadapa zone respective zone
APSPDCL/APEPDCL
Designation under RTI Act 2005 Name of the officer and designation
SPDCL EPDCL
1st Appellate Authority Director Projects Director (I/c)
State Public Information Officer Executive Director CGM/HRD

Public information officers in Circles
District Public Information Officer Divisional Engineer/Technical/Circle Office
Appellate Authority in the District Superintending Engineer/Operation

Assistant Engineer/Technical, in the concerned
Public Information Officer in the Division
Division Offices.
Appellate Authority in the Division Divisional Engineer/Operation
Assistant Engineer/Operation in the concerned
Assistant Public Information Officer(APIO)
section office of the mandal
Page 249
Annexure 11 – Minutes of Disclousre Workshops
Minutes of the stakeholders’ Workshop conducted with public and MPs & MLAs on
19/08/16 at Dist. Collector’s Conference Hall, Eluru, West Godavari District on the impact
on ‘Environmental And Social issues while Implementation of ‘Power for All’
Scheme(24X7) with Financial assistance from World Bank.
Members present:
1. Sri Maganti Venkateswara Rao(Babu),Member of Parliament, Eluru Parliamentary
Constituency
2. Sri Ch.Prabhakar, Whip & MLA, Denduluru Assembly Constituency
3. Sri B.Ramesh Prasad, Executive Director, World Bank Projects & QC/APEPCL
Visakhapatnam.
4. Sri K. V. Ch. Panthulu, General Manager /World Bank Projects/APEPDCL Visakhapatnam
5. Sri Ch. Satyanarayana Reddy, Superintending Engineer/Operation/APEPDCL, Eluru
6. Public, APEPDCL officials, other departmental officials, local body members, press etc.,
Introduction:
The Superintending Engineer/operation/Eluru while delivering the keynote address
explained the various components in the proposed PFA Scheme in details and how it is
being implemented with World Bank’s financial assistance in APEPDCL. Further he
explained the public that the components like HVDS, erection of new Sub-stations and
installation of smart meters etc. were envisaged to ensure reliable and quality power
supply to all domestic, commercial & Industrial consumers. As West Godavari District
consists of predominantly agricultural area, the HVDS scheme has been proposed with Rs.
130 cr. for conversion of 9884 Agricultural services. Adding small capacity distribution
transformers to the existing system would help to improve tail end voltages and reduce
distribution transformer failures. During the course of execution compensation would be
paid for the trees cut and for the crop damaged if any. Approvals would be taken from the
authorities for Railway crossings, telecommunication channels. He further informed that
the KPMG Team had organized field visits along with APEPDCL officials to explore
Environmental and social management problems. It was further informed that any
grievances raised on executing works will be addressed with the following grievances
redressal mechanisms.
 Substation Advisory Committee Meeting
 District Electricity committee Meeting
 Spandana Program
 Prajavani
 Consumer Grievance Redressal Forum
 Judicial Interventions
Mr. B.Ramesh Prasad, Executive Director explained the importance of ‘Power for All’
scheme with World Bank Assistance and he has introduced the KPMG team Sri P.Ramesh,
Rahul Singh, & Rama Subrahmanyam Environment Specialists to the gathering.
Mr. Ch. Prabhakara Rao, Whip & MLA / Denduluru addressed the gathering and suggested
that the mistakes cropped up while execution of HVDS works earlier should be taken care
of in this project. He expressed concern over the fire accidents occurred in fields due to
Page 250
passing of electrical lines in the oil palm gardens. He has advised the utility to shift such
lines to road side to avoid accidents to the extent possible.
Public suggestions and concerns

 Sri Chalapathi Rao, ZPTC ,T.Narasapuram
He has advised to take the support of R&B Authorities while erecting electrical line. “We
are very much positive in inviting the HVDS Scheme and New Sub stations and we will
utilize this opportunity and cooperate with the department for the system now
introduced.”
 Sri M.Surendranath,AMC Chairman,Tangellamudi
He has suggested that the lines passing through the oil palm fields are to be shifted to
the adjacent road side if possible.
Reply: will be examined
 ZPTC/J.R.Gudem
He wanted a substation at Nimmalagudem of J.R Gudem Mandal. The Agl. Services
existing on higher capacity DTRs were getting more problems. Hence he requested to
convert them to HVDS. He also suggested lines passing through the fields should be
shifted and if it is not possible, insulated conductors may be proposed. He further
advised only 80% load bearing capacity shall be considered while erecting the
distribution transformers.
Reply: will be examined
 Rama Rao / Vamsi Seeds

He advised to introduce the system that is being in place in Australia to maintain
uninterrupted power supply in West Godavari District. He has recommended HVDS
system as best system for Agl consumers.
 Sudhir Babu ,ZPTC/K.Kota
He has suggested that the Existing 1 ph,15 KVA DTRs for Agl. Services should be
converted to HVDS to limit 7 Hrs supply
SE’s Response: Agl. Services with Single phase transformers will also be converted to
HVDS
 Ravindra Prasad / Mortha :
He has opined that HVDS is a better System but for Previous HVDS DTRs there were no
AB Switches. He underlined the need for AB switches by explaining that If any line fault
occurs during 3-ph Supply, total 7 hrs supply period being exhausted till the time power
restored due to non erection of AB Switches.
ED’s Response: In the present HVDS systems AB switches have proposed.
 Dy.Director Fisheries Department
In Aqua Culture export, West Godavari District is in number One position. Around Rs
5000 Cr was sanctioned for the development activities of Aqua culture Zone and hence
he requested 24 hrs power supply to Aqua culture services.
Reply: Policy matter
Page 251
 NREDCAP / Satyanarayana Murthy/Development Officer:
He has opined that HVDS system is very useful for Agl consumers. The fire accidents in
palm oil & coco plantations could be avoided if the HVDS lines are erected in road
margins. Insulated wires may to be used in maximum extent to mitigate the problem.
Reply : Will be examined
 West Godavari Telugu Vice Sarpanch/Mysannagudem :

63 KVA DTR erected at that time only 5 connections were there now there are 12
connections. To meet the load 100 KVA DTR to be erected.
The Superintending Engineer/operation/ Eluru replied that such problems will be solved
in the proposed HVDS. Small capacity Distribution transformers would be erected
according to the capacity of the motor.
 ZPTC / T.Narasapuram
He has advised to enhance the PTR Capacities in the substations
The Superintending Engineer/operation/Eluru informed that 27 PTRs were enhanced
recently from 5 to 8 MVA.
 A Farmer from Chagallu (V)

In Chagallu, Gorugorumilli, his 3 services were converted under HVDS about 10 years
ago and he has expressed satisfaction over the performance of the scheme and
requested to convert the other services as well. He demanded one substation in his
area. He congratulated the local DE and ADE on their prompt response in attending
consumer grievances in time.
Reply: The necessity of substation will be examined and appropriate action will be
taken.
 KPMG Team
KPMG Team explained how the survey was conducted in 5 Districts and ascertained
the inputs from the public. The team understood that HVDS project is environment
friendly and there were no social issues reported during their visit. Irrigation
department, Forest Department and Panchayatraj Department also touched and
obtained feedback during survey. KPMG Team has expressed that this project is very
Energy Efficient and space requirement is also very less and there are no major
problems and no involvement of private land.
 MP /Eluru
The MP said “Here we are not encouraging theft of Energy. In West Godavari District
Energy department is the best department. I will make efforts for 9 hrs supply to
agricultural sector.”
Closing Remarks of Executive Director
The Executive Director concluded that HVDS project is very much essential to overcome
the low voltage problem to the Agl consumers, to save electricity and to supply reliable
power to the end users. In this view, the World Bank is going to fund 1032 Cr to EPDCL for
strengthening of system, adding of sub-stations and conversion of Existing network into
HVDS etc. Finally, the meeting was concluded with the closing remarks that all the views
expressed in the workshop would be taken in to account and suitable measures will be
taken to resolve the issues and incorporating the same in the ESMF document.
Page 252
Minutes of the stakeholders’ Workshop conducted with public representatives and MLA
on 29/08/16 at Conference Hall, Corporate Office, APSPDCL, Tirupati,Chittoor District on
the impact on ‘Environmental And Social issues while Implementation of ‘Power for All’
Scheme(24X7) with Financial assistance from World Bank.
Members present:
1. Smt Sugunamma, Member of Legislative Assembly, Tirupati
2. Smt T Vanaja,Executive Director, Projects /APSPDCL Tirupati
3. Sri D.Yesunathu, Chief General Manager/HRD/APSPDCL/Tirupati
4. Sri K Nagaraju, SE/Civil/APSPDCL Tirupati
5. Prof Sri Murali, Dept. of Civil Eng., SV University, Tirupati
6. Prof Sri Marutheeswarrao, Det. Of Electrical Eng., SV University, Tirupati 7
7. Prof Sri Damodaram,Dept. of Environmental Science, SV University,
Tirupati.
8. Sri B Narasappa, DSP,CCS, Tirupati
9. Sri V.Munichandra Reddy, ROPE ( NGO), Tirupati.
10. Sri N.M.Mohan, RIPE ( NGO), Tirupati.
11. Sri M.Narasimhulu Naidu, Farmers Association,KVBPuram
Mandal,Chittoor Dist.
12. Sri Dhananjaya Naidu, Agriculturist, Nagari.
13. SriP.N.Chandra, Member, Sri Kalahasteeswaraswamy vari Trust Board.
14. M.Shivaji, Imperial granites(P) Ltd.,Nagari
15. Sri P.Venkatramana Reddy, M/sUniversal Chemicals (
India),IDA,Gajulamandyam
16. KPMG Team Mr. Rahul Singh, Mr.Anand Kulakarni and Mr.Ramesh P
17. Public, APSPDCL officials,Farmers, , local body members, Media and other
departmental officials.
Page 253
Introduction:
The Executive Director, Projects /APSPDCL Tirupati while delivering the keynote address
explained the various works involved in the proposed PFA Scheme in detail and how it is
being implemented with World Bank’s financial assistance in APSPDCL. Further she
explained the public that the works like HVDS, erection of new Substations, UG Cabling,
Covered Conductor and R & M of Sub-Stations, etc., were envisaged to ensure reliable,
qualitative and affordable power supply to all domestic, commercial and industrial
consumers. As Ananthapur & Kurnool Districts consists of predominantly Agriculture area,
the HVDS scheme has been proposed with Rs.1082 Cr duly adding small capacity
distribution transformers to the existing system which would help to reduce distribution
transformer failures. Erection of new sub-stations & strengthening of lines will improve tail
end voltages and reduce AT & C losses. By installation of smart meters, consumer can
know their power consumption from their home. All the proposed works under World Bank
will not have any impact on the environment and social aspects and will further boost up
the financial status of the farmers. During the course of execution compensation would be
paid as per Govt. rules for the trees cut and for the crop damaged if any. Approvals would
be taken from the appropriate authorities for Railway crossings, telecommunication
channels. She further informed that the KPMG Team had organized field visits along with
APSPDCL officials to explore Environmental and social management problems. It was
further informed that any grievances raised while execution of works will be addressed
with the following grievances redressal mechanisms.
 Substation Advisory Committee Meeting
 District Electricity committee Meeting
 Spandana Program
 Consumer Grievance Redressal Forum
Page 254
Further she explained the importance of ‘Power for All’ scheme with World Bank Assistance
and she has introduced the KPMG team Sri Anand Kulakarni and Rahul Singh, Environment
Specialists to the gathering.
Smt. Sugunamma, MLA / Tirupati
Very much impressed by the various measures taken by the APSPDCL in extending
uninterrupted, reliable and affordable 24X7 power supply to the consumers and
requested their co-operation in moving the project ahead. She has further informed
that the works involved have no effect on environment and social aspects.
Page 255
Public suggestions and concerns
 Prof Sri Murali, SV University, Tirupati.

He has asked the Consultancy/KPMG that whether they come across any objections
while execution of similar works at any other place.
Reply: This type of projects will cause less significance impact on environment and
they did not find any objections from the public.
 Prof Sri Marutheeswar Rao, SV University, Tirupati

He has requested KPMG to explain about the disposal of E waste which will generate
while replacing smart meters in place of electronic meters etc.
Reply: More precautions will be taken and E Waste will be disposed through MSTC by
e-auction.
 Sri Narsimhulu Naidu, KVB PuramMandal, Chittoor District

He said that new Substation sites are being procured from the private parties at
Govt rates which is very low and he suggested that site cost to be paid on par with
market rate.
Reply: Majority Substation sites are being selected from Govt lands. If it is not
possible, private lands will be procured as per Govt. rates.
 Sri Danunjayanaidu, Agriculturist, Nagari.

He has opined that HVDS is a better System but for Previous HVDS DTRs
there were no AB Switches. He underlined the need for AB switches by
explaining that if any line fault occurs during 3-ph Supply, total 7 hrs supply
period being exhausted till the time power restored due to non erection of
AB Switches.
He suggested that it is very necessary to replace old conductor with new
conductor to avoid accidents.
Page 256
Reply: In the present HVDS systems AB switches have proposed old
conductor will be replaced with new conductor wherever necessary.
 Sri Ramamoorty, NagariMandal, Chittoor District

He has requested to give 7Hrs supply in two spells i.e., 3Hrs and 4Hrs per day
for irrigation of specific crops. Further he requested to install 11kV AB
switches at each DTRs. Substation Level meeting to be conducted at each
substation.
Reply: a) Extending 7Hrs supply continuously or in two spells depending
upon the views of various farmers on the feeder; b) In the present HVDS
systems 1No AB switch have proposed for each mother DTR and further 3Nos
addl. AB switches will be proposed for each 11kV Feeder to avoid
inconvenience to the farmers; c) Necessary Instructions will be issued to the
operation wing of the APSPDCL to conduct Substation Level meetings.
 Sri PM Chandra, Board member to Sri KalahastiDevastanam, SKHT Town:

He has requested to provide UG Cable around the Sri Kalahasti temple and also in &
around Pushakarani to avoid accidents if any occurs.
Reply: The town was not covered under World Bank scheme and will be taken up in
any other scheme.
 KPMG Team
KPMG Team explained how the survey was conducted in 8 Districts and ascertained
the inputs from the public. The team understood that HVDS project is environment
friendly and there were no social
issues reported during their visit.
Irrigation department, Forest
Department and Panchayatraj
Department also touched and
obtained feedback during survey.
KPMG Team has expressed that
this project is very Energy Efficient
and space requirement is also very
less and there are no major
problems and no involvement of
private land.
Closing Remarks of Executive Director/Projects

The meeting was concluded with closing remarks that all the views expressed in the
workshop would be taken into account and suitable measures will be taken to resolve the
issues raised, though they are not relevant to the subject meeting.
Vote of thanks by Superintending Engineer/Civil
Sri K.Nagaraju, Superintending Engineer/Civil has extended vote of thanks to the huge
gathering attended to the work shop and made it grand success.
Page 257
Page 258
Page 259
Page 260
Minutes of the stakeholders’ Workshop conducted with public and NGOs on 03/09/16 at
Conference Hall APSPDCL Zonal Office, Vijayawada on environmental And social issues
and their management, while Implementation of ‘Power for All’ Scheme(24X7) with
Financial assistance from World Bank.
Introduction:
The key note address was delivered by Director Projects, APTRASNCO. He informed that
the proposed projects under the World Bank funding will be implemented in 5 districts –
Krishna, East Godavari, Prakasham, Kadapa and Nellore. He also informed the gathering
that the purpose of the proposed project is to supply quality and reliable power to domestic
and industrial consumers and to ensure 100% households have electric connection by
March 2017. He further stated that personnel from Revenue Department, Police and other
government departments are present for the consultation in addition to the members of
NGOs, farmer leaders and farmers. The list of attendees is provided as annexure to this
document.
Continuing his address, Director Projects said that KPMG has been hired by APTRASNCO
to undertake the Environment and Social Assessment of the proposed projects.
Consultations were undertaken by KPMG with various stakeholder groups including the
staff of APTRANSCO, revenue department, forest department, farmers, women groups and
tribal, to draft an Environment and Social Management Framework, the meeting today is
to get your inputs and suggestions on the Framework.
The key note address was followed by a presentation on the Environment and Social
Management Framework, after which suggestions and concerns were requested.
Public suggestions and concerns:
 Mr. Gopalkrishna Rao, State Apex Committee, Water Resources Department
He stated that fair amount of compensation for tower footing and crop damages are
being paid in Andhra Pradesh for past 3 years only, before that no compensation was
paid. He recommended that compensation on land diminution value should be paid for
RoW corridor, 100% of land value should be paid as compensation for tower footing
and a higher compensation should be paid for crop damages. He suggested that for
calculating compensation for crop damage market value of per square yard of crop
should be considered instead of current practice of considering market value of per acre
of crop. He also stated that prevailing land cost is high in some districts like Krishna
(INR 50 lakh/ acre), therefore higher compensation should be paid in such districts.
Response – Compensations are decided by Revenue Department and APTRASNCO has
no role to play in calculation of compensation
 Mr. Narsima Reddy, Ex-Officio Member of Institute of Engineers
He highlighted that farmers should receive fair compensation for RoW corridor and
compensation should be based on diminutive land value. He further stated that
compensation should also be based on the location of the project area, for instance,
more compensation should be paid in areas closer to urban centers relative to
compensation paid in rural areas.
Response – Compensations are paid as per existing rules and policies of Government
of Andhra Pradesh. The compensation can be revised in future, if the policies/rules are
changed or modified.
 Person from public
Page 261
One of the attendees suggested that while designing the route plan, APTRANSCO
should consider the layouts approved by Revenue department so as to avoid any areas
with any planned construction.
 Mr. Venugopal Rao, Prof and Head, Department of EEE, PVP Siddhartha Institute of
Technology
He recommended that communication amount of compensation should be listed and
communicated to the farmers.
 Another person from Public
One of the attendees stated that compensations should be paid as per Indian Electricity
Act, 2003. He observed that even private companies are not paying compensation. He
said that as per law EIA and SIA should be conducted for project’s worth INR 100 Cr. He
further requested TRANSCO to bring transparency in compensation records
 NGO Representative
NGO representative welcomed the project and appreciated that the project would
ensure uninterrupted quality power supply to all house holds
Closing Remarks:
The closing remarks were delivered by SE/OMC/Vijayawada. He said that the concerns
expressed during the workshop will be considered and appropriate measures would be
initiated.
Annexure – List of Attendees
Page 262
Page 263
Page 264
Thank you
The information contained herein is of a general nature and is not intended to address the circumstances of any particular individual or
entity. Although we endeavor to provide accurate and timely information, there can be no guarantee that such information is accurate as of
the date it is received or that it will continue to be accurate in the future. No one should act on such information without appropriate
professional advice after a thorough examination of the particular situation.
© 2016 KPMG, an Indian Registered Partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with
KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. All rights reserved.
The KPMG name and logo are registered trademarks or trademarks of KPMG International.
Page 265

Esmf 04052017 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Esmf 04052017 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Esmf 04052017 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

`

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS 4

ADE Assistant Divisional Engineer

Power Sector in Andhra Pradesh and Implementation Arrangements

A) Proposed Investments for APTRANSCO

Sl. Name of the Line

S.No. Component Component Description

Environment and Social Management Framework (ESMF)

Andhra Pradesh Baseline information

Social and Environment Impacts

Positive Social Impacts

Negative Social Impacts

Positive Environment Impacts

Negative Environment Impacts

Policy, Legal and Regulatory Framework

Affected family is defined as 1. Determine market value of land:

Substation Site Selection

Submission of Proposal for Land Acquisition

Social Impact Assessment (SIA) Conducted by State

Validation of SIA by Expert Committee

Publication of Preliminary Notification

Public Hearing on R&R Scheme under

Declaration under Section 19

Mandatory environmental requirements for transmission and distribution at state level

1. SE/PM/400 kV/ APTRASNCO/VS/Hyderabad

Impact Management and Mitigation Methods

Potential Social Impact Mitigation Methods

In order to avoid the loss of private / community lands or

Method of securing land No. of substations

Extra land available in existing 4

Secured after transfer of payment 1

Identified government land – 3

Government land Identified – 1

Voltage Minimum clearance between

All these do impact the land owners at least temporarily.

B. Transmission/ Distribution Lines (Corridor)

Details of Compensation Plan for Temporary Damages are

Impact on Women  Women’s involvement will be planned through formal and

Impact on Farmers  In case of transfer of government land

Damage to cultural and Possibilities of such phenomenon in transmission and

Potential Environment Impact Mitigation Methods

 Substation Advisory Committee: A Substation Advisory Committee shall be (has been)

Training and Capacity Building Requirements

Cost and Budgets

Environment Management: APTRANSCO and APSPDCL/APEPDCL

Social Management Framework: APTRANSCO

Item Cost (in INR) Assumptions

Social Management Framework: APEPDCL/APSPDCL

Consultation and Disclosure

The proposed investments are provided below:

A. Proposed Investments for APTRANSCO

B. Proposed Investments for APSPDCL and APEPDCL

Table: Summary of Geographical Profile

State Andhra Pradesh

Regions Coastal Andhra & Rayalaseema

Districts State has 13 districts viz., Anantapur; Chittoor; Kadapa; East

Major cities Visakhapatnam is the largest city in the state followed by